DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 123 475 CE 007 265

TITLE Ship's Serviceman Handbook: Rate Training Manual and Nan-Resident Career Courise. INSTITUTION Naval Education and Training Command, Pensacola, Fla. PEPORT NO NAVEDTRA-10293 PUB DATE 76 NOTE 232p. AVAILABLE FROM Superintendent of Documents, 'U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 (Stock Number 0502-LP-051-4650)

EDFS PRICE MF-$0.83 HC-$12.-11 Plus Postage. DESCRIPTORS * Maintenance Specialists; Course Content; Individual Instruction; *Instructional Materials; *Job Training; *Manuals; *Military Training; Technical Education; Textiles Instruction IDENTIFIERS Laundrymen; Navy

ABSTRACT The manual and course form a self study package that enables laundrymen to fulfill the requirements of the Ship's Serviceman (Laundry) rating. Chapter 1provides information regarding the administration of ship's service activities (equipment maintenance, supervisory responsibilities, and procurement of suppiies).,Chapters 2 through 12 cover the following topics: laundry organization and management, fibers and fabrics, washing, extracting and drying, flatwork , pressing and finishirig, assembly and issue, drycleaning and finishing, removal of spots and , decontaminating and disinfecting, and portable laundry equipment. Photographs and diagrams supplement the narration. The set of assignments in the Nonresident Career Course include learning objectives and supporting questions designed to guide students through the manual.A list .of commonly used Federal supply laundry products, a glossary, an explanation of the metric system, a subject index, and a 37 -page .nonresident career course assignment booklet conclude the document. (AUChor/BP)

*********************************************************************** Documents \acquired by ERIC include many informal unpublished * materials not available from other sources. ERIC makes every effort * * to obtakn the best copy available. Nevertheless, items of marginal * * reproducibility are often encountered and this affects the quality * * of the microfiche and hardcopy reproductions ERIC makes available * via the ERIC Document Reproduction .Service (EDRS). EDRS is not * responsible for the quality of the original document. Reproductions * * supplied by ELRS are the best that can be made from the original. A ***********************Ic*********r*****************************.****** U S DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH EDUCATION & WELFARE NATIONAL NSTITUTE OF EDUCATION

T ,DEp_,STE NT RA, BEEN REPRO DuCED EXACTLY AS RE"E,ED FROM TNE PE RSON DR ORGAN IA' ON OR C..,F4 AT ,4;-.. T PotNYs ,:,-,Fv ,EYS, OR OP N,QNS STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRE SENT OFF DA, NAT ORAL NSTHTL,TE OF EDL,CT ON POS.T,ON OR POLICY

CI

NAVAL EDUCATION ANDTRAINING COMMAND

RATE TRAINING MANUAL AND NONRESIDENT CAREERCOURSE 4

-N\ PREFACE

, / This Rate Training Man al andNOnresident Career Course(RTM/NRCC) wyll enable Laundrymen tohelpgiemselves .form a self-Study package that the fulfill the requirements of they'rating. Among these requiremeIlfs are aswasher-extractors, abilities to opetolauntl equipment,such tumbler-dryers, presses, anflatwork ironers, to wash andfinish washable clothing and garments, spot, cleanri d ,deodorize, and press nonwashable materials using equi nt such ,as drycleaningmachines, steam presses, knowledge of effects of Navy steam-air-finishers, a steam cabi .ets, apply washing formulas, cleaning solnts, removing agents,and heat in cleaning fabrics of various t ures, plan. the flowof work, distribute and coordinate dutiet, and mtam records, and trainassistants in shipboard laundry procecires. Designed/for indi'idual study and not formalclassroom instruction, the RTM prov 4es subjectmatter that relatesdirectly to the occupational Ship's Seruceman (Laundry)rating. The setof qualificatns of the objectives and supporting assignmitsinthe NRCC includeslearning students through the RTM. quests is designed to lead prepared by T is training manual and thenonresident career,course were Development Center, Pensacola, the',n al Educatioknand Training Program Naval Education and Training.Technical assistance Fl nda. for the Oiiel of Naval 'as prodded the Navy Resale SystemOffice, Brooklyn, New York, Engineering hip Enginring Center.Hyattsville,' Maryland. Naval Ship Pennsy kania, andt heFleetTraining Center, Center, N chanicsburg, Norfolk irgima

Stock Ordering No. Revised 1976 0502-LP-051-4650 4.

Published, by NAVAL I DI:CATION Ay)TRAINING SUPPORT COMMAND

AI ," UNI1I-1) S1ATI S /140\PRINTING,N1 PRINTIN011 ICI- / SIIING1 ON. I) C 1976 , 1

t THE UNITEDSTATES NAVY

GUARDIAN OF OUR COUNTRY The United States Navyis responsible for maintaining control of and is a ready force the sea on watch at home and overseas, capableof strong action to preserve the peace or of instant offensive action towin in war It is upon the mai2tenance of this control that our country'sglorious future depends, the UnitedStates Navy exists to make it-so

WESERVE `v*: 1TH HONOR Tradition valor, and victory are the Navy's heritage from thepast To these may be added dedication, discipline, and vigilance as thewatchwords of the present and the future

At home or on distant stations we serve with pride, confidentin the respect r of our country_...ir shipmates, and our families

Our responsibilities soberus, our adversities strengthell us Service to God and Countryis our special privilege. We serve with honor

THE FUTURE OF THENAVY The Navy will always employnew weapons, new techniques, and greater power to protect and defend the United States on thesea, under the sea, and in the air Now and in the future, control of the sea gives the UnitedStates her greatest advantage for the maintenance of peace and for victoryin war. Mobility, surprise. dispersal,and offensive power are the keynotes the new Navy of The roots of the Navy liein a strong belief in the future, in continued dedication to our tasks, and in reflectionon our heritage from the past Never have our opportunities and our responsibilities beengreater

/ 4 ) f

It

/ / CONTENTS

Page CHAPTER

I.Administration of Ship's Seri ice Activities ..... 1

Laundry Organization and Management 9 30 3 Fibers and Fabrics ...... 39 4 14ashing

55 5.Extracting and Drying .

6.Fla twork Ironing ...... 68

7.Pressing and Finishing 79

8.Assembly and Issue 99

105 9.Drycleaning and Finishing .

10.Removal of Spots and Stains 130 144 11 Decontaminating and Disinfecting

17.Portable LaundjEquipment . 156

APPENDIX

I.Commonly Used Federal Supply Laundry Products . 161

II.Glossary ..... 164

III.The Metric System ...... 174

INDIA 180

Occupational Standards / . 185

Nonresident Career Coure follows OccupationalStandards

iii CREDITS

Source Figures

Ajax Pressing Machine Co 7-8, 7-9

American Laundry Machine Co. 6-1, 6-4, 6-5 12-1, 12-2 Cissell. V.),v1 Mfg.. Co. 5-4 Co lmac Industries. Inc 7-6

Pe Herm Milnor Corp. 4-1, 5-2

Textile Marking Machine Co.,Inc. 2-9

Vic Cleaning Machine Co 9-7

...

k.

I

6 1 / / IV i A

CHAPTER 1

ADMINISTRATION OF SHIP'SSERVICE ACTIVITIES

istheir There are many types ofservice aetisities Navy than any other ratingService overall authorized for ships The number ofthese to be watchword You can be sure that the increased found aboard apartieulai ship is governed by morale of your ship will be greatly such factors as size and type ofship, number of when efficient laundry and drycleaning services, personnelassigned,and spaceavailable A tailoring, and barbering are furnished.' provide all the You must remember that as a Ship's destroyer, for example, cannot In services available on a carrier Serviceman, you are 'performing a service performing this service, you should acquirethe officers hale at All ships with Supply 'Corps habit of doing high quality work arfdof being activities laundry, least the'basicthree fairandconsiderate.Always establish good barbershop,andvending machineVending customer relations by turning outhigh quality Ship's S'em«nall 3 & machines are discussed in work and by treating the customer as youwould 2, NAVPERS 102.86-F As the size increases,the like to ltreated. range of service activities may eand to include a tailorshop anddrseleanin eddy f or the in maiority -of ships thees sesincurred MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT operating the scrk ice activit es arepaid' from profits derivedfrom sales in the ship's store As a Ship's Serviceman in chargeof the j'esale activities laundry, it will be your responsibility to ensure, The commanding officer IM.11! decide 'to that all machinery in the laundry isthoroughly collect a monthlylaundry anddry cleanini! inspected before beginning the daily' operations charge to cosec the cost of operatingall service Machinery must be carefully examinedfor loose activities. This is the only chargeauthorized. no nuts. bolts, parts, connections,and the like, this charge can bemadeforhaircuts or other is especially importantwhen the equipment is in services. Commandingofficers seldom require constant use. such a collection e \Lept attimes when store A thorough inspection of machineryshoild profits are insut t Ment to corer costs alsobe made after firing the guns andupon/ the Service activities are administered bythe completion of any structural tests to which component of the supply, ship may be subjected. ship'sstore maintenance of department. On ships wit h Supply Corps oft leers Even thoughthe 'actual equipment located in ship service spaces isthe supply officeroroneofhis designated the responsibility of the engineering department, assistantsactsas the shik's stoleofficer. On andoperators of the equipment ships without Supply C'orpsofficers,the supervisors commanding oft leer appoints an pt ticer to act as shouldensure t hat regularly scheduled performed on the equipment the ship's; store ott icerF.' ch service activity is maintenanceis a good andeffe/hve by Ship's eman specialist Crateandmaintain supervised with those iV the (Barber, Tailor, Lafindryrnant. workingrelationship engineering department who areresponsible for Ship's Servicemen prohaly contribute more to the welfare and conterihent of men in the this maintenance. SHIP'S SERV ICEAli LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

Personnel other than maintenance menare Standards,NAVPERS I 8068-D Here you will not permittedtomakerepairs 'otherthan Lind the things the workerin your specialty routine adjustments Under no circumstances must be able to do in order to advancein rating. should the speed of machinery be maintainedin Your training should therefore' begeared to excess of that prescribed by the manufacturer these objectives, but it neednot be limited by them. TheratecolumnoftheEnlisted Le Occupation Standards, SectionI, NAVPERS SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES l8068-D gives you some guidartein establishing what to teach, but you will havy to breakeach A service activity supervisor shouldset aside subject down further. Some subjectshave a a definite .portion of his time for checking the natural priority. Safety regulations fallm this work being processed in the activity underhis category, and so do the precautions designedto charge This includes the work of eachperson, prevent damage to the articles serviced andto. for only by checking the finished procruLtand the machinery used inservicing such articles the method by which the workwas done, can SetupatimetableAsk yoursert. "How thesupervisorLindoutwhy thework is much skill should the man have.' Howmuch skill satisfactory or not up to par is he capable of obtaining' By what date' The importantthing to remember about Start with the easier tasks andmove toward supervision is that your men will respect you for the more difficult. Give thetrainee time to learn your interestin them and in the work your one thing thoroughly before you start himon section does. They will not take pridein their something new. work unless you exhibit interest and prideas an example tothem.Theywilldotresent GETTING READY constructive criticism if they feel you have their TO INSTRUCT interest at heart and,threat them with respect Talk to them quietly, preferablyin privacyIf you shout at people or reprimand themin the Like any other important job,instruction presence of other workers, the effect is usually requires forethought and preparation. Whenyou bad. Be positive, but be fair know what you want to teach. thenext step is toselect the mostsuitable Anotherresponsibilityofsupervisorsis methodof instruction training By observing your men at work,you Forinstance, are you goingto can determine what they should learn about the recommend abookfor the trainees to study, job.Mostofyour instructionwill be given give them a demonstration, or providea job on-the-job, but sometimes youmay find other instruction sheet and let them teach themselves? types of instruction more suitable The next few The choice will depend on the subjectyou wish to teach For example, laundry sections discuss sonicofthebasictraining operations lend methods. themselves to demonstrations supplementedby study of textbooks and technicalmanuals. In a largeplantyou mayoccasionallygive a WHAT YOUR MEN demonstration formally toa group. You may SHOULD LEARN also use the demonstration methodfor teaching one individual. Silice most laundryinstruction is Your men should learn tO do all types of on-the-job instruction,you will find the ability work in their specialty The first thingyou must to give a good demonstrationa distinct asset find out,' therefore,is what 0.ach man can do In preparing fbr a demonstration, You can learn this from his record, by talking as for any other type of lesson, ask youiseltfirst what with him, by observing him' at work, and by bafckgroundknowledge the checking his finished work. trainees needin order to understand and learn whatyou plan to Refer to the occupational standards listed in present.SeetI atyourtraineeshavethe theManual ofNall En lqted Manpower and necessaryknow; edge beforeyougivethe Personnel Classif :cations I andOccupational demonstration ' ADMINISTRATION OF SHIP'S SERVICEACTIVITIES Chapter I

Next, analyze exactly what you are goingto removed by sponging with water, or by washing or dry listof allthe equipment and do. Make a cleaning, as appropriate. materials you will need. Break the processdown into its component stepsWrite these steps down to make sure that in yourfamiliarity with the Demonstration 4 something. subject you have not overlooked washable fabric Below 'is a sample plan for ademonstration A Removal of gum from for Laundrymen. . Display the square of white duck with the gum stuck to it. PLAN FOR Placethefabric on the spotting DEMONSTRATION board and lift off as much gum as possible with spatula. Use the spotting brush to remove as Subject Removal of chewing gum 3. from items of uniform. much of the remainder as possible. 4.Spot with turpentine. 5.Make suds with detergent andhot Background water in pan, and wash the square. required Acquaintance with spotting traces of boardandspottiqgtools (This should remove all Practice in hand spatula. gum stain.) spotting brush, and steam gun. Instruction incorrect B. Removal of gum from woolenfabric lvay to sponge 1 Displaywoolen squarewith gum ofcottonduck -stuck to it. Materials Squares tools, asbefore, to (white uniformmaterial) 2.Usespotting ofthegum wool(blueuniform remove as much and mechanically as possible. (This can material) Spatula. spotting brush be used as a review of the previous asking Blotter or absorbent cloth part of the demonstration by Spatting board and steam the trainees to tell whatshould be done next. Remind trainees to use gun Turpon tine special care to avoid matting woolen Hot water fabric.) Detergent 3.Spot with turpentine. Dry- cleaping solvent 4Use a steam gun to remove remaining Fwo pans stain; or sponge with water Use air to blow the material dry. Preliminary 5 The base of chewing gunv°is If any spot or ring remains. rinse in a explanation solvent and dry likelyto be chicle gum, or pan of dry-cleaning paraffin. Sugar and flavoring again. (Spot should. nowbe entirely may also be present.Often a removed large portion of the gum can ti mechanically, beremoved REPETITION from thesurfaceofthe AND PRACTICE cloth.Nextthegum or paraffin that has penetrated clothshouldbe Notice that in the demonstrationplan above, t he of section ,B may be d ssolved un appropriate itis suggested that parts It any sugar stains used to review section A. To ensue ethat the solvent often remainthey should be trainee retains all steps in a proces is

3 SHIP'S SbRVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

best to repeat a demonstrationin four stages supply office must take into These are consideration the following(I) suppliesinstorage.(2) time I.Theinstructorperformsthe period which suppliesare to be stocked; (3) demonstration, carefully e \plaming eachstep as endurance of each item. (4)source from which he does it. each item isto be procured. (5) leadtime 2.. Theinstructorrepeatsthe (delivery).and(6)availabilityofsupplies demonstration, butthis time the trainee jells enroute Your estimates will bemore helpful to im howl() do each step the supply office if'you understand these factors 3.Thetraineeperformstheoperation, and keep them in mind in makingyour own tel ng at each step 1, hat he should donest. (The calculations The following explanationof each instictor watches. avoiding interruption unless item will assist you in providing theinformation the supply officer needs., neces, ary to proem serious consequences.but makes rental notes to discuss later Item (1). supplies in storage,is determined 4 he trainee practices. atfirst with close from inventories and stock records. sive' visn n. and later with less and less,as he The ship's destination andlength of the progresses. cruise will determine item (2),time for which supplies are to be stocked. The generalruleisthat, on departure, PRO UREMENT OF SUPPLIES supplies should be sufficientto last at least 90 days. An importantexceptionto A uthouredsupplies thisrule for ship'ssen,iee applies to low cube, low weight.and low cost aetnitiesatthetime new construction and items (deployed load items) These Roe' e .fleetsh ps are usually are commissionedare not carried by forward supportactivities but included in the Ship's Store -ModelStock Plan. should he loadedin preparedhrthe Navy quantities sufficientto Resale System Ofti44 support the ship for the duration ofthe cruise (NRSO).Brooklyn Replacementsfor these Item (3). endurance, supplies as theyare used,. is the length of time it re procured by the will take y ou to usea capacity load of the item. supply officer and or ship's store officeYour part in procurement is to prode information fheprocurementsource.item(4), is about the items and amounts needed important because not all suppliesare available from sources in the ship's Your not mat sources of informationabout home port Ifitis suppliesand sendorsarecontrast necessary to procure them froma distant city, it bulletins willtake issued by the N,By Resale Sy stem Onlee longertogetthem.Iftimeis Consult these bulletins in makingup your insufficient 101 normalrequisitioningand listof supplies Vendors listedin the bulletins delivery,it may he necessary to initiatethe request 'usually duelocatedcloseathand,making by telephoneortomakespecial purchasing and delivery convenient anangeme ins for delivery.cc p in mind that the Procureandusestandard stock WIWI\ supply of lice is procuring suppliesfor the entire supplies ship and that supply peisonnel listedin Appendi \ I Standard stock will appreciate y oui saving them these spolml Jobs, if items listedin Appendis I areless ,e \pensive possible, by making your needs than commeicial items and thenuse will result known early in savings that will inclease youi ship's Weltarc Lead time, ilem I,is the rength of time it and Recreation fund takestogettheitemaboard, afterit is Rehr to NANSUP Publication487 (Ship's requisitionedFor you itdeti:rmines how low St( ireIt1( )01) for ,111, additional infounation you can allow your stock ofan item to become before you putin a request for replacements. Never wait until you COMPUTING REQUIREMENTS are out, or nearly out, of an item before requisitioningmore Always be sure you hase enough to carry IrtLOIllplifillt.!supply requnennents he foie you through the lied('time,plus aIitt.iemoreto allow for departure Nom home poi tpersonnel the einergendes 10 4 01 SHIP'S SkRVIC1ACTIVITIES Chapter I ADMINIS I RATION

office For example,figure I -Iis,a Stock Record on laundryand dry -cleanmg Do notrely Card for coveringa 3-months' supplies being availablefrom enroute sources, aboard An period Thecardshows that6 drums of item ( 6), orderand have the supplies 1 January and that however, that would dete rgent'we re on hand on emergencymight arise, the laundry between supplies troin otherthan 10 drums were issued to necessitate piocuring that date and IAprilIt also shows receipt of 8 the usual sources drums during theperiod. So the amount on hand as of IApril is 4 drums, and therate of use is I0 drums for the90-day period. According to ESTIMATING 6 more drums to bring YOUR NEEDS this rate. you will need your stock up to a90-day supply. Be sure, however,that this rateis typical To estimate suppliCr?sneeded, you iequire by taking each item Usa0 data are usuallyestablished two .'sets of fay is ( t he amount of 6-montlis. period. Considerthe 2) thoi ate of use Bothtype, of figuresfora on hand and ( ofyour ship andthetype of information are al, adablefrom the Stock Record destination assignment. rind adjust yourestimate Cards iNAVSI P Dorm464) on file in thesupply

VALANCE J1 TOTAL BALANCE SI..KROOM ^A.E RE'. FIACN R "I"'" XENDFD OR BALANCE DATE op,,cmot .00 rxwIRECEIVED UOTENOEV- WAREHO' SE ND EXPEND TO WARE0.5" t 1 .1 INVBF 02 1 _f#_!_.L ;Lam 3 2 taw*. 8 4 10 e2 4aand* 3 Lualr1. , 3,3a:#7_Liziocki

41 LW.

SOLING PRICA LON 'lull AC' trT OTT CT INS' E IDEPATT.EN $6.50 25 LB BX Cosi As_ gel°, -'=- TURD,4f1rO NO. 5/000 A ''-, I -ARTICLE ,)930-00-9Q0-7391 Detergent, Laundry 000 111-40114-1 NAVSUP FOPM STOCK RECORD 'stop s STORCSAND COMMISSARYSTC)R15`,.

43.25 showing receipt and issueof laundry detergent. Figure 1.1. Stock RecordCard, NAVSUP Form 464, r

SHIP'S SFRVICFMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK accordingly.If the ship isgoing into a hot NAVSUP Form 973 climate; for instance,. th&ewill be a good deal to the bulk custodianto makt the is'ue and thethird cofiy is more laundry than it the weatheris coolIf the given to the ship is going to receiving laundryman. TheStorekeeper in the a port where her persoiiiiiel will bulk storeroom indicates be involved innumerous social functions, this on the original, first also will affect the volume copy, and the secondcopy the amounts actually of your work and the issued The second endurance of your supphesThe length of stay copy is retained by the bulk in such a port will determine storeroom custodianfor his personal records, how many white and the original and uniforms you will haveto wash- first copy are forwarded directly to the supplyoffice Upon receipt of the items ordered,the receiving laundryman records the quantities OBTAINING SUPPLIES FROM received on the thirdcopy of the NAVSUPForm 973: this third THE STOREROOM signed copy is by the receivinglaundrymanto acknowledge receipt of Betore supplies can heissuedto a service the items notedon the activity from the ships bulk NAVSUP Form 973and then forwards storeroom, the to the supply office the.form appropi kite form must beprepared and signed After the office records by the responsible keeper receives thesigned original, first persons. The form used and and the third copy, the exact procedure dopy 111 the office, thequantities for ohutaming supplies from issuedare the storeroom differaLLording to whether comparedwiththequantities or recL1\ ed 11 not the ship has a Supply (orps officer assigned no discrepancies arenoted, the as supply officer original and ,firstcopy of the form are signed by Inthe discussion that the rLLeiving laundrymanand retained in the follows, procedures office The third for obtaining supplies foruse in the laundry are copy yt the form is returnedto used as e xallIples the teeming, laundryman When theserviceactivityandthe bulk storeroom are operated by thesame person, the SHIPS WITH SUPPLY NAVSUP Form973 is notpreparedfor CORPS OFFICERS breakouts fromthe bulkstoreroom tothe service aLtwq At the end01 the accounting per iod, one NAVSUP Form Itthe ship has a Supply('orps officer, the 973 is preparedwith laundry data taken from NAVSUPForm 404 super\ isortakesofsends alistOf soppltes needed to thesuppl!,off iceI his list usuallyis written on a plain sheet ofpaper since SHIPS WITHOUT SUPPLY it is intended, only to t (mushthe int ormation for CORPS OFFICERS pit:paring the for in, s Inchis done 01 thesupply ott iLe 1 igtue1-2illustratesthe Intra-Store Onhoardshipswithout Iranster Data. NAVSUPi min 9-'3, coering supplycorps issues ot laundry supplies ottiLers.laundry suppliesaret ended by the (he torn is prepared ship's Operating Target knquad! upliLatL (onginaland three Lopiest, and 1OPTARL when completed, theform is assigned troin a 01.11111)01 the Number ( onn ofr NAVSUPd or 080) 1 heuseotthisNumber (untrol STORAGE OF SUPPLIES is FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES requiredunlesstheautographicmachine multiple cop\ isusedwiththethree-Part iresenali/ed NAVSUP 1mill Storage space aboard shipusually is Ion it 9-3I he NAVSUP so plan bet ore you stow orm 9-3 must he signed by theaL.Lountahle in order to use tie space you have aseftickentlyas possible. othLci 'pi designated offiLerassistant or itso designated bx the ot tiLe Ilk.a\y items usedin the laundry should be red ords keeper stowed as near the laundry I heoft ILerecords keeperforwards the as possible to prevent originalhrst copy unnecessaryhandlingandasamatterof and ,eon,1 Lop\of the Lon emenLe. 1 1 I I. 4 te a .. ' . ., I A t 4.,.. 1 ..0). .1°)' ) 4 37 St, 9 or11lipiev r. objections were raised to evidence of pooraccomplish- mea of objeptives 4nd .6, and, to a. lesser degree, objective 2. k . . . Although theAkstionnaire requested faculty opinionsregarding teaching/ in§,tructioimi/facultx Interaction patterns, modes, strategies or techniques .-. ... 1,. ., whith might 'be judged* to, int'erfe,re with desired attainment ofobjectives, 0 - some responkes: listed items.beyofid that scope, e.g. "faculty overload, poor present students . r- calibre' of . . . v Pertinent. items melitiened. by at, least 10%),f the restrOndents included: 2 ,-- .) / :. ...- i._, . Lack of.audioVisual hardware/software.

4. . ' 4 lack ofk independent -study 'or 'learning center facilities.'" , `' -..4",.Absence of nursing role models in clinicaVafeas. Lack of facilities appropriatefor small group work . to (conferences,. seminars, etc.). . ," -- -;-:-- ' Todr/poor choice of clinical practice areas:., , -, Too 'many other Sthools/ students iri or vying for,same clinical areas. ,Lack.o;f adequate planning/preparation time.= ... . . - _ %. ,. r . v 1 , I . r. Purpose Four- \ . , Education Responses-to .the ,questio,nnaire sent to-nursing educators, graduate , IX. , students Snd professional Educators are shown in Table . - . ...j ...., . . Using thedata collected,.thus far, a groupconsisting of one experienced. nurse educatok 'Ad two experiedeed profeisional educatorswith expertise in curriculum and inStruction, designed a special ,pilot program componeA,one year in length fer one ofo the.nuriing'educatron programs.The design incorporated strategies judged essential to accomplish the ten goalspresented elsewhere inthis paper. Tho design balled' for roughly'50% independent study, 50% group work.Group process and .cooperativ,einter'aCtionswere stressed.Lecture time was hOd to a miliimum,..and discussion,group'nteraction and discovery, learning were . maximally stressed.Within definite outcome exppctationguidelines for each (.1' quarter, which spelled out text coverage, outside readings,skilJ,s to be fatal,d4c., students were given alternative andoptienal learning experiences . and fth y had control of flexible"dde dates", etc.Iiithe latter part of. the. empon nt, 'as they become'more. knowledgeable and experienced,studants-were':made respenSihle for presenting .material to otherstudents .and'asse-ss_ing their peer's, -appliaatiori ofsuch, learning.In the latter portions of thiscoMponent .. students also exercised wide latitude for theirclinical, assignment'seleetionS andwere , charged with equivalent responsibilities, ,., . , . .. t., , . , The faculty for this component worked aslearning facilitators. "They were readily accessible'to students and available asresource personnel when needed, - bpi:they attempted ..to.remove themselves as much as.possible frqm "fonntain of knowledge" activities.Random monitoring of this programcomponent throughout . its first . year ofimplementation in`dicated, 7S%-90% success inmaintaining clasp- reenlclimate/affectcongruentwith the design. t. . .. 6 ...// a . I k described dbove with students' C nrisbn''of students who" learned in the component he same levels of' the traditional-nursing eduCation ,Program in. the same..

_q1 12 ADMINISTRATION OF SHIP'S SERVICEACTIVITIES clhipti I

non. --UM A1161111ATt Me. INTRA-STORE TRANSFER DATA CORM FOR CACH Ot.PARTMIENT (Dag) NAYSUP FORM 973 NERCNAKMI ROMEO BY (SInotuFB) (DeptI. I ZNe0,tNO .4) 70 (Star No ) A. J. Davis 1/30/7- 2 (DaleI la Cost ...... %OCLIKALD IY ( St:nature) 6 Laundry 1/30/7- ( Deye ) A. D. Bader ZFROM (,far So ) ' (Store Nam) (Dee/ ( Na (Vyysia_....11,4 CC 1/30/7- Cost D. C. homts'"' P. Bulk Storeroom COST RETAIL Y OTY . DESCRIPTION DEL D TOTAL UNIT TOTAL UNIT STOCK NO UNIT OTITY AN 580 BLUING, 1,aundry; LiquidForm 2 BOT 2 BOT7930 -00 250 -2619

)./qt Bottle- 13 00 . DETERGENT, Laundry; Type I,'. 2 BX 2 DR 7930-00-990-739

25 lb BX

,,... Last Entfiy ....._ IIIIIIIIF

, .1,..

IIIPr

At- PA All ...... _ Al

4 ..... TOTAL. TOTAL

IltAX, I.A ,RANS.111 -) 'LA r, 7- .00 ...... rI NANCIAL CONTROL *ICOR() NUMNrA galia. STX NI,ORO 43.2 Form 973, covering issue oflaundry supplies. Figure' 4-2.tetra-Stiar ransfer Data form, NAVSUP ) 7 1t.) SHIP'S SERVICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK Bottled itemsmustbe protectedfrom possible. Do not use breakage Stow 'smallitems in 'bins or boxes to a rubber band to luoild such prevent loss Such itemsas items together, as all rubberbands ancertain net pins, nets, twine. wrapping paper contain ----,narking tape, and laundrNbags should he kept sulphur, which tarnishes gilt or gold articles, especiallybraid and thread. under lock and key. Leather should be stowedin a cool, dry ,Rust remover, markingmachine cleaning place and inspectedperiodically. Leather compound, and other similar is items are harmful subjecttomildew, especiallyinatropical to the skin, and should hestowed in a safe climate, also, leathermay become too dry. location.. Take Special precautionswhen stowing any form of chemicals that are used for-spot and CLEANLINESS ANDSANITATION stain removal, or for bleaching.Store'such items in COOL. DRY locations, Cleanlinessandsanitationarepracticed throughouttheNavy, and are Notectpaper fromheatandmoisture. particularly Textiles, also, must be protected necessary in service activities.AdherenCe to the from heat and., rulesofcleanlinessis important moisture and direct contact withsteam pipes not only and similar hot objects because regulationsrequire it but for the benefit Keep liquids covered to of personnel working-in prevent evaporation. The solventirtmarking laundry/drycleaning In particular', tends spaces and to those to whomservice is rendered. to evaporate' when the inkis Uncleanspacesreflect exposed totheatmosphere.Most chemical uponyour supervisorycapabilities, createpersonnel and compounds and soaps,especially soap powder, fire abso'rbmoisture hazards, pfd arenottoleratedby the whenexposedtothe. medical department. atmosphere when the humidityis high. Gold braid, buttons, If your Space is clean andorderly, it will be cap devices, insignia, r fleeted in the quality of and ratingbadges should your work. This can hekept wrapped s accomplished only by training se Para tely in nontarnislitngpaper,when personnel to observe clean personal andworking tabits.

1't

r, 8 CHAPTER 2

LAUNDRYORGANIZATION ANDMANAGEMENT

complete picture of your Semconan 3 & 2 that book is to give you the You learned in Slitp;s laundry. for during your departmentafloat has four job in a large or a small a Supply service in the Navy youmost likely will have components (I 1 disbursing.(2) food service, (3) duty in both types. stores, and (4)ship's store The ship'slaundro, the drycleaning plant areunder the servict?s 'and Figure 2-1showsthe organization of the branch of the ship's store componentThey are laundryaboard a largecarrier Thisis a services provided -bythe supply department, by officer, for the functional chart showing howthe various tasks direction of the commanding performed in the laundry areorganized and benefit of the scup's 4rew administered. In a 'large laundrysuch as this, each sectionwould haveits own personnel, although men might be movedfrom one section LAUNDRY PERSONNEL to another from time to timeto accommodate workloadortoprovidetrainingand Personnel are assigned tothe laundry from the a smalllaundry,allthese complement The experience In the ship'ssericeman functions will still have to beperformed with allowance of rated personnel isbased on the fewer personnel andless working space The thatanadditionalnumbefr of assumption result is hkely to he a simpler organizationchart. non-rated personnel will berequired in order to with each man performing morekinds of tasks operate the laundryefficiently. These additio)ial for a specified timethree men, unless detaileqt Figure 2-2 shows a layoutof a laundry on' months or less), are classified asstrikers fbr the board one of the Navy's newtenders. ship's serviceman ratings. The organization ,,of aship's laundrydries a rshipA small ship. for withthesueof LAUNDRY SUPERVISOR example, may have aShip's Ser iceman 2in Ship's Servicemen charge of the laundry and two in laundrymen. These three men On a small ship, the Ship'sServicemen 3 assigned as is iresponsibleto his 1 laundry. They chargeof thelaundry receive, wish. issue finished operation the laundry A large immediate superibr for the complete do everyrinng necessary in laundry officer much larger ihere may be no experienced ship, onthe other hand. has a guidance On a large ship, on laundry organization. A newNavy carrier may av ailable to provide the other hand, theship's store officer may have as many as 50 Ship'sService Laundrymen operate the laundry underthe supen,151011 of the working in the laundry A guidefor determining. supply office', orthe supplyofficer may have an the number of personnelrequired to perform for assistant supply officerin-charge of the services thelatindry functionis one laundryman laundry under his the crew branch who operates the every 75 men in eitherinstance, lime\ cr.the more Navyshipswith small direction In There are a position operations Mali there arcwith large supervisor of the laundry has laundry comparable to thatof a civilian manager or a , ofcourse, but the purposeofthis

C) SHIP'S STORE OFFICER SERVICE ACTIVITIES OFFICER OR LAUNDRY OFFICER LAUNDRY SUPERVISOR znito ; RECEIVING SECTION WASHING SECTION FINISHING SECTION ASSEMBLY-AND-ISSUE SECTION Yciz WASHING VARIOUS MATERIALS FLATWORK IRONING ASSEMBLY OF FINISHED WORK STAIN REMO SPOTTING FINISHING AND PRESSING ISSUING BY THE SCHEDULE z-0 Figure 2-1.Laundry organization chart for a large carrier. 22.1 EX TRACTOR WASHER EXTRACTOR WASHER E XTR WASHER EXTRACTOR WASHER E XTRACTOR WASHER F-XTRACTOR WASHER WATER HOT TROUSERTHREE PRESS SET HEATER WOOL PRESS SET TUMBLERDRYER TUMBLERDRYER TUMBLERDRYE R TUMBLER DRYER TUMBLERDRYER TUMBLERDRYER TUMBLERDRYER _COLLAR, CUFFYOKE PRESS SHIRT-FINISHING BAY SLEFVER CABINET . RECEIVING ROOM PRESS SET WOOL CABINETSHIRTPRESS UNIT FOLDING FRONTTABLE i 75"FL AT WORK IRONER .gt lip ISSUE ROOM na CHAMBERSTEAM Figure 2-2.Layout of a laundry on board a tender. 155.106 SHIP'S SERVI( I'MAN LAUNDRYHANDB0,01.

Navy shorekaun.dry His 'responsibilities are with theconsequerkesoffaultyoperations. many and caned, in accordance with thesve of Repeatedly the following facts the laundry hesupeimes emerge Laundryand dry-cleaning 'equipTment, TheShip'sSenii.:emansuper,NI12 the will 'not perform efficiently laundry orders supplies.sees that the laundry is unless operated jorrectly and it operated incorrectlyitis easily kept clean. and. that theequipment is properly damaged maintained. assigns andtrains laundry personnel. prepares latmdry schedules,ensures an esen not, of work Replacements areexpensiw and not throughtheplant.maintainsthe alw ay s easily as ailable standard of qualityrequir.d on the ship and , doeswhate\er is neLessary to. makethe oper'ation An efficiently operatinglaundry is vital efficient.Allofthesedutiesare tothe cosered tully in carious ,hapters welfareandmoraleoftheship's of this manual compani,_,

OTHER LAUNDRY The articles being launderedare saluable PERSONNEL and often not *easily- replacedif damaged or de.stroyed All Laundry men should he ableto do well all workin the laundry, so that Faulty or careless,operation can easily emergenLy inure operating personnel. situations can be met withminimum shitting of --, personnel In other words,it partof the laundry crew is absent for somereason. the remaining In the face of these facts.training assumes a members should he able position of major importanceamong the duties* to double up and get of a laundry supervisor Nothing the laundry work accomplishedsatisfactorily that he does is more important than makingsure that his men know hod to handle theirmachines and supplies correctly.-and Corm habits ofdoing thetr work so TRAINING LAUNDRY PERSONNEL as toprotectthemachines.thearticles laundered or cleaned, andtheir own safety. Thereare goodlaundry men in thefleet today, not .Qnly becauseot.their natural ability The more time you spendon training, the and previous .expenem.e,but because the Nav less y ou w ill have to sptindon troubleshooting has given them good and $he fewer the mistakes-forv:hich you will laundry training A trainee haw to answer who is only mildlyinterested often comesto If you expect tomeet your take a real interest in learningabout his job and schedule and turn out goodfinished work, it is in doing things theright way because of the to your advantage to haveyour men as well example and instruLtion ofhis supersisor On trained as pcessible. the other hand, even the bestpotential laundry Training assumes operator can he disLouraged from anespecially important using his place amongyour administrative duties When abilitybycareless trainingUse of interested many of your men are temporarilyassigned for a personnelwheneverpossiblewillhelp short to tour of laundry duty,asisa normal elinlmate the problems notedin the following practice on larger ships. paragraph.

IMPORTANCE OF LAUNDRY OPERATION RECOIA TRAINING A recordkeepingsystemshould be maintained for your laundryoperation You will Throughoutthistext, the importance of find that records (logs) correctoperating proceduresis stressed along are the only rnenas of knowing how your ship'slaundry is doing. The

12 1 18 ( harm 2L LADIn OR(; ANIZATIONAND MANAGEMENT lots do not go through flatwork actual poundage(or number ot pleee)being Individual processed in e41 area ot thelaundry must be ironing, but officers', chief pettyofficers', and inbulk inthe known Nfore the. ofticient or crews'flatworkishandled flatwork lots. melt kientuse01 equipmentsupplws, and manpo er Di% ision laundr is handled inbulk, as it is The. records maintained and theprocedures brought to the laundryflat \York lots include usedinthe operation of your ship'slaundry both towels,Nw Ilia are tumbled,and bed and should be Lonsistent\yith spare, equipflleilt,and table lines.v, hich are ironed. *I.\ icelots are personnelMaintainlaundrylogs on adaily ironed basis .At the end 01 each\Yeak, summariie all \York thatvy a, proassedIn the laundryand tom ard your report tothe supply ottker for LAUNDRY SHIFTS re\ le \),'11 hen re\ iewed by the supply oftk-erthe summaryisreturned to' the sales and seii The laundry \yorkload. combined\kith the ot ILL\ tor tiling Samplelaundry production logs Lapa,cityof thelaundorA equipment and the are illustrated In t azure2-3 number, and competence of laurtdry personnel laundr\equipmentmaintanalLelog a\ AAR:. determinesfrov, many hours per \seek should be maintainedHr ea,.11 pie_c the ship's laundr, must operateHow:\ or. equipment and kept ap todate inthe format order to divide the \Yorklo'ad equitably among shown intigure 2-.4 The laundr\equipment the personnel and to establishnormal working maintanatLe logis maintained on adail\ basis hours for them. a laundry isgenerally operated and all information recorded in shifts Laundryproductionand equipment \ laundry shift normallylasts eight hours maintenaike logsshould he niad),% aliabL., to our laundry may operate one ortwo shirrs per' required inspeLt mg rxarsonnel v., hen day oren three if the workload requires Youmusthaesufficiente \perienced that the work STEPS IS PROCESSINGLAUNDR`f parsonnel to man each shift, so ou turn out will besatisfactoryIf the number Vticles to be laundered aredeltered to the ot\petlienLed personnel is not adequate to of shiftslaundry, ship'slaundryeither 13L LK lot,of in operate /the desired number lot,InLlude strikers should be assigned to assistthem. but do INDIVIDL BUNDLE SBulk machine, on their laundr. ere'spersonalclothing) not permit strikers to operate di\ismn hake been properly instructed flatwork (but htowelsandlinenstram own until the and CPO messes,and Never try to operate an additional shiftunless stork..rooms,oft kers' qualified personnel to ser\e as sickbay I. and set-% ke laundry(speeial clothing you ha\ e enough super\ 1,04 item'sotmess managementspecialists, tood semcemen. barbers,hospitalmen, and tountam py.rsonnel such a, aprons andwork unitorms) LAUNDRY SCHEDULES Individuallotsin hideoft ly.ers'andCPO's personal clothing he laundry super\ isor prepares t helaundry Figure 2-5 liststhe\ anoussteps Ill I for the appro\ al01 hisimmediate processing laundry1 he solidblackline running schedule superior Suppose y ou are aShip's Ser IL email 2 from the Kt KLO ISblock. top lettto the show s the steps in and must prepare a schedule for y ourlaundr\ ISSUIN(, Nods at the bottom to consider kiwi& \I he broken line on Some ot the factors y ou will ha\ e processing BULK schedule -/al'eas the right side ot the chartconne,.ts allt\, pes ot when preparingthelaundry work accomplished on INDI\ IDUAL IOIS tollo\\ Marking. Llassily mg. star Jung. pressing(in Amount ot \y ork \c Inch must he mostinstances 1ind assembl\ areadditional processedweekly steps1nt he processing 01inlr\Idual bundles LAUNDRY BULK WORK LOG DATE .27 Oc NO OF 75 WHITES DUNGAREE OTHER RECEIVED BY DE 11 VERE 0 BY DIV/DEPT .9BAGS (WEIGHT) (WEIGHT) (WEIGHT) (SIGNATURE LPO) ( (SIGNATURE DI PO) (LUCKED(SIGNATURE OUT kY LPO) (SIGNATURE DIM) RLEEIVEDDATE BY REMARKS/COMMENTS rG/.4. f /6. 3.2 /.23/.260 /0 S.5- 1/4-4/0 f ?/' ie.dow,lkkA"Achsv,IL ,L)Gi/2/1/Y;;-C) /gL1/1/11ZsL ,71!71i. AL-ietAit,1///1ldt.c44,(44)., 4 .1.)4gerj(/ MRrow-A "`"`&1-4Labl - - AbbreviationsDIN) - DivisionIPO - LaundryLaundry PettyPetty Officer Officer DATEPRESS DECK LOG (OFFICERS /y77.5- AND CPO) NAME LAUNDRY MARK SHIRTSNO. OF TROUSERSNO. OF OTHER WEIGHT (SIGNATURECHECKEDRECEIVED LPO) BY. AND (SIGNATURE) DELIVERED BY , CHECKED(SIGNATURE OUT BY LPO) (SIGNATURE) RECEIVED BY DATE REMARKS/COMMENTS citlialli7fnizkiT3f a ..,-..--,a5-9S/a.35( 01- 3 ,,, 7 fol- 1-i-A, ./2&/:J k`evireziki. ;if- 0 p Af,t2/24X.E41-,T tiajcivz., 4',/4?_.4049 A SEPARATE PRESS DECK LOG SHOULD BE i ,64,4, c ,Ivii/2,/,(-&/fuedxwe,a4 //7 4 ANDMAINTAINED SHOULD INCLUDEFOR OTHER COLUMNS PRESS FORMATERIAL 1 Abbreviations. ' NUMBERNUMBER-OF OF SHIRTSTROUSERS . /L DIPO - Division14'O - Laundry Laundry Petty Petty Officer Officer . - ___ , OTHERNUMBER OF TABLECLOTHSNAPKINS . "Qt Figure 2-3.Sample laundry production logs. 22.88 5 EQUIPMENT6PfelLAUNDRY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE LOG h'ER Z.1 IJt" OF COMMISSION DATE OUT IN COMMISSIONDATE PLACED AMOUNT OF TIMEDOWN (HOURS) TOT 6o LB REASON DOWN PARTS REPLACED TERIALED ktia./ REMARKS/COMMENTS NEXT z 302. /3/5" /2 / 75/ 757 / 75 3VS"3 et/ r /.2 7 3 .2_ ..z. PifirilYISRAINLOADal/fRIOAO al/l/Decer17{1047 AWAY SOLENOID GUTS pire-7, OUT ,i47-,,,/OYEROAPVRA/1/ itiVO iv.E-Ari-Ay SOLENOID BOLTS siz ,6//4w 6.6, 0 MAINTAINTUMBLER,EQUIPMENTFOR(WASHER, EACH SEPARATE ETC.) PIECEINSTALLED EXTRACTOR, OFLOG LAUNDRY PRESS, z mz. Figure 2-4.Sample laundry equipment maintenance log. 1 22.89 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

2 Capacity of your laundry equipment man per week. Of the 18 pounds of laundry to

a. Washers, orNAasher- extractors he processed, facilities for finished work should be adequate to handle the press loadas noted in b -Fumbler dryer the _hart below c t latwork ironer < d.Laundry presses To get a rough idea of how much workyour laundry may be required to 3. process weekly, get Number and competence oflaundry the total number of the ship'screw and multiply grew tle total number by 18 (theaverage number of ppunds of laundry which may be expectedto be Let us now consider these factors and find pr'ycessed weekly for each member of the out why they haYe a bearing on your laundry crew). Fo?...example, if your ship has 3000 officersand schedule. enlisted men assigned for duty,your laundry work d for etch week can be anticipatedto AMOUNT OF WORK 54.000pounds(3000 x 18).Itcanbe PROCESSED WEEKLY anticipa that approximately 80 percent of thework adwill requiretumbledrying, approximaty two percentwillrequireflat Normally. laundry facilities shouldbe work ironing, and18percentwillrequire adequate to process 18 pounds of laundryper pressing.

CLOTHING ITEMS TO BE FINISHED PERACCOMMODATION (SURFACE SHIPS)

NO. OF ITEMS PER WEEK ITEMS PER ACCOMMODATION

. NON-AMPHIBIOUS AMPHIBIOUS POLYESTE RiCOTTON- BLENDS & RTMAINING 100' ; COTTON . v)

2 5( ) .... _ I a.' c Li -t; .., < 0:. 0 5 ._, < ce. - c.., rz c '..., :,'-.-. H '6" z, H TROUSERS (I) 3 3 3 3 2' 2 _,

SHIRTS , 3 1 (1) 3 3 3 _ 2 2

FLATWORK, 8 8 8

;'0AIS 0.25

(1)In addition to the quantities indicated in the table, suffiLient finishing capacity shallbe provide,d to process two shuts and two trousersper accommodation for 15'"( of total accommodations non-amphibious ) .1 4.J 16 Chapter 2I AUNDRY ORGANIZATION ANDMANAGEMENT

BULKLOTS INDIVIDUAL LOTS

RECEIVING-BROUGHT TO LAUNDRY

MARKING AND CLASSIFYING

WASHING-EXTRACTING AND STARCHING r

FLATWORK IRONING TUMBLING FINISHING WEARING APPAREL *TUMBLE DRY FINISHING * TUMBLE DRY FINISHING (ROUGH DRY ONLY)

1

FINISHING WEARING APPAREL

* TUMBLE DRY FINISHING

ASSEMBLY

ISSUING(PICKED UP FROM1AUNDRY)

*Applicable to polyester and polyester/cottontextiles ("Easy Care")

22,3 Figure 2-5 Flow chart of laundry operations.

CAPACITY OF LAUNDRY SIZE AND COMPETENCE EQUIPMENT OF LAUNDRY CREW The capacity of the equipmentdetermines Laundering is one of the shipboard jobs that how much tumbled work can behandled in mustbe done whether you havesufficient day: how much, flat work, and howmuch press personnel or not. Your problem will usuallybe work. The capacity of the equipmeljtdepends primarily one of scheduling so as to makethe not only on its rated capacity,but also on the best use of the personnel available and tospread efficiency and sue of the laundry crew, asyou'll the workload as fairly as possible. In doingthis, learn next. If there arc six centers ofproduction, keepin mind thatalloperations should be for example, and tour men to opeiate them,2 SUPERVISED by TRAINED personnel, but that units will he idle at any pen time these trained men need not PERFORM all tasks.

17 2.3 SI RV,ICEMAN LAUNDRY \HANDBOOK

If your workload 1, very heavya request for sample schedule in figure 2-6. A sam(1e additional hand, nia set of he granted. but the men accompanying instructions\ showing typical time you receive will probably be untrained You will of pickup. method of delivery. then need th work out a schedule that divides andservice rendered is given in figure 2-7. If'preparing a set your trained men as effect' ebriis possible to for your ship. you will, ofcourse. modify it direct the work of the others.I his may be according to circumstancesA ship's laundry accomplished bv running two shifts or even two scheduleshouldbeflexible and variedas shit ts with a cross-shit t shipboard conditions require. It you have insufficienttrained men, you will have to provide training If this must be INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING done hurriedly to handle an emergency. don't INDIVIDUAL BUNDLES try to teach even task to ever 1 trainee Instruct a few in each task and let them rotate later for Bundles received daily in the laundry more complete from traipingOperation of a well officers and chief petty officersare consideted plannedtraimngprogram is, ofcourse.a as one lot of individually marked bundles. Ifyou responsibility of the laundry ,uper\ isor have morebundlestothedailylots than available assembly bins. itis best to set up two BEST TYPE OF lots daily. You can then assembleand check out LAUNDRY SCHEDULE the bundles in the first lot beforework from the second lot comes to the assemblybins. Twwity bundles irk a lot are easy to handleNever put I he best ty pe of laundr\ scheduleis the one more than 50 bundles in one lot. which lic'stt uhills the laundr\ requirements of \ our,hip Someships laundries have 'The number of' bundles suecesst till\ you should put in a used dad\ schedule,that is. they lot will be affected by the classificationof the arrange to ha ye part of laundry twin divisions items in the bundles. Classification, about whiCh delivered to the laundry each day forprocessing youwilllearnmoreinchapter3. isthe instead of ono: or twiceper week The problem sepaiation of a bundle of laundry of ;towing soiled bundles Away according to s a troublesome color, ty pe of fabric, anddegree ofsoil,i c oneis pallidity eliminated by thedaily whitecottons, other whiteorlight-col° ed schedule , lhe 1110l1111 of1%01 k -in- processis fabrics, lightcottonswithheavy stans, reduced.: and better \ ciy schedules can h'e dark-coloredcottons, and so forth. Itemsare developed'Wily scheduling of \ ision classified according to the washingformulato also eliminates bad odors in II\mg quarter, from he used. ,oiled clothing .4.111dick:tore helps motale On the other handill,: laundi \workload on sonic ,hip, maynotrustika dad\schedulethe LAUNDRY LIST FOR amount of\\ titer and detergents used may he INDIVIDUAL BUNDLES unnecessarthheav \and equipment i-1.111 at less than lull capacity.. Ship'slaundriescanuseaShip's Store Laundry List(fig.2-8) to suit their specific needs. Normally, the form containsblanks at the SAMPLE L1UND.RY top for the name of the ship. name of SCHEDULE customer. rank or rate, social security number.date, and laundrymark. Thereisusually space fora `i ourlaundrySchedule should ,how such C'USTOMER'S- COUNT columnand a things asi i) t\ pcof It1 2) individuals and PLANT-COUNT column. aligned withthe list of groups to w horn thelots belong, 131 the !lieu articles. who deli\ Crthe ,()t,14) \ and hour of the patron fill, in the linesat the top of the debery. andi'"))hour of pickup Study the laundrylist, and enters the number ofeach

18 2 ( !Loiter 2 LAUNDRY 0 RGAN 1ZA ONAND MANAGEMENT

Individualsr Hour ot Delivery pickup Lot Orgainiati n Delivered by ., Mon.-Tues.-Wed. (1000) INDIVIDUAL Officers Chief Petty Of icers hid CPOs Th.-Fri -Sat (1000) Individuals. Th -Fri.-Sat (1000)

Monday 0800 DIVISION (Bulk) No I Laundry POs No 2 do do 1 1130 No 3 do do 1600 0800 No. I' dogi Tuesday No II do do 1130 No V do do 1600 Wednesday 0800 laNo. 4 do No -5 do do 1130 No 6 do do 1600 No. \ do Thursday 0800 No ( do do 1130 No. I do do 1600 No ( i do Friday 0800 No I do do 1130 No M do do 1600 1600 No S do , do No R do Saturday 0800 do do 1130 No B i No N do do 1600 Monday 1,100 FLATWORK (13ulk 1, a rd roo in. 4. 1'000 State ()mils *do . . , . Wednesday 1000 CPO Mess *do . Friday Sick Bay, Ilospitalmen Tu.-Th.-Sat 1000

I 0900 SI. RViCI( Bulk) Mess Management One of same . Daily Specialists 1100 Barbers . do do 1 oun tam Men do do 1 300 I lospitalmen . do do 1500

*Personnel assigned to the rotatable1)001

t 22 64 Figure 2-6.Sample laundry schedule.

19 SHIP'SSIRVICEIv1<\N LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

TIME- SCHI DULES 3. FLATWORK LOTS will include bathtowelsandflatwork. The Time s chedulofor the laundry' 'towelswill be tumbled:and operation are as follows flatwork, suchasbed and table I.INDIVIDUAL WORK will be linens, will be ironed or pressed picked up from the laundry at 1500 when possible. on the day following delivery. 4. SERVICE LOTS will be ironedon 2. DIVISION LOTS presented at the t he pressesortumbled,as laundry.at 0800 will be picked up equipment permits. Work uniforms at 1300 on the day of delivery, lots will be the only personal apparel presented at 1130 will be pickedup included in these lots. at1630 the day of delivery, and 5 At the discretion of the laundry, if lotspresentedat1600willbe tumbler production is behind, work picked up at 1030 the following tb- be tumbled will sometimes be day-A run through the flatwork ironer or 3. LATWOR I( lots will be pickedup pr'Osed. at 1530 the clay of delRcry. 4.SI- RVICI- EMS presented at 0900 will be picked up at 1430 on the METHOD OF DELIVERY day of delivery,lots presentedit 1100 will he picked up at 1600n The method of delivery to the laundry the dayof delivery, lots present d will be as indicated ilelow. at 1300 will be picked up at 09 0 1 OFFICERS'tAND CHIEF PETTY the followingday, ind s OFFICERS'bundleswill be presented at 1500 will be picked processed daily in accordance with at 1030 the following day. /t he schedulesposted i 5. in the Late deliveries to the laundry will wardroom and C.P.O. quarters. A he prbcessed at the convenience Or' laundry listwill accompany each thelaundry and not uncle!the bundle.Thecustomer'scount schedule WI I d IC(1. Should be enteredinthe proper column. i SF MACE- 14NIARI I) 1 EACH DIVISION will deliverits work in two groups, one containing Setrices rendered wilt he as follows allwhitework'ndonewith 1 INDIVIDUAL 10 TS will he dungarees ' andbl cksocks.All tumbled,e\ ceptshirtsand division articles illbe properly unit orins, whichwillbestarched stenciledbefore and eliveryto the pressed. Undershirtsand laundry. Items toe pressed will be Iiandkerchiels will bepass 'd placed in a separate division bag. throughtheflatworkironesr, 3. FLATWORK will be deliveredin t umbled bulk for each source listed under DIVISION LOI'S will be tumbled flatwork lots (fig. 2-6). except shirts and uniforms which 4. EACH SERVICE ACTIVITY will will be pressed as' schedulepc! nits, deliver its laundry in bulk.

22.65 Figure 2-7.Sample laundry instructions.

)0 2u . TABLE U."-

MEAN SCORES OF PILCH COMPONENT STuDENTS AND TRADITIONAL STUDENTS AT THE SAME PROGRAM LEVEL ON THE SCALES OFTHE 16 PF

Minimum Arbi- trary Expected Scales Pilot Students Traditional Students 'Value 4' , . ,. ,-., 'A. X5.50 10.25,, 12.4 ... B 0 9.75 . . 9.06' 8.1 11.17. 16..38 18.1 .E 9.75 11.00 t 14..2, F .9.00 14.06 ' 16 '.*0. : G 8.00 14.56 '14:8 10.08 t1 13.06 , - ,-; 16.6 6'.42 , 13.50 13.2 4.58 7:69 Below 5.f ... .8.33 "11.50 Below-11.2 N 4,67,17 9.31 ' ". 11.3 0 6.08 11.31 .. 12.2 Q. 6.42 .7.13 Below7,,0 12.0 8Q8 10.13 . Q2 14.6 Q3 . 7.92. 14:38. 7.75 ..14.00 -- Below 9.4'

O

\ g:

. 26

tt

-23- a Chapter 2 LAUNDRY ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT.,

. articleinthe appropriate block He puts the -laundry list with his laundry, and turns it over to. SHIP'S STORE LAUNDRY LIST the laundry receiving clerk. NAV$L1, FORM 233(RCe *41) No

NaMe- Address HANDLING BULK LOTS Sett No. (Gusere Mut) a. Date _f_ WCIAnt LOT pol Pin MARKER CKLOLIDI Eath, enlistedmanis responsiblefor

MANS. SOCKS stenciling his own clothing. The laundry petty ONMITITY IJNICLES PRICE TOTAL officerin, each division should acceptonly Aprons,house 0 cook 0 properlystenciledclothing.Both black and Bath mats White stencil inks 'Usually are available in the Bathrobes Blankets, cotton,sin_gle 0 double ship's store. Blankets, wool, single D double Bed pads, small D large c...1 Properstenciling of clothing ensuresits Bedspreads, cotton r3 fancy 0, proper distribution from the laundry. Stenciling Belts Blouses, short sleeve long E can beaccomplishedeasilywith asmall, Cap covers hard-bristle brush. Coats, whp kh 1.3 gr Collars Coveralls LAUNDRY CONTROL LIST Dresses Dungarees FOR THE CREW S ties El

Handkerchiefs _ Hats,whit sailor Ll If the laundry petty offii:er wants a control lac of the items turned in by and returned to each

suits, CO man. he can list all articles sent across the top of Washcloths a sheet of paper and write the men's names in a Dry tumble service (No. . ) (a, column down theleftsideof the sheet. He Bulk work (No,lbS. 1(ae Wet-washService (No, lbs. (Le should then enter the number of each article sent by each man in the box opposite the name -and below the article. When the articles are TOTAL returned to an individual he should check them (DONA Acre) oft' the list.Itall articles are properly stenciled Armful) betore they are sent to the laim4ry, this type of Lot No. Service Date _ _ WeIght control will generally be unnecessary.

Name Address NO. _ IDENTIFICATION WITHIN

SHIP'SSTORE> LAUNDRYLIST THE LAUNDRY PRESENT THIS STUB WHEW CALLING FOR LAUNDRY

Date NO. Your problems of identification are confined Name to(I I bulk lots, (division or organization) and Address individual bundles (officers' and NOT) The Slip s Store Officer will °choke?, any 105511$ or claims in accordance with the (2) items in Naval Supply Systems Command Manual GPO o nyy CP0s) Fach of these is considered separately in the following pages.

You needagood systeminthe. ship's 22.4 laundi fin identifyingandcontrollingall Figure 2.8.Ship's Store Laundry List. articles [nought to you for processing. In figure

2 I 2' SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

22.5 Figure 2-9. Laundrymen at work in receiving room. 40,

2-9 a, laundryman has checkedin some laundry use the same markersweekafterweek. andisseenmarking the laundry withthe Inexpensive squares of washablepaper, or fiber marking machme incolors, are available from laundry supply IDENTIFICATION OF housesand are an accepted means of BULK LOTS identification. In the event you are required to splita lot, You do not have to identify individual items put the right markers on.every part of it.All in bulk lots hrought to the laundry, but you do markers remain with lots and portions of lots need to put some type of marker with each lot, during the complete washing and processing so that you can identify it during any phase of cycle. Put the marker in the washer with the processing You can make your own markers, or load, and identify the load on the shell of the flags, from a duck fabric, cut about 8 to 12 washer with chalk. If it is necessary thatyou put inLhes square and hemmed Then stencilone more than one lot in the washer, to get full marker for each division, service group,or any capacity. use a proper size laundry net for the activity Muth brings bulk wok to you When smallestlot.When more than onenet is hulk lots are brought to the latindi,, put the required for the same lot, use a marker for each propel identification markers on them. You can net.

17 28 ( banter 21 11NDR) ORGANIZA HON AND 11ANAGI NIENT

USE OF LAUNDRY NETS numbers (tigurs.:si ot hisk.)t..1,11 security number For example, the laundry mark for SKC 'Michael Laundry nets are trequently used for J Fedorko. 21--60--5o5would be F--565 'dent 'tying items either in bulk lots or indo,idual This is the standard tsp.: 01 laundry mark' used bundles They are open-mesh bags made from throughout the Na%, cotton or nylon in which the clothes are placed 3.Set the individual's laundry). mark on the for washing. Nylon nets have generally replaced marking machine and stamp it moss the face of cotton nets Theyresist chemicals better than his laundry listC heck the mark for accuracy cotton and thus last longer They also increase This list now \denotes ownership of laundry, in the payload the bundle You can do effective washing with laundry 4 Count e\ cry artiLl.: inthelaundry nets, provided you do not overload them You bundle and enterthe number inthe correct must give the water and soap a chance to get at block on his laundry listIt y our count does not the clothes in order to remove soil Check the agree \kith that otthe customer. request the maximum loads recommended for jaundry nets senior laundry mantorecheckit.When the below. senior laundryman's, countisin disagreement with that ot the customer, he should enter the Netsareespeciallyusetulforseparating correct count onthe laundrylist. uric the small items, such as handkerchiefs or socks from customer's Lount theninitialtheLircle and the larger articles There are two general types ot notifythe customer ptthechange through nylon nets- woven and knitted. Woven nets do whoever brought in the laundry bundle not stretch and thus retain their sire.knitted 5. Cheek 'e ch aft for a correct legible nets have a tendency to stretch and increase in markIf thereis no mark. put ONL ONLY in sueFor this reason. their capacities are go.en theproper place (explainedlater)DoNOT within a range. as follows mark,such items as bath towels. wet articles. or dark-colored tabrics Use pronged marking tags Site in Inches Capacity in Pounds -on these items. These tags are narrow strips of dig approximately I inch long with metal 9 IS or 10x15 2-4 tasniers in the ends Push the metal Listeners '4 \ 36 8-12 through the material and press them flat on the other sideI nter the correct identification on IDENTIFICATION OFIANIS the tags. IN BUNDLES 6. Cheek the inside of all pockets for any articles, such as pens. penuls. lighters, combs. foridentifyingitemsin Theprocedure etcIf any items are found in the pockets, a individual bundles described in detail herein has notation should he made on the NAVSUP Form been used suLcesstully in shipboard operation 233, Ships Store Laundry List. and also in the You may he able to modify this procedure to fit laundry log book so these items can be retun ed l'he steps in the 'procedure are your own needs to the owner. as follow's 7 Checkallarticles otclothingtr any Any items I Work on OM 1 ONI individual bundle stains,Missing buttons, etc. at a time, this prevents riming ot items from bound to he damaged should he noted on the several bundles reverse side of the laundry list and also in the remarks column of the Laundry Log Book 2 Remove the laundry, list Irum theVindle and determine from the individual's al'ine and 8 When finished with one bundle, dear the soualsecurity number what the laundry mark laundry marking machine by setting all type to will he.I his mark is made nom the first letter the neutral position Von are then ready to start ofthe individual's surname and the last tour on another bundle

23 2:3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDR`i HANDBOOK

Location of the Laundry Mark There isa standard spot for the laundry mark on each article.If the mark is correctly placed in this location, the receiving clerk can check items in easily and quickly. He can also check and assemblefinishedarticles without unfolding them. The,locations of laundry marks are as follows:

DRAWERS --On the inside of the waist band, left of center of the label.

HANDKERCHIEFS.Do NOTtn'ark. Put them ina net and identify with a marked strip tag, placed on the inside or pinned on the outside. Some handkerchiefs are made of fine linen and are expensive. A mark would be ugly if used on such articles and exposed to view.

SHIRT On theinsideneckbandof shirts, at the center, well below the fold of the collar.

TROPICAL SHORTS.On theinside waist band of shorts, right side, in line with the outside leg seam. 22.6 Figure 2-10.National Model 15, ink-type laundry SOCKS Socks are not maed; instead, marking machine. marks should be put on a piece of heeling and then placed inside a standard 10" x 15"' laundry net used for waslungihe socks. The socks should Model15,illustratedinfigure2-10.This be untied and loose in the netA separato net machine bruits six or more characters andis should be used for each individual operatedbytype keys. As indicated in the figure, ithas eight rows of type keys which set UNDERSHIRTS.-On the 'inside,one the type wheels to the desired mark. inch to the lef t of the label A secondtype of ink laundry marking machinestillusedinships' laundriesis the LEVER-PRINCIPLE marking machine.Ithas LAUNDRY MARKING MACHINES levers on thetop-front of the machine for setting the type wheels to the desired mark. This Navy ships' laundries at the present time use is also a National marking machine. It prints six two kinds of laundry Marking machines(1) or more characters. This machine uses the same those which use ink, and (2) those which use principle of operation as the Ribbonrite machine ribbons. Both types are discussedin this chapter illustrated in figure2-11, exceptthatthe Ribbonrite uses a ribbon instead of ink. INK-TYPE LAUNDRY MARKING MACHINES Setting and Clearing

Oneink-typelaundrymarking machine To setthe National Model 15marking currently used in ships' laundries is the National .maLhine, press down and hold with 3 one finger of 24 ( hapter 2 LAUNDRY ORG ANATION AND MANAGEMENT

the right hand the desiredty pe keyV ith the Marking lett hand. push the type setting lever on the left side of the machine untilit stops First release The procedure for marking laundry is the the lever, and then the keyContinue in this same for MOST types of marking machines manner until you have set up the laundry mark in full. You are then ready to mark items To I Putthe item to be marked underneath dear the machine. push the return lever at the thetensionplate andovertheplaten. The right side as far as It will go tension plate holds the item in place. so that the Theprocedureforsetting a lever-ty pc laundry nrark can be placed exactly where you laundry marking machine has tollows want it.

I Startattheleft of the machine and 2 Raise the printing lever forward with move the indicator lever to the first letter of the both hands to bring the item to be marked in mark ion front top of machine) contact with the type. For best results, use a Move the second lever to the dash i steady push on the lever used between the first letter of the surname apd 3 Check the mark for clarity. Ifitis not the first number of the social security numb'er clear, bring the lever up a' second timeIf the used in the mark mark is not satisfactory now, the machine needs 3 Continue with the 3rd. 4th. 5th. and 6th inking levers to set up, the last 4 numbers of the service number How to Ink a Laundry

. Clearthis machine by moving the indicator Marking Machine levers to the BLANK position To ink a laundry marking machine, proceed as tollows

I Press the printing lever slightly toward the marking machine bit .up on the end pins of the tie bar of the inking'nrms and remove the inpad holder Do NOT remove the sponge rubber on which' it rests

3 With an ink dropper. completely saturate the center of the pad with ink There should be no \lilac spots left on the pad, but do not use TOO MUCH ink you do. remove it from the sides with a blotter

4 Put the ink pad holder back in position on the inkingarm

5 To ink t he upper ( contact ) pad. press the printing lever toward the machine and contact the type with the lower pad. (Raise the upper pad holder and saturate the center of the pad with the ink dropper

7 Lowertheupperpadholder toits normal position

22.7X I or the most satisfactory operation. change the ink pad of the marking 111Jc:11111C frequently Figure 2-11.Rilkonrite laundry marking machine.

15 SHIP'S SI RVICFNIAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

thelow,:r pad does not require re-inking as CARE AND MAINTENANCE otter as the upper pad OFLAUNDRY MARKING MACHINES I aundrs\larking InksThere areseveral tspes catmarking inks but the type sou use A certain amount of care and mainte:hance the iaundr\istormarking cloth onlsItis must be RI% en to laundry, marking machines to tact (irkingink which can be used either t keep them in good working order and to extend hand marking \kitha pen or on the ink pad their usefulness the marking machine

Stencilinginkisalsofastdry mg. butit HOW 10 CLEAN INK-TYPE L.111110 t he used on a marking machine. It should LAUNDRY MARKING MACHINES he used \kali a stencilApplyit with a brush or ans ether suitable applicator The recommended procedure for cleaning a Indchhleink has beentriedfor marking laundry marking machine is given by steps. Type LlighesItis ansatisfactors. ht we\er. because it wheels. in particular. must be kept clean. is too thin and dries too slo\k

I BrUsh ink from the type several timesa RIBBON-TYPE LkUNDRY day before it hardens. The -'manufacturer of the MARKING MACHINES machine provides a type-cleaning brush.

A laundrsmarkMg machine which uses a 2 Remove the type wheels once a week ribbon instead of ink eliminates the probability and soak them overnight in a special cleaning 01 getting ink on clothes while son are,marking. compound. Proceed as follows. or of spilling the ink while you are handling it tor re-inking Some ships' laundries are currently a Remove the inking arm tie bar. using t he Ribbon ritemarkingmachine. b Remove the four screws which hold illustrated intigure2-11 Thisisthe590-6 the front plate and then take it off the machine. rundei c Use the return lever on the right side he Ribhonritemachine usesthe of theMachine to_setalltype wheels on II VI R -PRI \( IN Ifor setting mark The BLANt: le\ers are attached direct Is to the type wheels. d Loosen 4the screw on the left side of eachofwhich contains allnumerals and the the machine which holds the type wheel shaft in complete alpha bet position Hold the type ithe left hand and use the right hand on the mAel-plated knob on the Operating Ribbon-Ty pe right side of the. machine to pull out the type Machines wheel shalt e Leave all type wheels in the drum. Somethin:_'sItsrenh'in r hen on are operating a Ribbons Lte markt* maim,: are Secure them in the drum with a long string. f Put the type wheels and the drum in 4 I u pre\ ern wrinkling of the ribbon. keep the cleaning solution for an overnight soaking. the printer aria down when sou set the type Let the string hang over the side of the container handles which holds the cleaning solution,so that you do not have to put your hands into the solution 2 hot h hands to operate the machine to remove the type wheels. sea o,niplete stroke and make quick. sharp contact with the article being Marked g The ifext morning. take hold of the endofthe string wrapped aroundthetype Intoldshirt,ollars before solimark wheels and remove them from thecleaning them solution 3 2 26 chapter 2 LAUNDRY ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

h.Put the set of type, and the drum, which the type wheels come out when you are under a h'Ot waterspigot to remove the dissohed usingthe machine Whenthewheels arein lint ,and ink from the type w heck The water proper position for oiling, this V-shaped groove pressure should be strong. lines up with another V-shaped groove in the type wheel drum i. If after this procedure any ink or dirt remains on the type wheels, use the brush to Do not squirt oil on the wheels, or dow n finish the cleaning. betweenthem Use a pipecleanerinthis man ner - .i. Put the type wheels back into the machine an the same manner as you took them I Put a few drops of oil on the pipe out, in reverse order cleaner and place it in the groo,,e, full length. --

2.Next move the type setting lever, so that CLEANING THE RIBBONRITE each type wheelwillrevolveover the opipe MARKING MACHINE cleaner, Thisprocedurelubricatesthetype wheels at the point where they rub on the drum Keep all parts of the marking machine clean, type faces in particular Proceed as follows There is a pin on the side of the type wheel drusq which fits into a recess oh the front cover I.Bringthetype levers tothefull of the machine. Its purpose is to keep the drum FORWARD position from rotating in the machine, and it also keeps Depress the dip on the back of the Loer the oil groove in the type drum, in the right (bottom) and unlock it in front position for oilingBe sure this pin is always in the recess provided for it. 3 Raise the index handles to bring the type into the most accessible position and clean it with i hewire brush provided by the REPLACING PARTS manufacturer for this purpose When parts of the machine become worn, 4.Another way to clean the type assembly they should be replaced with new ones Keep a is to remove the assembly by first removing the supply of the most used repair parts on hand. A pr-R.,pserted through the shaft channels over the manufacturer's instruction manual is furnished shaft and disengaging the spring Lock After the for each laudrymarking mactime,The is removed, clean it with a assembly mechanic who works on the machine should also steam gun w have a copy of this instruction book. Do not,try to replace a broken typi wheel, or do any LUBRICATION mechanical work on the machine,' unless itis OF MARKING MACHINES absolutely necessaryAlways request that the work be accomplished by a trained man from Type wheels of laundry marking machines the engineering department. must be oiled, regularlyIf they work hard or screech, they need oil. Care must be exercised in oiling, however, to prevent oil from getting on PEN MARKING the type, and ink pad. The oilwill Wash out marks made by the type An ordinary penholder may be used to hold Two things are important in oiling the type themarkingpen The marking penpointis turned up on the end. The point is flat and is at wheels(1) the position of the wheels at the an angle with the length of the point. There is time of oiling, and (2) the instrument used to put the oil in the proper place There is a little no hole in the slit of a marking pen. V-shaped groove on each side of the opening in In marking with a pen, wrap the material the front Lover plate of the maLlune through aroundthefirsttwofingers and 'holdthe

27 3:3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

material with the thumb and third finger, or place the material on a table or any smooth surface and hold the material tight with the r-1) if 8S fingers. Dip the pen inthemarking ink and get enough ink to mark six or seven letters, no more. If there is an excessive amount of ink on the pen it will cause smears 31,-.1 029 Hold the penholder between the thuMb and the index. finger. almost at a right angle with the 22.8 material Then pull downward, toward the cralm. Figure 2-12.Pen markihg. of the hand. with the penpoint IQ contact with

NAVY SHIPBOARD LAUNDRY FIRES

(1 January 196910 October 1971)

, ELAPSED HEAT TYPE OF COOLED STATED CAUSE SITE $ LOSS LOCATION TIME, HRS SOURCE CLOTHING DOWN OF FIRE

DE 670 Dryer Clothes leTt in dryer LPD 150K Dryer 1 Off Officers Clothes left in dryer AOE Whites Skipped laundry cycles ,...., DLGN 157 Dr, er Off Clothes left in dryer DLG 150 Dryer 1-3'4 Off Clothes left in dryer LPH 100 Dryer No Clothes left in dryer DD 150 Dryer 2 On Clothes left in dryer LKA 219 Dryer 2.3/4 Off Clothes left /I. in dryer AFS 70 Dryer No .."Clothes left in dryer AR VH Table Linens Cigarette sparks DLGN Dryer 3-1/4 On Clothes left in dryer DD Dryer 1.1/2 Off Towels, Clothes left Linens in dryer CV A 4K Dryer On Clothes left in dryer LPA 105 Dryer 1/2 Off No Clothes left in dryer Figure 2-13.A listing of Navy shipboard laundry fires. 34 28 Chapter2 LAUNDRY ORGANIZATION ANDMANAGFMENT

forthestartof the material. Make straight lineswith a slight hightemperature necessary spontaneous combustion of mostmaterials back-hand slantUse as many downward strokes as necessary to Lompletealetter or number See As a laundry supervisor, it will be up to y ou figure 2-12. totrain your personnel in the preventionof shipboard laundry fires and make themaware_of procedures and instructions that will aid inthe )CAUSES AND PREVENTION OF prevention of laundry dryer fires. SHIPBOARD LAUNDRY FIRES Chapter 5 of this text discusses thestandard procedures that should be followed whendrying Recently.thefleethas experiencedan unprec'edented number of fire, originating in clothes in your ship's laundry laundry loads after tumbler-drying As a-matter of record.14 shipboard laundry clothing fires were reported to the NasalSafety Center. see SUMMARY figure 2-1.3. during the period of January 1969 has In subsequenty ear,.an This discussion of the ships' laundry toOctober1971 it has attempted to give the Ship's average of 7 shipboardlaundryfires per y ear been eeneral Serviceman supervisor of a laundry examplesof have been reported To deterifime the causes of these fires.Mare laundryorganization. laundry schedules,and The Vallejo.California. methods and procedures of opeipting Island NasalShipyard. and management of the ship's conducted astudyintothematerialsand organization conditions which would causeignition of a laundry cares with different types of shipsIn a principle sense there is no realstandard organization, or normal shipboard load of laundry The work cause for the ignitwn ofshipboard laundry tires standard operating procedure. which will for all laundries or even for anyaundry under isspontaneous conaWstion ofresidualsoils (particularly paint. and drying oredible oils) all conditions The schedule of laundrywork. as material The you learned, will vary inaccordance with the and or poly rneric clastic,waistband methods in mostofthefires needs of the ship. as will many of the twi,majorLactors what has investigated were operating personnel errorand and procedures On your ship. most of Washing been discussed in this chapter may beapplicable. lack of adequate equipment safeguards procedure may be dryingin metaccordancewiththe on other ships. sariations in and necessary You and y our immediate superiorwill specifiedlaunder'g instruction, Containedin chapter 5 of thismanual does not lead to the ha% e to decide what is best for your laundry. CHAPTER 3

FIBERS AND FABRICS

A Laundryman is concerned with fibersand compositionAs you will learn in chapter 4, the fabncs. Whenhe launders or drycleans a chmiLal elementsin particular fibers determine what fabric, he must know what fibers proceduresy ou mustuseto wash and clean composeit and how they. areaffectedby them The different classificationsare detergents, soap solutions, solsents and such conditions as light, heat, moisture, and I :\atural mechanical action. He must know which fabrics should be washed,andwhichshouldbe a A \ NAL Animal fibers ha\e their dry-cleaned: and what cleaningprocessesare origininanimal suitable for carious fabrics He lifeand nnclude must know, for wool,hair, andsilk. The chemical example, what type of detergentis, suitable for substances in these fibers pare mainly washing cotton or linen, and whichis best for proteins wool, or silkAt times he may have to washor clean fabrics made with synthetic fibers,or a hVI-GI TABU Vegetable fibers mixture of different fibers. In thiscase, he must hale their origin in plant life, and the know what detergents are safe for washing.or if ones withwhich you will be the fabncs are dry-cleaned, what chemicalsand conLerntd most in the laundryare procedures to use cotton and linenHemp, jute, and howeer, belong inthis class In this chapter you will learn how fibers and The content of segetable fibersis fabncs are classifiedYou will also learn how primarily cellulose fibers may 1.)t- identified, and how theyare affected by suchthingsasacids,alkalis, \Ianutactured oxidizing agents, sunlight, h'at, moistureand mechanical action a \1l \i RALMineral fibers are made A fiberisa slender, threadlike structure from linA strands of glassor metal. which can be processed directly (felted)into Molten,lassor cloth, or spun into yarn or thread metal isforce(4 (se\ eral yarns throughspinnerets(finejets)to twisted together), which'in turnmay he WO ell makethestrands orknitted Tinselthread, intocloth. A fabricisd crown, asbestoshberglass, and steel wool knitted or 'felted cloth Thereare many different are evimples of mineral fibers. fibers and fabrics,- as you will learnin the nest paragraphs ti h R AYO\Ray on is put in a class by itself bec.,Mscitisnota -1,44e sy nthetiLItis manufactured from CLASSIFICATION OF FIBERS suchnaturalfibersascottonor wood, as e\plamed later Ourclassification(1.-fibers takesin to S \ 1 illI ICS Fr ue synthetic consideration theirorigin andchemical CI 0 i) nhcrs irebuiltupfrom various

30 Chapter 3-1-IBERS AND EABRICS

chemical compounds, Ny Ion, dacron, C.R.F. FABRIC orlon, a rid, and vicara are a few fabricis ty pes The process formanufacturing C R.E.tcreaseresistantfinish) chemicals is essentially the sameliquid treated with sy nth,lic resins or other Little ironing is needed, and so luti ons a re forced through to resist wrinkles spinneretsto torm tinefibers, or dry mg time is shortened filamentsin each case, with slight variations, which are explained in the discussionfor each kind offiber FIBER IDENTIFICATION (See fig3-1 for further information on manufactured fibers It aswiththefirst method of classifying fabrics that of fiber content, that you as a laundryman will be primarily concerned,There CLASSIFICATION OF FABRICS are sevaral ways to find outwhat fibers compose a fabricFirst, read the manufacturer's label on 1-abrics litter trom one another in basically the garment, if there is one Itspecifies the fiber content of the fabric and YOU candepend on its two respectsfirst, lithe type of tiber ot fibers Second, you cantellto a limited whichcompose them, andsecond,inthe accuracy. afabricbyits method of process by which they arefabricated extent what fibers make tip method of A fabric may be made of all cotton,lmen, wool, appearance and feel. This isnotveryaccurate, silk, or other Idlers discussed above, or it111,1\r be identification, however, a combination ot two or moredifferent hbers though you can use it with some competence orfibersusedinits after you have had some expenence. Third, the Moreover,thefiber of fabrication may have been woven,knitted. oi most positive method for identifying ty pes fibers is a laboratory analysis of the fabric. Such tel to produce thefabricIn identifying impractical aboard ship. so fabric's on the basis of theirfther corn position, a test, of course, is EMI R CONTENT, inwhich each you'll have to use some other method tocheck vve speak ot the fiberused is expressed in termsofthe fibers in a particular fabric. This method. BURNING TEST. percentagecomprisingthefabric,e g 40', fourth one. is the In identify mg fabrics on the To make the burning test, pull athread or wool-60'; cotton fabric from an basis of the process used in theirfabrication, we two. or clip a small piece of the employ the t ollowmg baste classification unexposed seam of the material and unravel each type of yarn I yarns in the piece Then test N f, A Vf- A fabric formed on aloom by by holding one end and burning theother end interlac111:1 y arras or threads placed crosswiseto with a match, By observing (1) the way inwhich each otherthe tundaniental weaves are plain, thefiberburns,(2)theodor givenoffin twill' and shun All other weaves, no matterhow burning, and I St the appearance of theash, and intricate, use one of these basic 4eaesin their comparing observationsmade yrith the burning composition there are 111,111variations on the test chart. you will have anadequate indication basic principle which make ' differentty pes of is to the identity ofthe fabric you are handling fabric surfaces and fabric strengths See figure 3-2 for the burning test chart I:\ IT fabric formed by interlocking yarns Originally series of loops ot one or more HOW LAUNDERING AND DRYCLEANING done by hand, itis now turned out bymachine AFFECT FIBERS the inmass pwduction Basilknits include plain, stockinette, and rib knit Utless y ou take precautions, one or moreof of damage may be suftered by a ; IL built up by the several kinds interlocking of tilFrs by a suitablecombination fabric during the washing of cleaning piocess. loss of he mica! 'tic lion. moist ure. Among these are loss of tensile strength, mech,uircal work Some kinds of and heat, w ithout weaving orknitting coloz, shntikageind felting

31 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY\p' HANDBOOK Fiber General Information Chemical Composition RAYON/

VLCUSe Begins to decompose in the 350°- ' Regenerated cellulose made from 400 °F. range Weaker when wet wood pulp or cotton linters, by about 55'(. caustic soda, carbon disulfide and sulphuric acid. upra- Stretch spun. Weaker wet than Regenerated cellulose made.from ammonium dry by 45%. 20 million lbs cotton linters, copper sulfate, produced yearly ammonia and sulfuric acid. Colura A nigh-tenacity rayon.

I- iber A special high-tenacity rayon used in carpeting, drapery and up- holstering fabrics.

ACETATE: Fuses and shines at 100 lbs. steam Cellulose acetate made from cotton pressure. Soluble in acetone and, linters, glacial acetic acid, acetic glacial acetic acid. Weaker when anhydride and acetone. wet by about 40%.

POLYAMIDE

Nylon A polyamide. Melts 450°-480°F Hoxamethylene diamine and adipic Melted and spun. Solublein acid. concentrated formic acid, and in hydrochloric acid About 11('; weaker when wet

ACRYLIC

Orlon Acrylic polymer. Melts at 450°F. Acrylonitrile. Splendid resistance to Soluble in dimethyl forrnamide. weathering and chemical attack. Loses 8% of strength when wet.

Dynel Acrylic co-polymer. Melts at Acrylonitrile 40% and vinyl 275°F. Softens ata lower chlolide 60%. degree than 275°.E. ProduLtil a's white and dope-dyed staple. Acrilan Acrylic co-polymer. Acrilan Acrylonitrile 85% and vinyl CN-33 is the code name ofa acetate 15%. A new type of fiber with better dyeing qualities.

X-51 A,ciylic cgi-polyanef Acrylonitrile and methyl is methacrylbte. Figure 3-1.Manufactured fibers. 267.1 32 3c3 Chapter 3FIBERS ANDFABRICS

Chemical Composition Fiber General Information

POLYESTER Synthetized from terephthalic acid Dacron.. Polyester Melts at 450 ° 480°F. Spun while molten and stretched. and ethylene glycol, producing Made as Terylene inEngland polyethylene terephthalate. and Canada.

PROTEIN

Corn protein dissolved in causticsoda, , Vicara Corn protein. Not affected by tepperature up to 350 °F. Melts purified and repre,cipitated as fiber at 470°F Not affected byalkalies. in acid bath. Hardehed with form- Can he bleached with:acidified aldehyde. Blended with wool and sodium chloride. other fibers.

GLASS Glass. Has wide industrial usage. Color obtained by coating fiber with Fiberglas protein film and coloring, Virton Will not burn. Strength begins - resin or to decrease at 600 °F. the film by dyeing or printingUsed in curtains and draperies.Cannot be machine washed.

POLYETHYLENE. Used in upholstery, shoe, filter, and Wynene Polyethylene. Shrinks at156°F handbag fabrics. Reevon Softens at 225 ° 235 °F.

POLYVINYL Polyvniylidene co-poly mer Melts Vinyl chloride 15'; and vmyhdene Saran chloride 85'; Used for seat covers Vehon within the 240'-280°E. Lange and similar materials

Aerylonitrde -10'; and vinyl Vinvon N Same pi operties asdynel but is a filament, not staple. Used for chloride OCY; fisherman's nets, filter cloth, thread, and so Cot th. Vinyl chloride and vinyl acetate Vinyon 1111 o-poly mer. Shrinks at 150 °F. and inch, at 260'1-

22.67.2 Figure 3-1.Manufactured -fiberscontinued.

33*I

3 .") SHIP'S SE RVICLM.AN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

Fiber How it Burns Odor Appearance of Ash PURE SILK Small flame; will not Burning feathersRound, black bead smoulder after flame that will not is out. pulverize WEIGHTED SILK Will not burn after Burning feathersLeaves skeleton ash flame is removed; which glows like red- it chars. hot wire in a flame. WOOL Sizzles; small flickeringBurning hair Irregular, black flame. Will not smoul- brittle ash der when flame is out. COTTON Yellow flame of more in- Burningpaper Small, fluffy-gray ash tensity than silk or wool but less than v rayon; smoulders with creeping ember. CELLULOSE ACETATE Fairly rapid flare. Sharp, acrid Hard, black bead that Do not hold in odor cannot be pulverized flame but close enough to get melting effect. NYLON Goes out as soon as Burning sealing Hard, amber--colored flame is removed. wax bead that cannot be pulverized ARALAC Similar tc4 _wool Like wool Like wool REGENERATED Very rapidly; some- Burning wood No ash RAYON times leaves creeping ember,

22.68 Figure 3-2.Burning test for fibers. damage may be caused b),using too strong a charatterktvs arepradicalh, i.henncal, or the wrong lhennt.al the same then I lie fiber, can reactions to chvmni.al arent, are also be damaged h\ cs,aNe \vale, "TheLot ton fiber 1,aflat,1\t, IS tcd ribbon temperature, to much mes hank. alaet ionin \Anil thiLkened edge,It the\usher, 1, obtained horn the loohighironingofpressing white protective bait, that 01\em the ,,ceds, 01 the temperature. and careless handling Lotion pl.intT he'length of a fiber\ I \'I OM The discussionin the tollm mg pages 3 4 to 2-1 2 'mites Aooss seLtIon ot a Lofton designedtoslum, on how the laundenne trbetunderanut.iost.opo ,110.s thatit a proLess arteLts ('Ilferent types ot hher, t, collapsedtubewithan4 inner anal. which absorbs Ind retains acids, alkdits, and COTTON AND LINEN FIBERS soapsmd thus makes the t oh ot rinsingmote lit ult ( hemftallycotton consists almost entirely ( ot tonand linen are grouped togetherIn , of cellulose, wluvh Is a varbolivdiate composed oils cll.. LI Y,I( ht.',..1:ki; ihcit laundertn 01 hon,h) (110I;c11,-,:and gen

34 4 0 Chapter 3FIBERS AND FABRICS

Linen is obtained from the stalks of the flax yellow. High temperatures damage wool. Too plant ands one of the earliest known textile much mechanicalaction duringthe washing fibers. A linen fiber appears as a straight, smooth process is also detrimental. due rod with a bamboo-like structure, which is RAYON to cross markings on the fibers.These cross markings indicate that fibers have beenjoined Rayon isproduced from the cellulose of together. One fiber may be as much as 3 1/2 feet cotton or wood. The cotton fibers, orwood filtered, and inlength.Itisstiffer and straighter than a pulp, are treated with caustic soda, cotton fiber, and italso has more luster and mixed with carbon disulfide. This solution is strength. It is a good conductor of heat, andfor then aged for adefinite. period and forced this reason linen fabrics are desired for summer through spinnerets to form fibers. clothing. They readily conduct body heat to the When ,wet, rayon is ductile and subject to atmosphere. damage when tension is applied to the fabric. It Allmineral acidshydrochloric, sulphuric, holds up well under temperatures as high as and phosphoric -are harmful to cotton andlinen 400° F. It can be washed in a fairly strong alkali fibers. At full strength, they destroy thefibers, andiS not affected by laundry and but in Nyeak solutions they can be usedsafely. If sours. you have occasionto use mineral acids on CELLULOSE ACETATE cottonand 'linen,besure'torinsethem from thefabrictoprevent ',Cellulose acetate is made from celluldse and completely the aubsequen damage. acetic acid. At one- time it was called by Cotton and linen fibers withstand well the same ,name as rayon, butis now classified oxidizing effect of laundry bleaches when used separately because it reacts differently.Unlike rayon, cellulose acetate dissolvesin acetone and incontrolled amounts. Alkalis used in soaps have little or no 'illeffect on them, but they glacial acetic acid, and it will melt under a hot fabric's- iron or in a hot dryer. . should be rinsed thoroughly from the after washing is completed. High temperatures NYLON do not ordinarily affect cotton andlinen fibers, although they often do. affect, colors. The elements in nylon are adipic acid and hexamethylene diamine, When thefilaments WOOL-FIBERS come from the spinneretsthey are twisted to best wool fibers come from Iambs form yarn, which are then stretched by running The strengthen approximately 8 monthsold;technically, them over a system of rollers to however, wool includes anysofthair.For them. . . example, mohair comes from the angoragoat, Nylon is used in shirts, nurses' uniforms,Psail nets, socks, and alpaca' comes from the llama andthe camel. cloth,parachutecloth, loading underwear, and so on, Because of theirstrength, Rabbit hair is also classified as wool. other A wool fiber is wavy and has ascaly surface. nylon fibersare used frequently with The scales latch onto eachother and cause wool fibers to make a strong fabric. , fabrics to felt and shrink whensubjected 1,0 When wet, the strength of nylon is reduced heat, too much mechanical action, oralkaline by approximately 11percent. Nylon issolUble acids,. butwithstands solutions. in concentrated Wool fabrics are of two kinds, woolenand temperatures up to 450° F. althoughdistortion worsted. Woolen fabrics are made fromshort, of the fabric will occur at 200°F.Colored nylon loosely twisted wool fibers. Worsteds aremade fibersblendedwithwool sometimes bleed froni smooth, long hand-twisted wool fibers. their color on thwool fibers because they dry Ordinary wool fabric has a nap on thesurface, rapidly and draw w ter frorethe wool fibers. but a WOrStaNaas no nap. DACRON Woolens are not normally damagedby most mild cleaning solutions. Strongalkalis destroy Dacron is -made terephthalic acid and turnsit ethylene gycol. It is usein shirts, ties, blouses, wool, and ordinary laundry \,_,/ #35 4,,Li I SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

curtains,socks, sweaters. andwithmany effectonit.Dynel differentfibers resistssunlight.In dry to form blends. Dacron and cleaning it can be spotted with wool. for example are used rather any of the usual extensively in chemicals except acetone, which suits, dissolves the to improve the appearance andreduce fibers. wrinkling. A Boiling water does not affectdynel fibers, satisfactoryironingtemperaturefor but a pressing temperature dacronis 275°F. but when it higher than 240°F isheat-set Tb results in serious shrinkage.Dynel hose cannot prevent sliinkage.itcanbe ironed at lower be driVd on closed steam-heatedstocking forms, temperatures. it melts at a temperaturearound as the forms shrivel them. 480° F. It is highly resistantto most chemicals used in the laundering process. andis Just about ACRILAN as strong wet as dry, Unlike nylon. it shows very Acnlan fibers are made by forcinga mixture littleheatyeiowing.Itcanrecoverfrom of 857c acrylonitnle wrinkling.It absorbs much moisture and 15% vinyl acetate but dries through spinnerets. Theyare light cream in color quickly. Unlike cotton orrayon, however. it and have asemidullluster. They areused loses strength if exposed too longto sunlight principally in blends ORLON Acnlan fibers do not shrink whenheat-set. They have good resistanceagaihst chemicals Orlon is usedforshirts.suits.lingerie. usedin the laundry. and alsoagainst moths, eNrtams, sportswear, rainwear,'ctildin various mildew, and sunlight. Because oftheir moth blends with wool and other fabrics.One effect resisting quality, acrilan fibers of this blending is to strengthen are used with the fabric, for wool fibers to increase theusefulness, or life example, a fabric of 75'; wool and 25';orlon is span of the cloth. stronger than a fabric of I 00r%- wool Orlon resists wrinklingin use, although it GLASS FIBERS will form wrinkles inan extractor. A blend of Class fibers are made by forcingmolten glass 50'; wool or acetate. and 50';orlon has the throughspinneretswithsteamunder ability to resist and/orrecover from wrinkling. high pressure The fibers, about 9 inches long.are as does a blend of 80'; orlon and 20'.cotton. passed through a burst of flame Orlon fibers are not affected to evaporate by common moisture and are then gatheredon a revolving laundry supplies. Sunlight andatmosphere have drum. The accumulation of little effect on the in. Shrinkage SLIVER (asitis in boiling water called) follows grooved wheels and is low and. if properly heat-set, they will is wound on not revolving spools. Spinning andweaving are then shrink further when pressed. Theyhave a low carried out on ordinary textile moisture pick-up and dry rapidly. but they machinery. have Because they do not burn, glass a tendency to turn yellow wlam pressed fibers are at 300 usedfor curtains anddraperies, gloves, and to 330' E. Industrial orlon fabricsresist heat; various other articles. weathering, and industrial acids For thisreason. Never washglassfibersinthewashing they are gbod for such thingsas awnings machines.The recommended procedurefor DYNEL washing is to soak them inwater in which a mild soap has been dissolved. Youmay dunk the Dynel fabrics are usedin blankets, draperies, material in water, but DO NOTrub it. Rinse in knit sweaters, and in blends withother fibers. clear water to which Because they resist alkalis and acids, you have added a few drops they are of mineral oil, to add lusterto the fibers. You also used to make shirts and coveralkfor men who work with chemicals. can also lay glass fabric on a flat surfaceand clean it by hand witha sponge. Dynel dries very quickly and is fire - resistant. After you dry glass fabrics by It is warm, and is as strong wet hanging them, as dry. It resists you can iron them with a pressor iron at a low clothes moths and carpetlarvae, and 'isnot heat temperature. affected by mildew or fungus growthsof any Figure3-3offers further informationon nature. Most chemicals usedin washing have no manufactured fibers 3 36 Effect of Pressing Stoddard Solvent Effect of Sunlight Fiber I Detergent at LaundrypH 10.0 to 11.2Concentration* 100 Parts PerBleach Million atConcentration Laundry of LaundrySour pH at\ 5. (100 youtemperat Is steam re pres-ofsure 338° gi F. ) ,s pressing Perchlorethylene and Acetate Resistant GoodOt nobleaching value (see agent 2) 'ResistantResistant SticksShinesSticking toat aboutiron atpoint 275°to 350°F. 375°F. 455°F.F. SateResistant, to use but isglachilin soluble acetone, acetic phenol, acid (1) and MoreLoses resistant strength thangradedbyviscose,gradually. but sunlight is de- . A criL'inCotton ;Resistant Resistant Good bleaching agent Resistant Starts to decomposeat 302°coolsevaporatingharmed F. fabric Noton press moisture as Resistant Cotton shouldcleanedbe washed, not dry Loses strengthgradually DacronDynel Resistant Of Ofno novalue s,alue ResistantResistant I MeltsFusing at 480°F. starts atabout 246' F , Safe to useSafe to use. Solubledimethylhot inacetone tormanude and in LosesDarkens. strength Somegiaduallystrength loss N Ion Resistant Of Ofno novalue value ResistantResistant YellowsYellows at 300'at 300 F. Meltsto 330° at 482 °F SafeSafe to touse. use Soluble20v;con incent hydrochloric rated acid formic 01 GoodResistant resistanceforbright for semi-dull warns. less OrlonVicara ResistantResistant Acidified sodiumbleachis required. chlorite' chlorinates ResistantLaundry and No effect uptoF. to Melts480°F.Sticking 350°F. at 470°Safepoint F. 455' to use Loses strengthslowly Viscose Resistant - Good bleachingyellows agent Vicara Resistant Decomposes at 400°F.266°F.350 to SafeSafe to touse use Loses strengthgradually Wool Resistant up to atpH laundrytions. 10.5ide5% Solublesolution._potassium concentra- in hydrox-hot Chlorinates andateidewool. yellowsbleaching orare Hydrogensodium satisfactory agents perbor- perox- solution. gradually useTheTheFortisan becausepHacrylic acrylic Scale is fibersof insolubly measures fiberschlorine are are bleached in the soluble acetone in dioxide fumes that are released.activity of an acid or base in a with hot acidifieddimethyl sodium formamideFigure 3.3. Fiber laundering chlorite solutions under mill characteristics. conditions. Method is not recommended for laundry 22.69 SHIP'S SERVICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK POLYESTER Polyester resists wrinklingin use and stays Polyester js a fresh looking. It holdspress or pleats. Polyester generic (general) term fora wrinkles when not manufactured fiberin which the fiber-forming ,processed in accordancewith substance is any long-chain recommendations madein chapter 4 of this text. synthetic polymer When the recommended compound. The polymercompound being at procedure outlined by least85 percent by weight manufacturers is followed,tumblerdryer of an ester of finishing can produce dehydric alcohol andterephthalic acid. acceptable results. Polyesterfibersarestrongerandmore abrasion-resistant than The basic chemicalsfrom which polyester cotton. Bleaching is not fiber is made needed butthefabricis come from coal, air, water,and not damaged by petroleu m. ordinary chlorine andoxygen bleaches (when they are used properly).

C

A

1 at

38 CHAPTER 4

WASHING

direction at high speedto remove the water. Is tr' processused to remove soil has several important paths during which soil This type of machine to itt I- set advantages for the shipboardlaundry Itstn the fabricssuspended in the trom redepositing onthe insed awat Seteral baths are It saves deck spke. clot ! ; completesoil use, 'it, toet feet It speeds up the washingcycle for each FC11)1, load. 1,, s,,11 re mot al and dispersion, the bath,it nt et d.:1...r2,..nt and alkali are used in By extractingafterarinse first hate, tt,:sct baths are generally calledsuds reduces the number of rinsesrequired. hat hsind :tit number canes%kith the type of clothing tt,nount of soil in theclothes Its final warm rinse helpsto speed up drying and ironing \.% hit,: cot tons,bleach is used to Maintain MIltelle%, It eliminates the time andlabor required \ hat 0 alter the other rinses to totransfer wet work fromwasher to ft, no at onalka !mit \andtodecompose any extractor. rt.:mn-71'w tras still inclothing (generally, the .,out kith N III: List rinse cycle of the Itautomatically programs the washing rlln A combinationsour'blue and extracting formula youdesire. sn(110 ttc In most washer-extractormodels there is a .stainlesssteelsupplydispenser consisting of (,1 NI R DES( REIMON several compartments.Premeasured supplies are ()111 \SUL R E XTR ACTORS placed in their respective compartments priorto thestartof each loadThe contents of the \ washni:t ma,lune has twobasic compartments automaticallydispense into the sh 'IIand 12) the revolting punched pot, r 1 r ')Ut, r machine according to the formula cs hnu7i iihin the shellthe }helltholds the iiine cool-down I hecylinder Most machines have an auton waterandJeannie ingredients deve minimizes isperforated to allow device Thisautomated holdstheclothes and wrinkling of polyesters andpoly-cottons by ater suds inthe boltorn ofthe shell to in the ,iturate the clothes,ind then clean gradually lowering the water temperature enter it last rinse t lit in diaint2 the minim,process Studythe washer-extractorillustratedIn I he.asher ex VI totMashesclothes and them figure 4-1Most of the impor ant features, or th.'n ,nun diatel\ii.kts the watei from with A parts,ofthemachineare ndicated ,t inthe same cylinder \ tinder m one numbers 1,,11 spins t

39 4 5 SHIP'S SERVICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK

J

I. Timer. The timer automaticallyprograms any washing and extracting formula desireil. Formulascan be changed in seconds, simply by replacingan unbreakable plastic formula chart. chart can hold two One or more formulas. Full manual controlsare also provided so thatyou can develop new formulas and for occasional "odd runs."

Automatic SupplyInjector.Suppliesareplaced injector's five compartments intothe at the beginning of eachwash. At the proper time in thecycle, the suppliesare completely flushed into the cylinder. This modelwasher-extractor uses a separate source of water and separatecontroltoflush each supply. Suppliesareinjected whenyouwant,from asmany compartments at onceas required. Suppliesare thoroughly Muted prior to injection into the machine. Thisgreatly improves washing efficiency andprovides considerably better or souring and blueing. operations (7-)

1 40 Chapter -4 WASHING

3.Temperature Control. Thecombination thermometer-thermostat (standard equipment on themodel illustrated) providesprecise temperaturea necessityfor laundering permanent press.The thermostatically controlled temperaturesby operator can set two (these two dialingthem on the faceof the instrument temperatures are differentfrom the dual temperaturecooldown). So, the machine can attainfive temperatures: Hot, cold,mixed, and two thermostaticallycontrolled temperatures.

tall/ 4 .0 4.0

'11

doors open just 37 inchesabove the 4.Loading doors. Loading washroom deck for easyloading. These continuouslyhinged doors are constructedentirely of stainless inner cylinder loading prevent the load steel. They projectdeeply into the cylinder to the cylinder and theshell, and to from being pinched between cylinder and the prevent the load fromdropping between the shell. Each cylinder dooris equipped with twospring-loaded positivesafetyagainstaccidental doorlockstoprovide shell door is door-openingwhilein operation. The outer completely interlocked to preventopening until the cylinderhas returned to a safe rotatingspeed.

-perforations in the cylinder side 5.Cylinder. Scientifically spaced sheets and partitionsprovide a very high percentage openarea. Allows maximum dispersionand interchange of thewashing solutions for highly efficientsoil removalplus freeflow of water during extraction cycles. Pellerm .1Idnor Corp CopviightedUsed b t perInomort of 22.11X Figure 4-1.Automaticwasherextractor.

41 4 7 SHIP'S. SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

OPERATION OF THE I I. Close the shell door andtighten. WASHER-EXTR ACTOR 12. Add therequiredsuppliestothe Although construction details of thevarious automatic supply dispenser. washer-extractors used afloatary, ,the principle 13 Set the formula card andturn the switch of operationisthe same.Listed below are on. general. stepstofollowinoperatingthe washer-extractorRefer to the manufacturer's In the event yourautomatic programmer instructionmanual for additional information becomes inoperative oryour ship has manually on the operation operated washer-extractors,after the 11 th step above, proceed as follows 1. Open the shell door 2. Turn on the switch 12 Turn the switchon. 13. Start the cylinder. 3. Rotate the cylinder with theINCHING button, and stop when the cylinderdoor 14 See that the dump valveis closed. is approximately opposite the shell door 15. Add water to the opening proper level and at the proper temperature, as indicatedon the 4. Inch the cylinder intoexact position gages. If the water is not hot enough,use opposite the shell door steam tC\ bringittothe s desired temperature. 5. TURN OFF TH1- S\\ ITCH.Do not trust the shell door safety switch. 16. Add detergent,liquidor dry as prescribedby 6. Open the cylinder door thewashingformula, throughthesupply door when the 7. Bring the apron intoposition over gap cylinder is passing the supplydoor in the between cylinder and shell doors downward direction. 8 LoadthewashertotheRATED 17 Start timing the bath(follow formula). CAPA('II Y ONLY ito 75percent of 18 When time of bath}Ms elapsed, release capacitywhenwashingpolyesteror t he dump valve, poly ester blends) ONerloading a washing 19 Ptrnut sufficient machine is one of the chiefcauses of time for the water to breakdowns, as a greater strainis placed drain from the shell after thewater level onallmop mg parts.particularlythe reads zero, and thenclosethe dump motor. than the manufacturer intended valve (he'rloadirqg also results in poor washing, 20 Repeat steps 15through 19 until the beLause the water and elcaningsolution washing formulaiscompleted.(See do not haveadequatespaceand formulas later in this chapter.) sufficientagitationtoremovesoil 21 After the last bath, Under-loading on the other hand. results leave the valveopen for more complete drainage. waste of water and cleaning supplies ',110111d therefore weighevery load 22 Startthe extractioncycle. Move the of clothes for each compartmentin the switchtoex tract position.When cylinderI hisis Ner importantPlace extraction is completed,move the switch lot number tag on washer to wash or inch position,as desired. 9 Swing the apron down andout of the 23Pushthestopbutton,loosenthe waN handwhcel,and open theshelland cylinder doors Unload thetop half of 10 (lose the cylinder doorBe certain itis securely the washer and close- thecylinder door. latchedandt hattheLatch Rotatethe handles are in the latch cylinder one-halfturn and unload the other half of thecylinder. -1(3 42 hapter ASIIING

An oxalic acid solutionmade by dissolving SAFETY DEVICES 2 pound of oxalic acidcrystals in a gallonof and water can be used tokeep the outside of the tub Sal et y A :, /1,-r , brush to apply the .1% Jean and bright Use a rag or w ash 1 Rub vigorously, and then rinsewith sarnpl,c, solution speLancationsI he shc.d clean water. A fineabrasive powder, such as fastened withlat.11,_s,_mm;.tedtoa stdety the damp cloth will applies the pumicestone, sprinkled on switch v,111._Ii ot tthe p055 ,:r,sind film from the tub the doorA, a safety help to remove grease and brake when you opcit 1 he washer should beinspected at regular itN nestnotto trust the measure. howet,1 intervals to ensure that. safety 55 hen loading)unloading TURN OFF THF PO I R It is level. START and S f 1-)utt,ifis are protided On the Lontrol panel andthere are INCH hutton-; All bolts. nuts, and screws aretight. for get tine the Lylinder into the LorreLt position tight for loading andunloading \\ hen the Ly under Water, steam. and dump valves are thus spotted an automat',safety switch on the and do not leak. wash motor 1'r-5.mt,Ittrom noting tarther The mai4ti. re,--rsingtint; 01 is enJosed In 3 Latchesonthecylinderdoorsare metal cabinetas apr1 ;won for thecontrol operating properly, andbolts are tight. itself and a1,0a, aalI.measureAll safety devices are intended to piIteL.ton Tnderstand The brake is properlyadjusted. arc themthoroughly rdensurethatthey Listenfor parts are clean ALWAYS lun5tioningproperly All bearings and moving unusualnoises ortthersigns01 Improper and lubricated. tunLtIoninil: sti...h ,5 ;rheated motors.smoking brakes slowi! (1055 n t,,ormal speed Stay near The thermometers are accurate. Liam.: during the :xtractioncycleBe the he any ready 0Lilt-onpowet should there Motors are cleaned and oiled Al osi laundry t \Les e tI h r,tt ions with5 ibiation adjustedand waslier-\ mit t i pros 'tied Switchesareproperly suety shut ntI ,.working correctly.

CARE AND IN \ The timers are in goodworking order.

I he wa,hei\ t :a, ti n Is a t impoitant and All electric controls arefunctioning. e plc eqtilpIlICHIiIit breaks-down, peduips timeand 111018-5 tt,,onsinikd 1Iw clutch operates smoothly. unnece,sarilt Ind theship' ompanmay he suhieLtedtoin, iinicenien,..'sandunsanitary Water level gages are correct. hying condition,I hit elm c, too Intl chemphasis cannot he pla.ed upontheprciclelcare and Allsafetydevicesarefunctioning maintenaiRe of the washiny mac_lime properly. and all opeiatoisale 1 he senior la undi s man The Operator of a washershould know his responsihIcittlt he t >01 55 .1,lier-Li \ traetois manufacturer's in which V011 machineHe should study the CAR! has releren5, fig the mantic! instruction hook and themachine itself until he kindle the 111.1 11111C, .111k111()%5, clean yon keep it part of the ishei Mould lie kept asclean isable to recognize when any In a word the v. maLlune is not operatingproperly. He should inside ankl.fri2to,i(1, promptly report any necessaryadjustment or and hot 55itei help tokeL p the inside Clean and the washer to the "A" but stun andot het umula bons repairs required on sanitary, d !vision should he lemon. eel dadbon, the c. \ tenor

43 ,) SHIP'S SERVICI-MAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

WASH WATER cQrbonates as the hard wateris boiled if it were possible for you to boil all Water is the water used for the most important item usedin a washing, you would needno other method for laundry. Not only is it neededin quantitybut e minating temporary hardness. This the is not qualityof water used hasan important usually possible aboard ship, effect on the washingprocess however, and you must use another method to makethe water At sea, where quantities of suitablewash soft water are always subject togreater limitations than ashore. youmay not always }lase enough 2. PERMANENTHARDNESS Water soft water availableTo conserve fresh water, whichcon tainscalciumand magnesium you may be required to use sea water chlorides, which are NOT affectedby boiling, is said When water Lomes from cloudsas rain or tobe permanentlyhard.Permanent hard n essrequires snow itpicks up Larbon dioxidegasAs the special treatmentwith water seeps through the ground, thecarbon chemicals or by distillation. dioxide gas dissol\es limestone andsome other HOW TO substances, and the water collectscalcium and SOFTEN WATER magnesium salts These salts are Rip the, form of- bicarbonates, chlorides,nitrates. and sulfates. The kind and quantity of thesesubstances is The methods generally usedto soften water determined by the soil thewater passes thiough are considered in the next paragraphs.They are Water that containsan appreciable quantity of knownastheBASE-EXCHANGE and salts is HARD water SOFTwater is water that DISTILLATION methods. has not pickedup salts from the earth. or water The base-exchange method thathashad softens water thesesubstances removedor when the compounds ofcalcium and magnesium neutralized. Since it contains the "LonCCIIIrdt1011 in the water are exchanged forcompounds of of salts,sea water is the hardest of all wash sodium, which do not waters. cause hardness. The sodium is contained in the formof a sand called zeolite,anatural mineral known TYPES OF as sodium aluminumsilicateWhen hard wateris run HARD WATER t h ro u gh t he zeolitesand,calciumand magnesium in the water change places In laundry terminology with the hardness in water is sodium. Eventually, the zeoliteloses its strength, the power tokill soap When soaPis added to butitcan be regenerated (renewed) by hard water, the calcium and the magnesium salts in additionofsodiumchloride(salt),which thewater combine withthe soap to form converts it to the original state insoluble lime soapsThese soaps then unite (precipitate) in the form ota sticky. insoluble Distillation is the process wherebywater is boiled deposit This reaction kills thesoap and makes it andthe vapor cooled byrunning it useless for washing, ind the stickydeposit traps through pipes immersed ina cold solution to dirt and puts it backon the fabric in the form ot reconvertitto water. Distillationis used to scum. It no dirt is present, thy slumis white and make sea water usable fora ship's boilers and is seen as a film on the clothes. other shipboarduses. Sea water distillate is not pure water, but it contains only There are two types of water about 1/20,000 hardness of its original concentrationof salts. I. TEMPORARY 11A R DN ESSWater whichcon tainscalcium and magnesium TYPES OF SOIL bicarbonates is called temporaryhard, because these elements can be removed byboiling. Scale Three types of soil mustbe removed by the on the inside of steam kettles and steamboilers washing process. The first is duetotheprecipitationof insoluble consists of soluble soils such as starches,fruit juices, andsugars. ) 44 Chapter 4 -WASHING

Both types havecontrolled, The second type mLludesthe soils INSOLUBLE Dishwashing. Oils paint and fats The low- sudsingfeatures,arebiodegradable. and in water earth. soot to have colored stains such as dy e, have been speciallyformulated 'third type consists of performance features that equal more expensive and rust blood. medicinal stains, commercially available detergentsComments Water remo es soils which aresoluble to it concerning the use and propertiesof P-D-245C Soap remows ninny kinds 01insoluble particles detergentsapply to theP-D-245B and and holds them in suspension inthe water MIL-D-12182F detergents that arestillin the Alkalichemicallychanges some substances in supply system. The latterdetergents are being soilsand makes them solubleSome colored phased out of the supply system. entirely water alone. stains Lan he remo ed The Type I laundry detergent isintended for others require suds baths orspecial treatment laundering 100percentcotton (white and colored), white synthetic andsynthetic-blend fabrics (including permanent press) insoft and DETERGENTS hard water as The Type II laundry detergent isintended Detergentsaresometimes referredto The colored synthetic synthetiLdetergent; orsy nthetic soaps for laundering woolens and garments (including term s,nthetic, inits broadest sense, retersto and synthetic -blend of materials to form permanent press items insoft, hard, and sea the synthesis budding up) (white and colored) a product dittermtIrom natural substances A water and all-cotton items used,is detergent.as the termiseenerall\ in sea water. entirely different from a soap \ Bothtypes of detergentscontain (1) change the Detergents now on themarket may be surfactants (surface active agents) to surface properties of water sothat dirt can be divided Into three Llassesin accordancewith more easily removed,(2) mildly alkaline salts their pli!, sk_al tuft.(I ) true, or 100 percent provide proper (21 nu \ turt.of alkalies and that act as water softeners to s,,nt hetik.material alkalinity for good cleaning and tohelp suspend synthetics and per haps some minoringredients. soil,(3)opticalbrighteners s' nt het ics( mist tiresOf and disperse and(3)promoted agents)which. when and other nuteruls designed (fluorescentwhitening sy nthetit,s alkalies absorbed on fabrics duringwashing, convert to nkicase or promote onepartk.ular property some of the invisibleultra-violet light in sunlight ,let crgenti I )c h;rge nt s aleequally of the to radiation the eye can seeThese brighteners hard,seawaterand sot twater ethelent in make white fabrics appear whiterand colored Detergents are little at 1 ectedb alkalies or acids fabrics appear brighterin natural daylight or and alc ctfeLtive in hot kitold water underfluorescentlightsOpticalbrighteners ot ton and linen absorbalkalies in soaps and assist bleaches in makingfabrics whiter but are soap buil& s insmall quantities onlybut wool not substitutes forbleaches. and they do not has a cleat at i wit yfor alkalies and absorbs large have germiLidal or stain-removalproperties; (4) quantities 01themI or this reason, detergents compoundsthatkeep theloosesoilfrom wit hout builders h better lor washing redepositing on fabrics, and (5) otheralkaline woolens and silks(lied\ the libel laundering salts that assist the "free flowing"properties of charaLteristics Utait ut Lhapter3 for etteets of detergent powders and reduce damageto metal detergent, on s\ nt het IL., parts of washers I he detcreents to beusedin washing all, shipboard clothing and tc\tit; items. including are t hose ALKALINE AGENTS/BUILDERS s n t C., k. .rnd nt ht2I IL blends '\ stem and procured as stocked in the 1/4)rippl., should be IIdetergents of1 cderal Use of alkaline agents (builders) y pc I andi , pe them 1 hey I ieteri,ent (Powder , limited to those washes that require Spcot 'Lawn ) -24 at and should be used only in small quantity and not I lake Beadof( aanulai)IotI aullkit \

45 SHIP'S SI RVICENIAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

all on silks and woolensIf too much builder is Todeterminethecorrectamountof used, extra rinses are requiredto get the alkali chemicals for your washer. outottheclothes.In multiply each 100 addition. the extra pound capacity ofwasher-extractor or fraction quantity otalkali has a tendency \to reducethe thereof by tensile strength of all tabrics. the amount of chemicals the "supplies" column ofyourformulas.The amount of chemical supplies added Theprincipalsoap should be buildersarethe determined by phosphates. sodas, and silicates thecapacityofthe They include washer-extractorFor example. if a 50-pound sodium bicarbonate, borax, sodiumcarbonate. loadis put into a 100-pound washer sodiumsilicate.andsodium extractor. metasdicate. the amount of suppliesadded sln6uld be that Sodium silicateisthe alkali most commonly required for theI 00-pound load. On theother used as abuilderIn additiontoits good hand. if a 50-pound load qualities as a 1)udder. sodium is put into a 50-pound silicate also has washer-extractor.the amount of supplies emulsifying properties TrbodiumPhosphate is is one -hall thatrequiredbythe100-pound especially good for removalot paintSodium formula metasilk:ate is an alkali whichis safe for use on cotton and linen tibers It is important to bearin mind that cottons canbesuccessfullylaunderedinpolyester formulas but polyesterscannot be successfully AMOUNT OF BUILDER laundered in some cotton formulas. The ideal launderingsituation would permit Alkali builders recommended forthe ship's separation ofthevarious fabrics anduse of laundry are listed in ShIp's StoreAfloat Catalog tailored wash deck procedures foreach category. and Appendix I of this textThey should he This.of course. is notapractical approach. stocked aboard ship foruse with certain types of Consequently. an effectivecompromise must be water and for use in cotton wash formulasas worked out to obtain the bestoverall results on noted therein a mixed load basis. The objectiveis to obtain a high level of cleanliness. Generally. the following guidelinesshould be WASHING FORMULAS observed in theprocessing of' permanent press and polyester blends \ ashing tomulasgiven on pages 47,48,49, 50. and 51 liae been testedin laundries aboard I Washei-extractors should beloaded to ship and in naval research facilitiesand found only 75 to 80 percent ofcapacity to permit satisfactory for the type of work indicated. greater water vOlumc ratioto load. 2 Addition of non-ionic detergent These formulas include procedures as load for the isbeing wet down and additionof detergent shipboaidlaundering of synthetic and and alkali when required)immediately aftei synthetic-blendfabrics,cottonfabrics.and water level is reached woolens, in sott. hard,of sea water It should be noted that the formulationscon tam, for the first 3 Controlchangesofwaterbath tine, iwater-soluble liquidnon-ionic detergent temperatures -limit 20°F until final that is used in conjunction withthe Type I and inse temperature is reached TypeII detergents of Federal Specification 4 phiimic' souring. P-D-245C Phis liquiddetergent Orovides improved soil iemoval ofpease, oi.l. and dirt 5 Highbreaktemperaturescan be from heavily soiled fabrics,evert on tabric's of toleiated with properuse of correct detergents theoil-retentivetype (synthetic blends and (non-ionic). permanent pres71 liquid non-ionic has been 6 Sepaiate clastsiticationof included in the list of commonlyused shipboard cottons. laundry products synthetics and blendsare woi thwhde only where suit icie lit volumes 5 2, arc involved 46 Chapter 4- WASHING

NAVY FORMULA 1

CLASSIFICATION100', CottonWhites and Wiping Towels, etc.

P-D-2450 Detergent

HardisOft water Type 100-pound-load basis Sea water Type II

Water 1 Supplies/100-pound load Step Notes Operation Cycle °F Time Water Level Mm. Temp. J ' 8 150-160 Low 16 oz. alkali 1 * Break 2 oz. non-ionic liquid

1 60 Low 8 oz. detergent _1 Suds 7

1 60 Low 2 oz, dry organic bleach 3 Bleach 6

X X 4 Spin I

3 1 60 High 5 Rinse High 6 z Rime 3 140 Low 2 oz. so ur/blue 7 A Sour 4 120

1 20 Low 10-12 or. instant dry 13 Starch 6 8 (it required)

9 1 final Spin 6- X X

Water level ow 4 5 High 8 9

being added NO 11.S 'Add non-tonic liquid while water is A Rat.tenostats ate added inthis operation, if required. B. Drop sour bath to two inches.close dump. add water to obtain lowlevel, then add starch. fresh water in steps 5, 6, 7. For Sea-Water Washing Use sea water in steps I, 2, 3. Usc

Step 1 Use 16 01. type II detergent in placeof alkali Step 3 !Annulate bleach operation

53 .47 SHIP'S SLRVICLMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK'

NAVY FORMULA II

CLASSIFICATION100' ; Cotton Colored Khaki, Dungaree, etc.

P-D-245C Detei gent

!lard/sotwater fype 1 Sea water 1 y pe 11 I)0 -pound -load basis

Step Notes Operation (.', cle , Water Supplies/I 00-pound load lime Water Level Mm Letup

I t Break 8 150-160 Low 16 oz. alkali 2 oz. non-ionic liquid

_1 7 Suds 16(J Low 8 oz. detergent 3 Spin 1 X X . 4 Rinse 3 160 High

5 3 Rinse 140 high 6 A Sou' 4 120 Low 2 oz. sour/blue

, 7 B Starch 6 120 Low 10-12 oz. instan Wry (if required) 8 Final Spin 6 X X

Water Level Low 4 High 8 -

) NOTUS *Add non -ionic liquidw hile water is being added A. Bacteriostats ate addedin t his operation, it rediced 13 Drop soli(' hath to two inches, close dump. addw, to obtain low level, then add star eh

For Sea-Water Washing Use sea \rate' in steps 1. 2 tkoflesh water in steps 4. 5,b Step 1 t 'se 16 0, 1 pc 11 detergent in place of alkali

A

41v 48 ( hapter 4 WASH 1NCi

\. \\'1"I ORML L \III

(I \ 11I(\ SY mite tiL-Ble nci k, Imes

P-1)-245( rtcrgent

peel ( \\,ator 100-pc)uricl-load basis v it:1 I pc 11 T Wa ter Supplies,'I 00-pound load Ste!) \01: 00;r,olon 1 ( inIL i Water Leel 11in Temp. 16 oz. detergent lit a Fs. 150-160 Low 2 oz. non-ionic liquid

i -I--

1 1 8 oz. detergent `s,,d,,, i 4 I60 Low

3 X X

1 4 3 I60 High

140 I ligh

120 Lov, I or. sour blue

X 1 ,,!1 ;,)r)

0

\(1(I , ;1k) 1,,H ,itcr i, hcing. added

\ii t f i,tt, ,ind t htat,t added in this operation. .1 ,H11 do

It* 1tCPS I 2 t (c,11 Vs .itcr in Ntcr, 4,:1, 0

I \ 11 d.iciy.,,mt i, used

tit ; i5 C`, ti,c(1

e )

40' SHIP'S SER 'ICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK N NAVY FORMULA IV

(1 ASSII ICA1 ION:Synthetic-Blend Colored-.- Khaki, Dungaree, etc

P-D245C Detergent

Hard/soft waterType I Sea water Type 11 100-pound-load basis

Step Notes Operation Cycle °F. Water Supplies/ 1 00-pound load Time Water Level Mm. Temp

1 Break- 8 1 50 -160 Low 16 oz. detergent 2 of non-ionic liquid

2 ' I 4 Suds 4 160 Low 8 oz. detergent 3 Spin 1 X X 3 Rinse 3 160 High 5 Rinse 3 140 High 6 A Sour 4 120 Low 1 oz. sour/blue 7 Final Spin X X X

Water 1 e,el Low 4 ''- 5 High 8- 9

NO II S *Add non -ionic 'liquid whilewater is being added.

A 13acteriostats and antistatsare added in this operation, it required

I.oi Sea-Water Washing Use sea water in steps 1, 2. Use t resh water in steps 4, 5, 6. 4 Step 1 fype Il detergentis used. Step 2 Type II detergent is used

i t 4

50 Chapter 4 WASHING

NAVY 'FORMULA, V

LASSIE 1( ATION Woolens and Non-Fast Colors(Cotton or Synthetic Blends)

P-1) -245( Detergent

Hard soft ,4 ater Type 100-pound-load basis Sea water Type 11

Step Notes Operation Cycle °F Water Supplies/100-pound load Time Water Level Min Temp

6 100-120 Low 2 oz. non-ionic liquid 1 A.* Break 10-12 oz. detergent

V.- _2 Suds 3 90-100 Low 5-6 oz. detergent (if required)

3 Spin I X

4 Rinse 3 90-100 High

5 Rinse 3 90-100 High ,. 3 Low 1 oL. sour/blue 6 B Sour 90

7 I inal Spin 3 X X

Water Lod Low 4 High 8

NO11 S *Add non-1011k. liquid while water is being added

pc 11 detergent is preterable. howeverType I can also he used 13 Ractenostats and antistats are added in this operation, if required

2 Ior Sea-Water Washing Use sea water in steps I Use I resh water in steps 4, 5, 6

Step I Type II dettrgent is used

..)

51 SHIP'S SI RVICLMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

SUDS BATH' Formulas presented have been testedfor effective salt water washing Some adjustmentin A suds bath should remose soil !rum fabrics supplylevels may be requiredinsalt water Thefirststepincreatingasuds bath is washing WETTING OUT, or saturating the clothes with water and the detergent solution. Follow the Even though you must usesea water for recommentigtionsofthe washing formula for washing, use fresh water for the lasttwo rinses. each ty pe of load When clothesare heavily soiled. you may have toincrease the number of suds baths WOOL WASHING

Generally,youwillnotwash woolen SUDS.LEVELS clothing in the ship's laundry. Youmay find it AND TEMPERATURES necessary, however, to wash -blankets or other woolens. If so, proceed as prescribed bythe Sudslevels recommended in the washing recommended formula formula, are hied upon y ears of expereilLeIn Water at Navy Formula Vtemperature will ships laundries Normally, Nods baths should be not Mange wool fibers. Hold mechanicalaction run at relatively loss water levels in order to get to a minimum to prevent shrinkage Thisis why sufficientmechanical action and to Lonserse you should stop the machine when filling and water an.J detergent I:1,e a Ilght.1r water level for draining water, and runitlow speed and for woolens, however, in order to reduce agitation short periods You will learn about washing woolens a little later in this chapter IMPREGNATED CLOTHING Follow the temperatureslist&I inthe formulasIt the water is not hot enough y on will On occasion you may be calledupon to need steam to heat thewater Howes er, Launder impregnated clothing. Whensuch is the remembertoadd a littlelesswaterthan case. use Type II detergent at 'a mammum water specifiedtotthe Ic1adfor the steam wit.' raise temperature of 9031-;High water temperature-, the water les el Detergent or bleaLli should not strongsoaps, andalkalieswilldestroytl?e he added tohe wash water untilthe proper impregnantIf possible, water from the ship's temperature has been reaL bed es aporators should be used and a good suds built up before the clothing is added. 1tlnt: tl \S .1 11111 g polyester The polyester Lot tonblends,Lontrolchangesof clothesshould be washedfor 15 nun in es at the customary suds level, Lhanging water bath temperatures limit L lunges to 2.0 1 to asoid "shod." setting of wrinkles until rinal the solution every rise minutes Whenwashing rinse temperature IN reaL liedHospital linens that the iumpers and oseralls. the washershould not are blood stained should be go en an initial pool be stopped during the draining andrefilling water "0 I to 80 frinse to as,old setting of operations However, with the wool gloses and blood stainsIbisLan he do manually pr ior to cotton-woolsocks, the washershouldbe starting t kn mu la Lard action stoppedfor Warning and refillingAfter the three fRe-minute SUDSINGS, the clothesshould be rinsed three tunes with clearwater at WI-, S \L1 WATER W 1SHING allow tug three minutes for eachrinse

lltyrnc temperature must not exceed 155 1 . In k.otiwtc licsh %,itei supplies. it ma%he Clothing must be tumbled at roomtemperature necesalY On oeeasi On that s on use se,i water for tor a per 10d of 10 minutes before removal washm from \t hent h i s1, r:LessAs use I peI I the tumble! I 01 A(1111011,11 I 11 t 'nation on t dry mg Teter to Lhapter S I

Chapter 4 WASHING

BLEACHING from clothes after each suds bath Poor rinsing resultsingrayness. disagreeable odors, harsh Bleachwhitenscottonfabrics,has a of finish, and generally poor quality work germicidal action and helps in -the r,nnoal The number of rinses varies. Such factors as some stains. The dryorganic chlorine - bleach the condition of the load (amount of soil) and To present fabric powders are most effective amountofdetergentsuseddeterminethe damage. bleaches should never be added directly number of rinses required. Modify your washing on thefabrics. Neither bleaches nor optical formulaaccordingly Dirtydungaress,for brighteners are substitutesfor goodlaundry example, require more rinses than lightly soiled isproperly practicesIndeed, when washing linens.Under normalconditions,follow the accomplished.rerylittlebleachisrequired washing formula with respect to the numberof Chlorine bleaches are not recommendedfor use rinses, the rinse water levels, water temperature, in laundering white synthetic, synthetic-blend or and time of runr4ng. permanent press items Regardless of the number of rinses given to a Itimproperly used, bleach in concentrated load of clothes, itis impossible to remove all form damages fibers Study the fiberlaundering alkalinity from the load with water alone. This characteristics chart in chapter 3to find out must be done with a laundry sour how bleach attests fibers, including synthetics Bleachshouldbeaddedonlyafterthe reached The correct water bath temperature is LAUNDRY SOUR/BLUE correcttemperatureisbetween I -10'1. and 160'1. Any temperature below140'1slows A laundr, sour is an acid that is safe to use down the bleaching action and results in poor on fabrics. It should be added tothe last rinse to quality product and waste of laundrysupplies neutrahte remaining alkalies and to dissolve iron Any temperature allow 100- I.speeds up the and other metallic salts which cause rust or a bleaching process and may possibly damagethe yellow discoloration. If left in fabrics, an alkali clothing' causes odors and discoloration after drying laundrybleachconformingto Another reason for using a sour in the last Specification0-13-420 is authonted "I his it removes sodium bicarbonate, a minimum of 15 rinseisthat laundrybleachcontains inrinse water Even though allthe asailahie in 25 normally perLent asadable chlorine and is alkalinityis rinsed out. the sodiumbicarbonate pound hoes under NSN 6850-00-053-2842 urn arras.Itis not injurious to fabrics initself: Labeling instructions for this bleach stillindicate but when subjected to the heat of flatirons, the need for keepingitout ofeontacf with presses, and flat work If0I1CIs, itis converted to combustible materials and in a do area sodium c rbonate which is quite alkaline and in sufficientconcentration can cause injuryto COLOR STRIPPERS fabrics. o mdizing Color strippers are used to remme dy Hers Souringalsodecomposesany fabricsI !irshipboard use, the high pote'lic bleach let tin a load, prevents di scolorat ionind liquid titanium stripper is recommendedIt will helps to sterihie the clothes In addition, sour brightcolored sat el\re rum et LIMP, c dye stains twin white and setsaciddyes oftenused in colored articles in laundr and do cleaning fabrics, and presenes thetensile strength of olor strippers are inef tectie against sat ibers So urs also remove rust stains. (I), esRefer to t he detailed instru,.tions in the Ihere arc many different laundry souls of stain remosal, chart in chapter I0 Saiyingstrength, includingaceticacid, tluutosihc acid, Wydrolluoric acid, and several types of fluoride (X=0(1111111, sodium aLid and -RINSING PROCLDURI sodium silico)Fluoride is generally usedfile sour recommended for use is combined in the alreadyhale learned that the function powdered formwith powderedbloc(NSN of rinses Is to soil and cl,,inino solutions "I) 300-0 II 9.)

.S3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

At present, your ship's laundry stocks the I Do nbt drain the sour/blue bath. Reduce combinedsourandbluepowder.The water to a low level with the water atI 20°F. recommended amountofthissour per 100 pounds of wash is prescnbed by the formula Add the proper amount of starch. At one used. (Refer to Navy Fofmulas.) time white and colored shirts were Starched Remember, oversounng is uneconomical and separately, but experience has shown that they damages fabrics. Oversounng can cause clothing can be satisfactorily starched together. to stick to the press heads and tlatwork ironer 2. Run the machine 6 minutes, long enough rolls.O'n the other hand. undersouringgives to allow the starch to penetrate the shirts. poor color because of incomplete neutralization 3.Drain the starch from the machine while of the alkali. it is running, to prevent the starch from settling on the load. 4.If you wish to remove starch from the STARCHING PROCESS bodies of shirts, raise the water level at the end of the starch run to 8 or 10 inches and then Starchis applied to wearing apparel and dump itimmediately. The collars and cuffs, other linens to give them body, smoothness, and since they have two or more layers of material, an improved appearance Only cotton fabrics will retain the starch. should be starched in the ship's laundry. DO NOTstarchsyntheticandsynthetic-blend fabrics. Work clothes should not be starched. SOFTENERS AND ANTI-STATS

HOW TO APPLY STARCH Softeners areusedto give a softness to fabrics and to reduce static buildup (clinging), Starching is usually done in the washer. The that develops on synthetic and synthetic-blend machine does an excellent job. Occasionally, fabrics during the drying cycle.Inaddition, small loads or a few pieces of laundrycan be Bureau of Medicine and Surgery specifies theuse hand-dipped in a separate container. of anti-stats in laundering of linens to be usedin The amount of starchrequired depends medical/dentalfacilitiesaboard ships and at upon the amount of starch desired in a load or shore installations. A laundry rinse additive that article. Use the amount recommended by the meets the requirements for good anti-static formula used. properties is currently not available as a standard For starching shirts with the washer, follow stock item, although speoficationsare being the procedure outlined below. drafted

vt. CHAPTER 5

EXTRACTING AND DRYING

Asyoulearned in chapter4,the delayed because the operator must spray the Lombinationwasher-extractorhas a special garmentswithwatertoredampenthem. motor and a dutch arrangement for extracting Excessive extracting and drying cause hardset watei trom washed LlothesIn addition to the wrinkles which require the:operator to use more washer-extractor illustratedin chapter 4, two timein straightening out items before pressing additional representative models installedon them. board ships of the active fleet are shown in Extracting time depends upon many factors, igures 5-1 and 5-2 important ones being atmospheric conditions, As you'll learn in chapter 6, Hatwork can be the type of work handled. and the capacities of ironed inthe damp statedirectly from the the washer-extractors. washer-extractor after the extracting cycle has Syntheticsandsynthetic-blendItems, been completedFor satisfactory finishing of particularly those of 'permanent press, t mat are wearing apparel and some other articles, however, to be tumble dried should be given alight the extracting cycle leaves too much moisture in extraction.Lightextractionwill minimze these materials. The machine used in the ship's wrinkles. The automatic timer programs t laundryto remove the amount of moisture extraction cycle automatically. However, when neLessary from different types of materials to you are manually operating a washer-extractor, ensile good finishing is called the tumbler-dryer youshouldusetheslowestandshortest extraction cycle possible. [his chapter discusses the extracting cycle of washer-extractorand the useofthe One representative washer-extractor model tumbler-dryer to remove moisture from laundry.' reduces moisture content in a load to 44 perLent in only 2 minutes for polyesters, 5 minutes for Pertinent information concerning causes of polyester blends, and 10 minutes for cottons. div ssociated fires, namely ,the combination of se) leatingmaterialsand high drying Follow the formulas discussed in chapter 4 temperatu is will also be discussed of this manual for extracting cycles of various types of materials

EXTRACTING TUMBLER-DRYERS the length of extracting cycles is important Iftime extracting time is too short, the Llot hes A battery of tumbler dryers is illustrated in willhetoo damp for effective drying inthe figure 5-3. These have 37x 30 -baskets with a tumbler or on the presses, and production will capacity of 50 pounds each. There are many he delayed. If the extracting time is too long, different sizes of tumbler-dryers. They can be the garments Will reach the pressing units too used to dry the new synthetic or synthetic-blend dryforpropelfinishingProduction N again fabrics- clothing, uniforms, linens- wrinkle tree.

55

6 1 Figure 5-1.Combination washer-extractor, 75-pound capacity. ( Chapter 5-EXTRACTING AND DRYING

/ Copt rightedt'sed hipernitssuni (IIPalen?!11111;or Corp 22:11X Figure 5.2.Combination washer-extractor, 60-pound capacity. .,

57 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

22.18 Figure 5-3.Battery of drying tumblers.

Additional finishing is required onlyit wrinkles feature also enables the operator to cool down were setInto the garments during washing and dryer loads to minimize combustion hazards. extractingThetumbler-dryerillustratedin figure 5-4isa representative model of those Infigure5-5, the door of the tumbler is presently being installed on hoard Navy ships. open, and part of the perforated basket can be The model illustratedinfigure 5-4 gives the seen inside A laundryman is seen unloading the operator the option co using a cooling Ly tie on tumbler. Note the steam Imes near the top of syntheticstoavoidheat-set 55 1 Inkles This the maame. Faeh steam line has a valve that

58 Chapter 5EXTRACTING AND DRYING

k.)

22.18 Figure 5-4.Tumbler-dryer,50-pound capacity.

, you canopen or close to control the amountof theperforations and driestheclothes. The hotit admitted to the basket at aspecific time exhaust fan removes the air from the basket and I Jelldrying tumbler has an exhaust fan forces it out through an exhaust duct end( sed in the bottom of the machine. This fan exha istsair from the tumbler enclosure,and TIMER outs' e air then rushes through the open solesof the heat coil box, where itis heated by the Thetumbler-dryerhasa tunerthat steam, pipes. Itthen enters the basket through eliminates guesswork in drying. The operator

59

6 ,3 SLEEP'S SERVICEMAN LAUN{) HANDBOOK canset the timer for the desired time for a e 5-6 shows a laundryman replacing the particular load A signal indicates when thecycle -Tint screen atter it has been cleaned. Removable has elapsed Figure 5-4 illustrates a lustscreens can be cleaned with a stiff bristled tuntbler-dryer that is equipped with a cool-down setting Figure 5-7 shows a laundryman cleaning the screen of another type of machine. He is turning LINT FILTERS the handle connectedto a rod of the same ArTSCREENS length as the screen Several adjustable brushes as long as the rod are attached toit. As the operatorturns the handle ontherod, the Old-typetumbler-dryershavelarge lint brushes pass over the lint screen and remove the screensinthe backof the dryer housing. lint Because of their size, these lint screens are rather Propercleaningoffiltersandscreens difficultto handle and clean New-ty pe dry ers eliminates airflow restrictions which increase the have lintscreensin the front, making them time for drying each load and create possible fire easier to remove and clean The new dryers also hazards. ' use a secondary lint filter in the exhaust line (a sleeve-typeunit).Alllintfilters and screens DUCTS AND VENTS should he checked every two hours each shift Lintdebris and buildup inthe ducting and cleaned. impedes air flow. Ducts which have long runs 0

"t

lirmap-?4,

A,

, 22.18 Figure 5-5.,--Laundryman unloading a tumbler- drjer.

60, o Chapter 5EXTRACTING ANDDRYING

1

22.19 Figure 5.6.Laundryman replacing a cleaned lint screen. ,.-

LI ---. U s

Sti 61 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

TUMBLER-DRYER FIRES

Before we get into the actual operationof the tumbler-dryer, let's discuss the potentialfire hazards involved in drying clothingand other textilema terials instandardshipboard tumbitr-dryers.

As previously mentioned in chapter2, the principal cause of shipboard laundryfiresis spontaneous combustion of residualsoilin clothing (particularly paint anddrying or edible oils)and/orpolymericelasticwaistband materials.

Because of the number of firesthat have occurred in shipboard laundries,an investigation was conducted to (a) establish the materialsand conditions that could cause ignitionin laundry loads consisting of commonlyworn fabrics, washed and dried by usual methodsin standard shipboard laundry equipment and(b) develop the necessary guidelines to preventrecurrence of similarly initiated fires.

-' Thesearchforcausitivefactorswas concentratedonthefabricsusedinNavy apparel,soils,launderingequipmentand material& and on the methods andpractices of shipboarbilaunderinganddrying.Itwas speculated that oneor more of the newer syntheticfabricsmighthaveignition temperatures significantly lower than theolder 22.20 naturalfabrics; that some residualsoils or Figure 5-7.Laundryman cleaning a tint screen. laundering agents might spontaneouslyignite; or that the solution might be foundin current shipboard laundering-drying practices.To this and elbows attractlintsettling and buildup end, the following were investigated: which create back pressure and\a fire hazard. Inspection and cleaning on a monthly basis are Ignition temperatures of fabricsused in required. Navy clothing.

STEAM COILS Tendency of fabrics contaminatedwith cooking fats and other typicalsoils to undergo self heating. The configuration of steamc ils as heat exchangers makes them collectors, f lint and Susceptibility of launderingagents to dirt, which slows down the transferf heat and spontaneous heating. reducesairflow.Steamcoils,houldbe examined daily for the presence of lint, any lint Susceptibilityofelasticwaistband present must be removed. material to spontaneous heating. (3 62 Chapter 5 EXTRACTING ANDDRYING of linseed, lanitabilitv oflaundryloadsunder below 393°F. With the exception none of the edible. fuel, paint, or lubricating-oils simulated tumbler -dryer conditions. spontaneously heated at 21 2 °F. Cotton test Designandolpera nonofshipboard strips soaked with edible or paintoils self heated laundry tumbler -dry ers. at 266°F. Cotton test stripssaturated with the sameoils,then laundered, after which they MATERIALS INVESTIGATED showed no evidence of soil other thanperhaps a faintcharacteristicodor, also spontaneously FABRICS.- Thematerials usedfornaval heated at 266°F. Of the lubricants andKiels clothing that wire investigated includecotton. tested,onlyJP-5showedany, tendencyto linen,silk. wool, acetates.acrylics,nylons, self heat. ; poly esters. and blends of thesePlain weave, One organic ble'aching compOund anda preshrunk, permanent finish cotton fabric, US. syntheticdetergent,bothU.S.madeand made and marketed. was used in spontaneous marketed, spontaneouslheated at 338°F. None heating and dryer fire tests of the other washing agents self heated at anyof- the test temperatures (212°, 266°, and338°F): A STOMF RS.- Natural1andsynthetic bleach elastic waistbands from new and used however, cotton sprinkled with inorganic rubbers (HTH) was giossly deteriorated at temperatures meo's shorts, both Navy issue andU S. made and marketed brands, and wovenelastic fabric in above 266°F. the form at waistband webbingpurchased from One of the new elastic webbings and allsix local drygoods stores theusedelasticwaistbandstested, spont.."Usly heated at 338°F7 Only one used SOILS. The following soils, known'tobe or waistbandpontaneously heated at 266°F. No suspectedofbeingsubjecttospontaneous new or'useelastics self heated at 212 °F' A fore heating', were selected forinvestigation. started i asimulated laundry dryer load ig a core of used elasticwaistband at , oils) contai Id .Oilst('ookingfats/salad 338' Cottonseedoil.cornoil.lardoil, -olive oil, peanut oil. and "cookingoil The latter is a Fires were produced in simulated laundry bothgrosslyand blend of corn, cottonseed, and 'soybeanoils dryerloadscontaining residuallysoiledtestspecimens.Thefires Paint and Paint N., 1-11 k. les. Formula-20 paint occurred within one-half hour to. three hours at and nonvolatile vehicle, Formula -30 paintand atesttemperature of 266°F. Fireinitiating nonvolatile vehicle, ind linseed oil mixtures included both edible and paintoils

I uelsNavy Special I uel Oil (NFS0), Navy SHIPBOARD EQUIPMENT Distillate IND). Diesel Fuel Oil(M1L-C-16884). 'Jet Fuel (.1P-5) Makesureyou know your equipment. Investigations of shipboard fires have revealed LubricantsNaysSs mbol 2190 1 EP and in laundrY Grease thefollowingconditions 9250 lubricating ads. General Purpose tumbler-dryer safety devices: NIIL-G-10924 LAUNDRY CHMICALS Both'standard Have thermometers that do not indicate temperatures above 220°F, although the Navy stockand U Smade andmarketed pro duets in commonshipboard use were tested equipment can be operated above this, and evaluated temperature.

TIST RESULTS ,,No automatic temperature control lests showed that none of the textilefabrics No automatic timing device to control considered sell-generating ignite ,it temperatures drying time.

63- ' 6 2) SHIP'S SERVICE:MAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

WARNING inattentiveness, and fatigue. Figure 2-13shows that three fires occurredin dryers with steam SPONTANEOUS COMBUSTION CAN left on. and six occurred after thesteam had OCCUR IN FRESHLY LAUNDERED been secured. In at least three, andpossibly all ITEMS WITHIN 1 TO 4 HOURS AFTER twelve, of the dryer incidents therewas no

COMPLETION OF THE DRYING cool-down cycle following the drying. . CYCLE. THIS MAY BE DUE TO A "Prevent Laundry Dryer Fires"placard A COMBINATION OF HIGH TEMPERA- should be posted on the front ofeach dryer. TURE AND SOIL RESIDUES:' (See fig5-8.) Placards are available throughthe Supply System under NSN0177-00-226-5300.4 Check the placard thatis mounted on each (fryer TO PREVENT FIRES inyour ship's laundry to seeifitreads as indicated in figure 5-8. 1. ACCOMPLISH ALL PRESCRIBED LAUNDRY CYCLES. OPERATING THE DRYING TUMBLER 2. ENSURE THAT ALL DRYER LOADS RECEIVE A FINAL 10-MINUTE Before using a newly installeddryer, run it TUMBLING WITH DAMPERS SET several Minutes to remove dirt anddust from the TO DELIVER AIR AT AMBIENT intenbr: Then clean the basketof foreign matter ROOM TEMPERATURE. and/oroil by fillingitwith clean rags and miming the machine for about ke 5 minutes. It is . 3. REMOVE ALL LAUNDERED ITEMS then ready for use \ FROM THE DRYER WHEN THE Theprocedureforoperatingadrying DRYING CYCLE IS COMPLETED. tumbler is as follows.

4. OVERHAUL ALL DRYER LOADS I Open the damper to the exhaustline. TO PREVENT RESIDUAL HEAT 2 Close thelint box door (A old-type i BUILDUP. DO NOT LEAVE THE machines) LAUNDRY UNMANNED UNTIL 3 Open the steam return tineValve. THIS HAS BEEN ACCOMPLISHED. 4 Crack the steam inlet valveto heat the machine slowlyIt Figure 5,8. A "Prevent Laundry Dryer too much steam enters the and Hamper cold swam line. the metalpipes expand-rapidly Fires" Placard. andcrackloudly,thibresultsinharmful vibrations to lines and equipment. No autornatiL Lool-down .yak' 5. After the machineis thoroughly heated, completely open the steam inlet valve. No tire wising And fllotherIng device 6 Load the basket with thecorrect weight of clothes An overload strains.the machine and When the .those conditionsexist on hoard blocks the plissage of your ship, be etha cat etul. when operating an- through the clothes, the extending the normal drymg time. An underload tumbler -dryer allows the air to pass tluough I he intormation summariik.d the clothing too inI iguie 2-13 Iasi,iesultiligin inefficient -operation of the (m'cluipter 2), indicates that the principalreason machine A pi oper loadcreates enough of a' for shipboard laundry drser tireswas operator baffle, or luaderance. error. Operator error was attributed to lack to the passage of air to of resultinadequatedrying duringthetime knowledge,poolnuivinent,cal elcssness; allowed

64

V tt

ghapter 5EXTRACTING AND DRYING

Three-quarters (3/4) o the rated dryer capacity 7. Close the basket door. 8. Setthetime'rfor approximately20 is recommended minutes (50-pound dryer). Drying timedepends weight and texture of 2 Hot tumble drying temperatures should upon steam condition, should be load, and the amount of moistureleft in the not be used. Exhaust-air temperature 140°1 60°F). load after it was extracted. Standardtumbler set at a 'medium setting (between Drying time varies with the nature and sizeof performance should not exceed I minute per pound (dry weight). Late model machines can the load, but items containing a synthetic or dry almost 2 pounds of clothes in a minute high percentages of synthetics in blends dry 9. Turn the manual switch on. The motor much faster than similar 106 percent cotton tumbler will start. items Items should not remain in the 10. When the timer alarm sounds, open the when it is not in motion. door and remove the load. 3.Fordryerswithoutthecool-down for an additional10 CAUTION. feature, tumble drying minutes without heat will cool down the items On dryers without a cool-downcycle, and avoid setting new wrinkles, tumblealldryer loads for 10 minutes with dampers set to deliver air at room temperature 4Permanent press,synthetic, and appareland linens, or until a temperatureof 120°F is reached synthetic-blendwearing when rem ved from the dryer immediately after To avoid possible combustion, remove cool downnd either placed on a hanger or folded,show besuitableforusewithout a 1 1 la untie reditems from dryers upon Process ng of linens in this manner can completion of drying cycles.. ironing. help cut down the work loadfor flat work Man laundry spaces after the last dryer is ironers emptied to ensure no residual buildup ofheat in filledbags/. Clothes should be stored loosely to allow air to circulate in andaround CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF DRYING TUMBLERS them. Always keep your drying tumblerfree of put flammable items such as Do not is a fire hazard.Besides, clothes will rubber, plastic-backed, or padded items in the lint. Lint not dry properly unless thelint screen is clean dryer. These items should be air.dried enough. to allow free passage of air through the machine. DRYER FINISHING OF SYNTHETIC- AND If you have a dryer with a self-cleaning lint from SYNTHETIC-BLENDCLOTHES/LINENS screen, check it every time you remove ,d the canvas to determine how well the brushes Tumble dryingof washed syntheth_ and are doing the joti When they become worn, they the synthetic -blendclothes and linens; t- properly require adjustment to make them strike carried out, can minimize and .eliminate. the screenwithenoughforcetoremovelint. neea for pressing of the items. Eventually screens require re cement. For those shipsnot having permanent press settings(withcool-down features)or Small screens on dryers without self-cleaning rather tumbler-dryers,additional tumbledrying screens req litre manual.cleaning precautions should be taken trequently. Experience in operatingthe machine 4). under normal conditions tells you how often to Itis also a good idea to 1.Inall instances the tumbler-dryer must dean the lint 6L.reen not be overloaded in order toallow adequate clean the lint box each time you clean the tumblingactionforwrinkleremoval screen x

k, 65 7 RVI(I MAN 1-_,AUNDRy HANDBOOK

E se a a.:UU111 cleaner or m r temperaturewillbe reduced to remove lint deposits trom heater chambers approximatelN, ,r5 1 butit willbewellwithinthesafe and au passages in the dr)erItlintislett to operating range accumulate spontaneous Lating the flow ot air will he restricted. Other maintenance ).10 can perf,ginon the DRYING IMPREGNATED CLOTHING drying tumbler incli7des the following Whenon are dr ) mg impregnated protective Checkingswitchesanddampersto clothing take the following determine how well the\ work, measures to prevent damagetothtclothing Dr), impregnated protectiveclothingcaretufll).sine: excessive Keeping nuts and s,rews tight heat will causetheloss /of impregnantItis importantthatthe temperature of protective Reporting maint,:nal' requirement,to clothing be kept no higher that 155'F. your superisor promptl\ Remose the imprqnated Checking the t2nsion protective clothing from the tumbler at once after thedrying. cycle is completed Clothing remosed from the dryer Screws, nails, pins, and ni,Ited hl. h ioeralls and Jumpers with has hoods) should, be solidified willoccasionall% Jogthe separated tirimediateland folded Drying may pertorationsinthebasketilr,,hcreating also be accomplished b) hanging the operating hazards clothing on Baskets should he ch,c1,..,d a line butprecautions shouldbe observed and cleaned against the exposure to direct sunlight. The engineeringdepartITIL:iltshould check thetumbler-Liner at re2u1.11 interitsfor Impregnated protectiveclothingshould accumulations of lint in air passag.., and the lint noel be ironed or dr)elealied. Itcan normally 'box. fault)opening and closing of dampers. he laundered three times beforeits,proteethve leaks in the steam valses or lines and thegeneral qualities become inadequate, butrepresentative condition of the machineI nginecring personnel samples ofthe clothing should be tasted after should lubricatethe tumble! and mak:mayor each laundering to defiermine whetherit should he 1 reimpregnatt;d. overhauls .. ()I d n1L with t11,2 reLornmcnirations;(4 the manula,tui.r 'OPERATING PROCEDURES WHEN O DRYING IMPREGNATED CLOTHING TUMBLER -DRY ER HE ri,R COILS Obsencthefollowingprocedures when dr, ing impregnated protectiveclothing in the Theheatercoilsoftumbler -dry en arc tumbler -diver generally arranged iii two banks witha scpaiatc steam connection to each 'Shut -oft I ( losethe steam intake valve and the are provided on both the mkt and dt,un side ot dram ake on one bank of heatercoils each bank,. 2 I horoughl) clean the lintse eens When launderingprote.to,,cloth in',shut 3 Close the cold air damper ndopen the off one Bank ,t heatei coils at both theuilet and warm air damper on open-end tumblersSet the t h e drain 0)1111...,. I l ill I his reduces the dampets on side-loading tumblersso-that air will maximum drying temperature when 00-pound he reticulated steam pre,sureis usedapproximatek4'SI Without any load in_thecylinder, whiL h will bring the temperature downtithIll operate the tumfer for 15 minutes safe operating range admitting It\ our ship uses Is-pound steam to only one hankof heater cods and ste ,i,p) pressiii.e t he maximumdi\ mr, ensure thatthe tomperatine does 'not exceed 7 (,() Chapter 5EXTRACTINGANDDRYING

tumbleruntil theloa is 155°F. Adjust the dampers itnecessary When and operatethe tumbler is ready foi. satisfactorilydry, butinno case should this condition is met, the temperature Lof the exhaustair exceed 155° operation. Allow the pAtective clothing tocool completely S.After the clothmg has beenwashed and extracted. place a normal load inthe tumbler before packing or storing. CHAPTER 64,,

FLATWORKIRONING

The main items of laundry flazOrk aboard a responsibility.Italso Navy ship are bed linensand tablecloths For coIrsthesafety pressing these, a flatwork precautions that will helpyou avoid breakdowns ironer is installed on and accidents. ships that have sufficientrequirement for this piece of equipment On thisironer (sometimes called a ) the flatwork Flatwork ironers currentlyused inships' is. ironed damp just laundries are not all exactly asitcomes from the washer-extractor. Such alike, but they all thinp its work on thesameprinciple.This chapter handkerchiefs, hand towels,aprons. describes 'undershirts, and white theironer anditsoperation and trousersc

Items of laundryflatworkarecurrently being m alkufa et ured DESCRIPTION fromsyntheticand OF THE IRONER synthetic /cotton -blend fabricsThilse items can be successfully finishedwithout pressingin a ', tumbM.-dryer. Useof dryers in this connection The type of flatwork ironerused on Navy can reduce the press desk load where ships consists ofa steam-heated cylinder against an ironer is which the flatwork not available. Where anironer is available. its ic is pressed by means of three f padded pressure rolls. The will reduce the drying tumpler workload a id work is carried into produce a better finish thanrough drying the ironer on feed ribbonsthat lead the work over thecylinder.. At therear an apron or The use of the flatworkironer lightens thtt ribb n presses the workagainst the under side of the -ylinder and returns it work of the dryingtumblers and producesa to the front. Steam to better finish than rough dry Ile the cylinder is provided bythe ship's steam line. and the motoris electrically driven. On ships without flatwoi kironer., some of fhe ironer parts with which yo'u the flatwork, such 1 as the 1 linen, is pressed are mainly concerned are labeled on a laundry press of the fpa' describedin as shown in figure 6-1 chapter 7. The rest of thewoi k is rough dried Other parts, not so clearlyseen and not labeled, are the motor. which is belowat the right, and- You will probablysere at some time on a the parts housed on thetwo frames that support ship that has a 11,11\401-kHoner, and ther ektre are the cylinder and rollers.The drive gearsare expected to know how tooperate one Lorrek.tly houTd in the right frame.and the left end hasa As with other maLhines comitord inlet and outlet in the L11111(11\, > on steam valve. tThe should know whatare and maynenarke is your condensate(steamreconvertedtowater)is responsibility and what lobs,ue pe'rtorined by collected!by/a trap connected to the outletpart of the stvanri.pint engineeringpersonnel Funs chaptercokers correct procedures for operation of the ironer Maintenance of the motor. and forthe maintenance tasksi thatare your gears. and steam Lonnections is the responsibilityof eittgineermg '08

7' Chapter 6 FLATWORKIRONING " rolls, mounted that adjustment or I he three padded pressure personnel, and if you suspect cylinder,are6 3/8 you shouldnotify abovethesteam repair ieeded in these areas, diameter whenpadded Theyhavespring the engineeringdelNirtmentAs the operator, each end. Each padded responsible for followingcorrect pressure adjustments at you wilt be pressure rot). operates at adifferent pressure, the proceduresandformaking pressure and the operating changing the feed front roll having the greatest adjustments to roll pressure, rear roll theleast. The large handwheel atthe ribbons, re.momg.andreplacing roll padding and and decreasing pressure on and adjusting the apron,and right is for increasing covers, changing the rolls keeping the cylinder,padded presstlre rolls, and close together so as those eed ribbons are spaced apron clean. %lewill, therefore. examine parts'of a large piece ofwork like a crossly to carry partsvDt the machine more sheet or bedspread evenlyInto the ironer. As a have a finger guard or 18In diameter The protection, flatwork ironers The ey limier is 16 that proent,, thehands of the opeiatorfrom slie of the machine isdesignated by the length This represents the width of getting near thepadded pressure rolls. of the cylinder, which guard also pre,entsdamage to work through material the machinewill take without folding thickerthan used on \a ships haze carelessfeeding Ifanything Currently,ironer, flatwork touches the guard,the limit switch on either 5060 ", or 100 'cylinders

FEED RiBBOti :RAG BA GADDED RRESSURE DRIVE ROLL Gri REMOVABLE SIDE PANEL

FEED FINGER R!BBCNS GUAPD

ct,,S,1BLJT TON = TAflON

riA Ni ''HEEL

.i22.21X 1,1 Figure 6-1.Flatwork ironer

69

7,) Alb SHIP'S SERVICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK

LIMITED SWITCH OR R H FINGER GUARD FRAME machine and turnon the steam 'until the coating melts andisabsorbed by thepaper. Then remove the paper andwipe the remainder of the coating from the cylinder LIMIT with a clean rag. Do SWITCH this before the cylinder C ERATINS cools. Clean' theapron FINGER and paddedpressure rolls of all foreign material that may have collectedin transit. BRACKET FDR LIMIT The engineeringdepartment should check SWITCH and adjust thenew ironer before it is used for routine work. Before each periodof use, makesure that the ironer is thoroughlyclean. W ou finish using it, you should leave iticle but check it again the next time you FINGER GUARD use it toe certain that nothing has gotteninthat wousoil the flatwork.

HEATING THE IRONER 22.90 Figure 6-2.Finger guardlimit swi A flatwork ironershould always be heated before you startto feed it.Heating of 'the / cylinder is clone whilethe the right frame opens automaticallyand cuts off padded pressure rolls currentto and apron are notin contact with the cylinder. themotor. The limit switchis illustrated in figure 6-2. ng .the Cylinder The apron or ribbonspick up the workas it last of the three paddedrolls, and ework 1 Httthecylinder slowly. Allow backbeneaththe steam minutes fr 45 inder to the front ofthe ironer See figure the time you startheating until 6-3. the machineiready to operate. 2 Open thvalve bypassing thesteam trap, then partially oen the main steam valveto heat OPERATING THE th w cylinder sloly. If you 'turn the full force while steam on FLATWORK IRONER e cylinder and machineare cold. the suddenex 'ansion of the cold cylinder Men who operatea flatwork ironer should could cause it towar or split. The frame of havethe the manufacturer'sinstructionmanual ironer where the stealine is connected could available. You should also be damaged break out the manual and bye cessive vibrationcaused study it beforeypu operate any ironer for the hy suddenexpansion of he cold metal. first time, and afterwardskeep it at hand for reference. 3.Leave the bypassvalve openfor 30 minutes. Then close it andfully open themain PREPARING A NEW steam valve The cylinderis now hot and the full IRONER FOR USE force of the steam willnot damage it. Heating_ the Rolls Before you usea new ironer, you must remove the protective coatingplaced on the cylinder by the When the cylinderis heated, you are ready manufacturerI o do this. runa toheat piece of heavypaper the paddedpressurerolls. Turn the (absorbent)intothe handwheel clockwise machine under lightrollpressureStop the to apply lightpressure. -Den depress thestart button andrun the ironer ( haptei 6I LATWORK: IRONINfi

ARRCN r)!;"VE ROLL 1

FASTEN NEW APRON TO CO APRON APRON

T'c "

APRON ;LICE

PIN

ROLL SHAFT

QRACK ET 5:2--TtE-ROCJ SCRF.Vi ADJ SCREW

BRU''HitiG LOWER TENSION ROLL UP FR "ENS;ON

22.23

Figure 6-3 -Diagram for replacing apronon flatwork ironer.

linder and at the same time raisesthe apron 15minutes to heat thepadded empty for about into operating position.The same handwheel, pressure rolls thoroughly clears the padded pressurerolls and, the apron III DIN(' L\ I IIIli! 1)0 NOT STAR! Iron)thecylinderwhenturned R AND PADDI I)PRI SSURI CYI counterclockwise ROLLS ARV IIIOROU(dl11I1.1 All Turnthewheel carefully,applying just enough pressure to produce adesirable fipish. PRESSURI CONTROL I oo much pressure willdamage the padding of the pressure rolls and causeundue wear on the I tuning the hand \kl\e t he the bearings and excessivestrain on the driving paddedpressureroll. \\itli

71 7 SHIP'S SERVICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK mechanism. Once you determine the right Feeding Large Items amount of pressure for goodwork, you can set the wheel at thesame point for almost allyour work. Two men should feed-sheets, bedspreads, and other large itemsinto a 75" ironer. See The pressure. should bereleased whenever figure 6-4 noting especiallythe position of the the machineis to be idle for10 minutes or men's hands. In startingthe piece through the longer. Otherwise, heatfrom the cylinder will ironer, eachman grasps a top corner withthe scorch the roll paddingand the apron. hand nearest theironer, stretching the forward NEVER RUN THE edge between themso that it enters the machine MACHINE WITH THE straight and smooth. Each PRESSURE OFF. To doso will damage the man uses his other apron. hand to straighten thefront edge as it entersthe ironer. After the feedroll ribbons pickup the spread, they use both handto hold the spread FEEDING THE IRONER firm and straightas it passes through the ironer. As the spreadcomes out, the men take it bythe Flatwork comes from theextractor full of edges again and fold it.The ironer shown in wrinkles and must he shakenout by hand before figure 6-4 has a safetyscreen over the padded feeding it into theironer Two men should rolls. This screencan also be installedon the handle large pieces, beingcareful not to pull the machine shown in figure6-1. fabric too much in shaking. Otherwise, theymay On the 50 "ironer thelarge flatwork must be -tear it. The shakeoutserves to prepare work for folded to pass through.Less pressure may then feeding into the machine,and precludes the be necessary, and twopasses through the ironer possibility of ironing heavywrinkles or folds may be required to dry thefabric. On the into the material. second pass, turn thepiece so that the opposite side comes into contact To facilitate feeding,(aquantity of work with the cylinder. Both should be shaken out and-laid halves of the side foldedout will then have the over the edge of same shiny finish: the laundry basket,or on a table withineasy reach of the operators. If you are using a small Fedding Small Items ironer that requires foldingof large pieces, shake them out and fold themimmediately When feeding smallarticles into the flatwork Check on the amount ofdampness in the ironer, use the entire length ofthe cylinder. If pieces before feeding Thepieces should come you continually feed smallitems into the ironer out ,of the ironer dry, andto accomplish this, at one or two spots,you will soon wear the some adjustment of the extractingtime may be padding on thepressure rolls more at these necessary. If the pieces are not extracted long' pointsandyourwork willcomeout enough they willcome out of the ironer still unsat slact ry. The onlyway to correct this damp; and if extractedtoo long they will come difficu o repad the rolls. out with a rough, dryappearance: Do not let flatwork sit aroundin the laundry baskets after Pressing Items of Uniform itis removed from the extractorIron flat work immediately while itis at the proper stage of Beforefeedingtrousersinto i the ironer. dampness, orcoverit with plasticor other release the padded rollpressure enough to allow material to retain a for the double proper amount of moisture. thickness of the materialand for the buttons. Feed thebottom of the tl Feed flatwork into theironer WRONG SIDE into the ironer first, rouser legs UP, so that the smoothor "right side conies smoothing out theupper into contact with the cylinder. part as much as possible.Sonic mink es cannot This gives a be prevented, but smooth finish to the outsideofth"- flatwork. get the garment as moothas Fold the smooth side possible. Trousers probablywillne d to go outis the work conies through from the machine. theironertwicetod ythem satisfactorily. \

72

\ Chapter 61 LATWORK IRONINt,

22.22(155A) Figure 6.4. laundrymen feeding flatwork ironer.

the ironer, Using the flatwork ironer to presstroliers essure , and then when you next use rough dryinr l he remember to apply pressure before you runthe of course, preferable to only cloth or not, presses described in Lhapter7 do a much better cloth out. Whether you insert the release the pressure before securing theironer. job 4 SECURING THE IRONER CARE AND MAINTENANCE YOU 'PERFORM Upon completion of --work, stopthe motor. tasks tightHie by pass yai her in this chal?ter the maintenace Close the main steam valve starting valve may be ope,ntd to speed the Looting ofthe laundry man were listed. Before know how to .do the When closing down, the padded rolls andthe any of These he sure you tree of the cylinderI o workConsul( the manufacturer's mstruclion apron should be entirely this help preserve the padding of the pressurerolls, a manual unless you have clone the task on Underordinary piece of heavy duck mayhe r 1111 into the ironer machinerecently. between all three pressure roll., the apron,and cucumstanees.(10not undertake jobs that are the responsibility of engineering personnel the cy tinderRun itin before 'y ou release the

73 7 1

SHIP'S SERVICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK

PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

FEED RIBBON DRIVE SPROCKET

APRON DRIVE SPROCKET

CYLINDER DRIVE SPROCKET

DRIVE CHAIN

..\

IDLER SPROCKET -

MAIN DRIVE SPICKET -if

______.----,-----1

Figure 6-5.Pressure roll adjustments and gears in right-hand frame. 22,24X

-.. CARE OF STEAM CARE AND REPLACEMENT CYLINDER OF THE APRON When cleaning the cylinder, run a paraffmed After a certain amount ofuse, the return cloth through the ironer abouttwice a day. Cut a strip of cloth about 3 feet wide and apron stretches. Remove the stretchby making as long as equal adjustments on bothends of the rolls. thecylinder.Sprinkle halfofthestrip Eventually,however,theapronbecomes generously with powdered paraffin(or shavings stretched and worn beyond of solid paraffin) and fold the satisfactory use and other half over it. must be replaced. Figure 6-3shows you how to Then run it through the heatedironer, folded replace the apron. edge first. The clothcan be reused as long as the wax lasts. The heavy line runningover the apron drive roll, under the cylinder, andover the tension

74 0 Chapter 6 -FLATWORKIRONING

ADJUSTMENT NUT

PRESSURE SPRING

ROLL SHAFT

ROLL LEVER

PIVOT STUD

CYLINDER SHAFT

GUIDE ROLL

t

22.25X

Figure 6-6.--Mechanism onleft-hand frame of flatwork ironer.

Insert wire through theclipper lace on rolls is the path of the ironer apron.Change the 5. outlined below. the new apron. apron in the manner 6. Apply pressure tothe padded pressure ron to the old oneat rolls with the handwheel. Seefigure 6-1. .1.Fasten the new 7. Turn the screws onthe apron tension the point shown infigure)-3. rolls until the tension on the apronis correct. 2.Cut the o&!pron. Note the location of thetension rolls in figure Run the ffchtne long enough topull the 6-3, and the location ofadjustment screws. See 3. of the new apron aroundthe rolls. ' figures6-5 and 6-6 for the location adjustment screws. 4.Remove the old apron. 75 8i SI I II ") SI R\'I(I MANLAUNDRY II ANDBOOK

An arrow in ligure 6-3points to the position of the apron Dude Steps in the repadding ofironer pressure roltom the ironer_ The-apron rolls--are as follows- 4- guide rollis directly beneath the cylinderand prevents the apron troingetting out of position and I Relieve the rollpressure and the apron shiftinglaterally,acrossthe tare ofON. cylinder. tension with the handwheel. 2.Remove the worn covering In newer ironers,ribbons have replaced the and clean the apron. The ribbon function rolls thoroughly. and travel pathis 3. the same as theapron Lower the cleaned rollsto a position 3/8 -above the cylinder. 4 HOW TO REPADIRONI.R Apply a coat of glue 2to 3wide on PRESSURE ROLLS the full length of thefirst roll. Then stickone edge of the 45x 52muslin binder to the glued portion and Change the paddmgon honer presstire rolls wrap it around the roll, in the when itis scorched and burned direction OPPOSITE TOthe rotation of the , or when wheel. When put on' resiliencyislost. in this manner, the roll will 1 lus can -6e determinedby keep the muslin tight applyinglingerpressure as it runs. totheroll 5.Follow the procedure- in circumference. Itao impression cannot be made, step No. 4 for the padding is no longer the second and thirdrolls. imhent and is in need 6Apply one piece of the ot replacement. fhe liteof the padding depends 1/4" knitted paddling to each roll.Allow a 12 on the type of material andthe amount of use lap under the of the ironer. muslin binder. 7.Put a 72muslin top cover \ The Inatcnal recommendedfor on yell roll. repadding ' Allow a 12 "lap underthe knitted padding. ironer pressure rolls ot the ncinefillustrated in ligure 6:1 is greenin table 6-I Tear themuslin binder andremove the sch age to get ,a straigh? edge. 'DO NOT CUT.To Table 6-1 present wrinkles, carefully fetlthe covering around the rolls. When theroll covers become discolored ur *Nom, changethem without delay. 1 ult.\padded pressure rolls Artielk. SI/0 6 3 8 should measure in diameter. Md.sasure them witha caliper Muslin or a steel tape. Release thepressure on the rolls- 4i\ and measure eachone in the middle and at each end Knitted padding It the circumferenceis approximately 20 for all-three (1 4 measurements, the 'paddingon the toils is tan luniform all over fl. however,there N an 14 uslin appreciabledifferenceinthethree Illedsll ellICIlts, 001ha\ etoremove 'the ,Apronduct. padding and starto , (4-ply Art etou complete the padding ofthe rolls, adrust them to unicorin pressure in the manner indicated below Duck for bib I

gibbons I I do n the hand wheelcounterclockwise to raisethepadded pressuretolls clear of the Apron dr Re 111)11 e\ kneel See ligure

dud. g .1' R mo e the co\ elto the housing on the right name ot theironer (See lig6-5.) Then loosen the nuts on all *Ribbon:, and duckfor apron and bibare also spring mechanisms (right included in this IN and lett ends figs 6-5and 6.6) lot thepressure rolls to release thetension on the springs Then 3 2 70 C1i4ter 6 FLATWORK IRONING

RIBBON FEED ROLL TAPER PIN SET . DRAG SCREW BAR STOP LEVER DOWEL PINS

FINGER GUARD FEED BOARD BRKT COTTER PIN HEX NUTS PIVOT TIE PIN ROD

ti

RIB APRON FEED BOARD

22.26 feedlibbons on flatwork ironer. . Figure 6-7.Diagram for replacing tighten eacilinut as much as possible byhand. HOW TO REPLACE With an appropriate wrench, gke the nuts for FEED RIBBONS

the No. I roll Two comp,LErt TURNS. and the nuts of the No. 2roll ONI COMPLETE The life of feed ribbons can be1 ioloitgAlley TURN. Leave thenutsforthe No 3roll cleaning than with a brush and cicanin!e titud FINGER TIGHT. occasionally. Eventually, howoer, they must he replaced. The steps in the proceduie .11 Turn the handw heeluntil the padded 3. the pressurerollscomeintocontactwiththe I Wipe the excess grease .ind cylinder ends of the ribbon feed drive roll. Remove the bib apion and the chig bar 4. I urn on the steam.n and heat the LN finder 3. Cut the old ribbons and reino\k't ni and padded pressure rolls thoroughly 4. Loosen the drive chain for30 S Starttheironerandrunit 5 Remove the Lotter pin and the gist minutes inuntil the padding is packed snugly to Den swing the linger guard back osri the first the rolls. padded roll

6. II the rolls (Inot hac enough pressure 6. Remove the two clbwel puss and the on them at ter the 30- minute 11111, lointhe nuts hexagonal head bolt which tastk.:JOilie teed h(,110 bidcketS to the frame bracket and reinok.e the tloekwise l O turn at a tune until yi,u get the desired pressure. Be sure to gRe the nuts at each feed board See figure 6-7 FURNS.When end the SAMENUMB! R ()I 7. Placeasmall wood bloc 1. i s 4 ;) pressure is satistaLlon., tighten the loLknuts mket midway ofthehunttiemod to , ,urpoi Ithe the ad usting nuts' - ribbon I e.ed roll Some shiok laundries use asbestos padding 8. Remoe,the cotter pin from iiiletihand and an asbestos -typeniatoti.ilas a coei for ribbon feed drive loll healing pioi pin then the repadding ptessuierollsItlasts muLli longer remove the pivot pin. and the heal ith, nom r ill on the thanthe material listed above bm 1,.paddingand roll shaft. You can then balamiL c till re-Lovering. wood block..

77 SHIP'S SERV ICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK 9. Place the feed board on top of the drive 4.Check for loose nuts andscrews. roll and balance it in thisposition. 5.Clean all parts of machine. 10. Loop the feed ribbonsover the drive roll and feed table. 11. Move the wood block to the left end, TROUBLESHOOTING andthenphice the ribbonsinthecorrect position. If 'yo.ur flatwork ironer failsto turn out . 12. Remove the wood block andreplace the satisfactory work,use the guide below for. bearing on the left end of the roll shaft.Replace troubleshooting. the pivot pin and the cotterpin 13. Replaceall parts and adjustribbon' TROUBLE tension and the drive chain. PROBABLE CAUSE(S)

I Flatwork does Worknotprop9rly not dry. extracted. WEEKLY AND SEMIANNUAL Lowsteam pressure on ironer. MAINTENANCE 2. Ffatwork be- Work WEEKLY toodamp. Check co mes d is- extraction time' colored after' Once 'a week the engineering department passing throughExcessiveamountof should perform the following maintenanceon ironer. supplies. the flatwork ironer Washing supplies not rinsed 1.Check the steam and drain connections from work. and the steam traps. 2.Inspect the safet.yguard and interlock Impropercleaningand switch. waxing of cylinder. 3.Check the oil lubrication fittings, and fill the oil and grease cups. 3. Flatwork curls Work too damp. up or rolls when 4.Tighten nuts and screws fed into ironer. 5.Check all moving parts Work oversoured. Ironer not waxed.' SEMIANNUAL 4. Flatwork Work allowed to air dry Twice eaLli year -the engineering department wrinkled or beforeironing.(Cove{ should rough. dampworkwhen.not ironed immediately.) I.Remove gear guards. belt guards, and sprocketchainguards, .ind,inspectgears, Carelessfeedinginto sprocket chains, and belts, mid makenecessary ironer. adjustments and repairs. Repla.cements.should be made if necessary., Incorrect roll pressure. 4 2. Adjust the tension ofsprocket chains 5 and V-belts. Apron does' Unequaltension 3. not'run true adjustment on' both sides, Check trunnion and roller bearingsand or "travels intermediate bearings Ironer not level.

t)t 78 CHAPTER 7

PRESSINGAND FINISHING

New uniform items recently introduced into head to heat it, and the condensed steam is the Supply Sy stern are constructed of sy nthetics earned away byadrain pipe A steam trap or blends Lonsisting of cottonand synthetic presents live steam from entenng the drainage fibers, including pejmanent press items. The new system.A table forholding a garment uniform items may be successfully finished by undergoing pressing is secured to the frame of tumble drying if the procedures outlined in the press beneath the buck. chapter 4 (Washing) and chapter 5 (Extracting The buck of a press is your work table. The and Drying) areadheredto. Cotton uniform sizeand shape ofthebuck may Nary coats, shirts, and trousers must be pressedbefore accordance with the function for whiLii it was they are worn. Most ships' laundries have the designed. The buck is padded in a specific way presses and auxiliary equipment toaccoMplish for satisfactory passing. This padding must be this work, and any other small pressing jobs that in good conditionatall times, and must be inspection indicates may be required for itvis changed when scorched, uneven, or worn. The of syn letic fabnc. Acceptability' of the iteA of amount and condition of padding affect head uniformat is finished in the tumbler-dryer will pressure, and you must readjust this pressure to dependonthecaretaken dunng washing, get the amount required for good pressiv, extracting, and drying. An inspection system should be miplemented to check the procedures, The press shown in figure 7-1 is air operated. including qualityof thefinished product, to It is a utility press with a 51 -inch head. Since the mininuie additional, finishing requirementsand press is semiautomatic, it has nolevers or pedals. , therebyreduce theneedforpressdeck The air buttons located on the front of the table equipment Dry cleaningpresses(discussed in are used for lowering, locking, andreleasing the chapter9)-can.beutilizedforadditional head. The two outside buttons, lower and lock finishingrequiredfor syntheticfabrics,this the head. Both hands must be used to press both reducesthe nu !Jibe randtypeofpresses buttons at the same time. The release biatons be re q u i re d. Donotpress wool um forms. are the two inside buttons. The head can permanentpress.or syntheticgarments our released by' depressing either the right or the left laundrypressestIiotheads),aspermanent inside release button. damage to the fabric will result il TYPES OF PRESSES DESCRIPTION OF The typesof presses usually urstalled in LAUNDRY PRESSES. ships' laundries are us 4ollows:

A laundry,pressconsists ofa 'stationary I.Tapered headfor general pressing of padded buck fastene'd to arit.nd Metal frame wearing apparel. The head of the press is made-of polishedmetal, and isloweredbyasystemoperated by 2.Rectangular head -tor general pressing of compressed tor.Live steam is admitted to the weanng apparel and flatwork items.

ZO

V SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

14,3!.ftft".-

71

22.28X Figure 7.1.Air operated laundry press.

'Triple headfor pressing shirt collars and gun is essential for dampening garments which sitnultaneon,l are too dry for good pressing. Cold wateris used 4 Puttironfor remoing winkles from to dampen the garments. A smallamount of shoulders of shirts and goats water sprayed on the last part ofa garment being pressed is necessary to compensate forthe ( Alum double-sin* Lorintor pressing moisturelostwhilethe trout, had.,.. and other parts of the oh: ofa stint in one garment were pressed on the hotpress. The use operation of a spray gun is also importantwhen you are 6.cahmet bag sk.'eei using a putt ironAtter you apply the mist you ..an smooth out the wnnldes while the heat of '' \'ertRalpant, press the putt is drying the sleeves and/or -trousers in one complete operation shoulders.

AUXILIARY PRESSING I QUIPMENT PRESS LAYOUTS AllXilla blessingand Whentwo or motepressesareplaced finishing consists of hand Hons.ironing boads, togethei so that garments may he alternate!), and spra) guns attached to pit., twit, Aspray inesed on each madune byone operator. the

8Q,, ZI6 ( thiptL.r 7 PRRSSING _AND 'FINISHING

laundry men groupof tressesiscalledaunit In rge Illustration7-3showstwo laundries separate units are used for shirts operating four press,es in a parallel layout Each for Louts and pantsthe placement of presses 1,111110.1 man is operating two presse-Note that withint unit, or the placement of um ts inthe two diagonallyplaced pres ave the heads"' laundr} ,is called the II11,ollt of the equipment closed on shirts while t perators are putting The 1,1\,, Out ofall laundr} equipment nr-Nav shirts on the other'ts o. With this system, they ships is done b}Naval Sea S} steins Command, keep out or each other4 way. The laundryman and changes should not he made without pnor on the lett is using a spray gun on a hm ac k. a pprov al . These are utility presses. In figure 74 you see presses of a d terent Illustration 014S a 1,11.111Lit) 111,111V, orkmo, ty pe in another unit. The sniall press in he rear on a shirt unit He has a shirt on theleft press. is called a utility oval shaper, which isdesigned with the head down. Note that this is a special for topping of trousers, slacks, and small lays of t} pe press, with a special Corm for the collar weariml, apparel. The two large presses are used g forfrontsandbacks of coats and shirts, On the right front. he has the sleeves of a especially the backs. shirt on a sleeve form These metal` forms are Another t} pe of press layout is shown in tapered to tit the sleevesNNInle these two shirts figure 7-5 This photograph was taken aboard a are being pressed. the laundr man isputting the replenishment oiler (AOR). Several presses are collarandcultsof a thirdshirton a visible-, and on the left you will see a portion of collar-and-cutt press in the rear of the unit A a collar-and-cuff press and ashirt-folding table. spra,gun.is visibie next to the back itulkhead Thepressesinthisunit are set up so one PANT-A-MATIC operatorcanhandletheinwiththemost MODEL 800-850 ettletencv The automatic one-la}vertical .pants press I 'gine illustrat'es another t} pe of shirt illustrated infigure7-6 being installed on pressingunitthatisbeing installed on board board Navy ships for use in the ship's laundry Nays ships This unit eliminates the need tot the and dr} clean ing plant. laundry press to press the bod} and bosom part The COLMAC Model 800 isdesigned to ofthe shirt finish both cotton and polyester/cotton-blended pants The pants can be either washed or dr} cleaned, damp or dry .l'he model 800 was primarily designed for washed pants with some moisture left inthe fabric. The side chests are polished to give nummum finish to the starched cotton pants. The center buck is steam heated to facilitate dry mg of the legs of the pants fhe model 8501, different in that the center buck isde)Nigned to he hooked to a vacuum stem !midi a dr} cleaning utility pressThe side chests are textured to prevent shining the material The model 850 is to be used prunanl}

\k,i th ester cotton blendedPant, The tetined side chests help L tit down the amount of -shine" on the (talker fabrics

Production

22 30 )11t.'()rotator and °tie pant-a-matic 800 can Figure 7 2 Shirt unit layout moducc hO pail. of cotton pants pet how, more ,,

IJ BODY BOSOM 9 SHIRT FOLDER ( CABINET TYPE ) Figure 7-2A.Another type of shirt-finishing omit. t 22.30 COLLAR FORMER CC) ABINETSLEEVER TYPE) COLLAR AND CUFF Figure 7-2A.Another type of shirt-finishing unitContinued. 22.30 8111P'S SI 'MCI MAN' LAPCDRY HANDBOOK

0.

22.30 155.108 Figure 7-3.-Press layout for twopressers Figure 7-5.-Layout of presseson a replenishment oiler. if the pan ts are lithe tk-blen (1 or (It- Lk:ailed Refer to. ourman utaL t urer'smanualfor personnel is known asa totoniatie unit start -tip and operation of the tuadun,' This unitis Lomposed of twoLiftular units-one is made up of rp.e legger-unlity ROTONIATIC UNIT presses and the 'second is made up of 10 topperpresses. The unit requires a manning of only 1wodatindnmen: the A highlyspeciafiied groupc)f for personnel remain stationary meetinglarge andthepresses \ olumetrotiser presstng rotate to the mA unit of this tpe is limited to requirementswith a minimumnumberof use ahoaid aiftratt carriers or possibly tenders.

, MAINTENANCE OF PRESSES

The launch)inaliagei and operators should perform curly minor maintenanLeon presses,b it theyshould seethatfuhriLation and re fur records Ole maintainedon caLli machine You should' study the manut.ft tuner'sinstructions for St each machine. and know how to oilthem and make mino.vithustments

1 he steam pR.ssule should he100 pounds ,; peisquawmoth Someofthepresses have -1/1 -.111.4:ssincga%sI he ailpressure on all7,operatt.d presses should he -5 to. O5 poundspct square ninth in.1.1(11(1011, ring personnel should cie theyisi.sssesa 111, dlOstIleit.'st ()Ike pet year 22:32(155AI 1 Inslest should he lino1 50 iiiiWinds per squaw Figure1-4.-Press layout for one operator n inth finone minute ,) 84 ( dote! SKI SSI\ G 4ND FINISHING

- SAFETY FEATURES permanentlyopen, L.Ible safety devices should also iv inspeLted ,aild kept in good order since_ Be sLif,'that )?' LIU ndr. Lables thatare either too slack or tats will pressesdr:Main tatwd p oiler,Aorktn.! prematuR:ly stop the closing of the press. condition at all tuneslh, satet\idei,,, include gages, salesind pushbuttonsion air-operated rs, TO PAD BUCKS pressesThe arrangement ot. Tushhutton, on air-operated presses is suLh that lioth hands must The padding on a buck should be unitormly be used to dose the pr,:ssfbererorc. the hands thick. The padding should be free of lowl)laces of the operator Lan not he Laught In the press. or limps. If this is_not the case. the quality of In no case should ,11 1,e, be bypassed or lett pressingwill e poor.Whenthepadding lx.cOme, unee lumpy. scorched. or too thin (lessthan3 4-inchthick).replaceit.The procedure for doing this on different types and makes of presses vanes slightly. Some presses are equipped with spring pads. others are not. The materiallisted below isrequired for padding bucks

1 A metal spring pad. or steer- wool pads. Steel (to corer a spring pad). 3 Fine -meshscreen- and a piece of d 9.) uble face d flannel:ortwopiecesof dtar ble-faced tl an n el 4Cove rdoth.usually ready-madeof nylon, dacron. or some other pe of synthetic material Asbestos is optional. S 0 Ilk ITITIT!S asbestosor coverclothisused betweenthe tlannl and steel wool pad. 5 BuckLoN,eihooks ortension springs (generally for holding the cover tiff tt beneath the buck

rheprocedurefor paddingthe.' buckis simpleUnd.imp or unhook-the cover beneath the busk and remol,e allof thi.old padding. filen start wr(h the metal 41)ring pad, or steel wool pads. listed in numbei I' above and follow ,Kith allthe othei items listed. Itefr to-figure -7lot.I. diagrammatic arrangement of the trialson the bud, when metal spring pads are used . Ilicmatenals. used over, Metal wool pads plciLedny \ tto the buck varysLightly. from those irieLi on a spring pad Metal wool pads of 2291X 'differentthickness ay used on presses which Figure 7 6 Automaticone-layvertical pants liac spring pads on the bucks. Wheil ordering press !metal woolpads., specit v whether you want

; SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

When two layers of flannel are used in the A-COVER CLOTH padding,, change one layer each week. Place the B-1 FLANNEL new layer on the bottom and the used layep on B'- 2 FLANNEL OR ASBESTOS top. You can wash double -facedflannel and C-KNIT PAD OR STEEL WOOL reuse itIf the flannel shrinks, use it on a smaller D-METAL SPRING PADS buck. If the flannel becomes hard, apply steam to the surface and work ,it with toe hand until theflannel ,becomespliable.Tumbling also makes the flannel pliable.If you use just one laser of flannel in the padding, change it every week, or at least every other week. Judge by the pressing workload. Change the knitted padding when it becomes scorched or burned No set time can be given for Li ..)4^ changing the knitted padding, but under normal Figure 7-7.--Padding and metal spring pads on operating conditions it should be changed about the buck. once a month. Steel wool padding lasts for one year under normalusage (40-60 hours per week)

A-COVER CLOTH Table7-1lists' the guide-linesinproper B-1 FLANNEL C-KNIT PAD OR ASBESTOS padding and covering of laundry presses. 0-METAL WOOL PAD A WEEKLY MAINTENANCE

The engineering department should perform the following weekly maintenance on laundry presses

Cheek the lubncation fittings, and fill 4, theoil cups to the proper level. Replace the lubrication fittings that have been broken or removed 2.Check the operation of the head to find 22.35X out ititreturns smoothly to the fully upnght Figure 7 8.Padding and metal wool pads on position % ithout shock when released. Adjust he buck. thecounter-balancesprings,shock absorber LA lin del and air ventasnecessary ° then) 101.1 press %kith spring pads( het k hguic 3 Tighten anv loose nuts and screws. 7-8 forthe protedure of padding bucks %then 4 Inspect the steam and drain connections metal spnng pads are not used. fot tiOitness. Atlittst anN leaky valves.

.S,ntheue coverslastIoneeithan Cotton 5 Make tertam that th/steam traps are covers. The drawstimg in the toNet helps to hold funtionnig ptope to ensure mu form heating the padding in plate, but the tension springs on ofthe head and buck without undue loss of the tlamps of liooks beneath the budk hold the steam padding fliml in prateDo, give an even pull u Chet k the amount of pressure required illaround the cover ChangeoNers when the itloot pedals of man ualIN operated presses to bet ome soiled had)` st ort k the head in the pressing positron. E: \cessive n, 86 9 2 Chapter 'RESSING AND FINISHING

Table 71.Press adding and Covering Standards

FLAT BED PRESSESWith Spri33g Padding (not including collar & cuff presses) 4 I.Metal Buck of Presswipe clean each time metal pad is changed. 2.Plate of Coil Springsmake sure screen wire is in goodedition each time metal pad is changed. 3.Meta' Press Padwhen purchasing make sure to designate "for use over springs." METAL PAD REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE a.36to 54 -long presses: ( I) Large sps. 36 months. (2) Strr' ips, 48 months. h Smal or topper presses. ( I) Large ships, 30 months. (2) Small ships, 36 months. 4 Ireated Asbestos Boot (brown color)replace only when it breaks up. 5. 50-oz felted(punched) nylon padreplace each time press cover is changed. 6 Nylon Press Covet-(non-skid finish)replace when it develops a hole in the top.

ELAT, BED PRESSES-Without Spring Padding (not including collar & cuff preskes)

I Metal Buck of Presswipe clean each time metal pad is changed. Metal Press Pad -when purchasing make sure to designate "for use on bare buck.". METAL PAD REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE a. 36to 54 'long. presses' ( 1) Large ships. 36 months, 2) Small ships, 48 months. b Small or topper presses.

( ) Large ships, 30 months. (2) Small ships, 36 months 3.Treated Asbestos Boot (brown color) --replace only when it breaks

4 50-oztelted (punched) nylon pad replace each time the cover is changed. 5.Nylon Press ('over (non-skid Knish) replace when it develops a hole in the top

( UL EAR & CULT PRI SSI S (if press has coil springs remove them, except if press is Ajax model MTH -on this one springs must he ustl on collar buck only ,)

. Metal Buck of Press wipe clean each ttme metal pad is changed. 2.Metal Press Padwhen purchasing, make sure to designate "for use on bare buck y3 87 SHIP'S' SERV la MAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

Table 7-1.Press Pacidmg and Covering Standards (Continued)

COLLAR Sc'CUFF PRESSES (continued) 'METAL PAD RLPLACEMENT'SCHEDULE a Large ships, 24 months. b.Small ships, 30 months. 3 50-oz. felted (punched) nylon pad replace after 40 hOurs actual pre4 operation. 4.NY'On Press Cover (non-skid finish)replace under any of following conditions a.Develops,a hole. b Saturated with starch, or Becomes stained or dirty so that shirts would be soiled.

AJAX MODEL CS SLEEVE PRESSES Expander blade type. Bucks of Press. 1. Metal Buck of Presswipe clean each tune covers are changed. 2 Metal Press Pads -when purchasing, buy in sets and designate "for use on bare buck." METAL PAD REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE a. Large ships, 24 months. h.Small ships, 30 months. 3.Nylon Press Cover (slick finish) With 30-oz. Woven Nylon Flannel Sewn In- replace when cover develops a hole. 1 xpander Blades:

1 Metal Bladewipe clean each time it is covered. 2.Combination Cover/Pad (one piece) with 21;oz. Woven Nylon FlannelBuild Up replace when it develops a hole. Designate if iing-and-bolt or hood fastener.

AJAX MODEL CBS SLEEVE PRESSES--Air Bag:Type

I Metal Buck of Press Plate of ('oil Springs -make sure the screen wire over springs is in good eonthtion each time the metal pad is changed. 3.Special Metal Pad (brown cloth-Lovered)- when purchasing, designate. "tor use over springs." MI 1 AI PAD REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE a. Large ships, 24 months b.Small ships, 30 months. 4 Nylon Press Covers (slick finish) With Reinforced Air Bagsreplace when covers of air bags develop a hole.

UNIPRI'SS MS'A -A SLEEVVPRESSES Rucks of l'ress

I Metal Buck of Presswipe clean each time metal pad is changed. 2 'Metal Press .Pads when purchasing, be sure to designate "for use on bare buck Chaptei 7PRESSING AND FINISHING

Table 7-1.Press Padding and Covering Standards (Continued)

UNIPPESS MODEL MSA-A SLEEVE PRESSES (continued) METAL PAD REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE a.Large ships, 24 months. b.Small ships, 30 months. 3.Nylon Press Covers (slick finish) with 21-oz. WovenNylon Flannel Sewn Inchange when the cover develops a hole. Expander Blades

. Metal Blade- wive clean each time it is covered. 2. Combination Cover/Pad (one piece) -replace when it develops a hole. When purchasing be sure to designate if blade has lock rod extension for short sleeves.

AJAX BOSOM/BODY PRESSESOn all purchases for these presses it is necessary to designate which style bucks are on press. 20 "Std., 18Std, Military I,Military 2. Mere model number will NOT suffice.

I Metal Buck of Press Plate of Coil Springs ON FRONT SIDE ONLYmak sure screen wire over springsisin good condition each time metal pad is changed. 3 Metal Press Padwhen purchasing. designate "for use over springs." METAL PAD REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE a.Single buck units. 36 months. b.Double buck units. 42 months. 4.50-o/Woven Nylon Flannel Pad change each time the covr is changed Dacron Press Col,er with Spring Supported Yoke Bag -change when the cover or air bags develop a hole

UNIPRESS CABINET SIIIRT UNITS BOSOM/BODY

I Metal Buck orPress 2.Plate r)f ('oil Springs make sure the screen wire over springs is in good condition each time metal pad is changed. 3. 0.Asbestos Screeli Cloth (white)replace each time the metal pad is changed 4.Metal Press Pad when purchasing, designate "for use over springs." MI [AL PAD REPLACEMENT SCHEDU -a.Single buck units, 36 months. b.Double buck units, 42 months. 5.30-0/.WovenNylonFlannelPad change each timecoveris changed 6. ,Nylon Press Coven (non-skid Imish) change when the cover develops a hole 1xpander Blades Solid metal type -1.Metal Blade wipe clean each time it is covered, Combination Cover/Pad (one piece) change when it develops a hole.

89 9 5 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

Table 7-1.Press Padding and Covering Standards (Continued)

UNIPRESS CABINET SHIRT UNITS -BOSOMLBODY (continued) Expander Blades Split - across- center type I.Metal Blade- -wipe clean each time it is covered and padded. 30-oz.' Woven Nylon flannel Pad- change each time the coveris changed. 3. Stretch Dacron Cover (MUST stretch lengthwise about 2')- change when the cover develops a hole. padding on the buck may require extra pressure HOW TO OPERATE on the toot i)edal to,lock the head. A PRESS 7,On air-operated presses, checkthe following Examine the cover and padding of a press before you heat it. rf hen check the head pressure J.Operation of the air control valves. All must function properly. by making several presses on it. If the padding is bad, do not use the press until it is repadded. If b.Cleanliness of the strainer in the air the cover is unsatisfactory, replace it with a new line. one. c. Cleanliness of the mufflers. Heat a laundrypress gradually. Turn the d.Setting of the pressure and locking adjustment steam valve partially open for 20 minutes and then open it completely. ihe press is then ready for use. SEMIANNUAL NIAINTENANCE You have already learned that you lower the heads of air-operatedpresses withthe finger Twice per year the engineering departrneV pushbuttons on the table. Do NOT use the press should perform the maintenance listed below on unless both head lowenng buttons are operating. laundry presses Study the instruction manual to find out IroW to adjust head pressure, or have it adjusted. I \lake all inspections,(heLks, and Thetimerequiredtopressand drya aihustments outlined in the maintenance section garment sanstactonlyis dependent uponthe oftheapplic,4blemanufacturer'sinstruction following. manualRepairs should be made ts necessary, and badly wom paits sh,ould be replaced. I.hype of mate nal. 2.On air-operated presses, the following 2. Moisture in the matefal. additional work should be aceomplished' RemoYe andIcan all au filters in a 3 Steam pressure (less than 100 psiwill suitable sokent require longer tune). b I \aminethe pups On dosing and 4.Effectivenessofthesteamtrapin pressure I.Imdeis Replace the cups it badly carrying awaythe condensed steam, to allow wom unrestricted flow oflive steam into the head A cham ber.

TROUBLSHOOTIM, 5.Ilead pressure.

A tiouNeshooting Lhart ofthe ty pe shown An articlewith atough, dry appearance, in figure," 9 should be posted in the laundry .It usually icquires more than normal pressing time. liststroublesy ou may have withpresses, the Be certain, of course, that the article is damp probable Lause(s), and the remedy enough whenbyou stait to press it. If the article

90 9 Chapter PRESSINC, AND FINISHING

Trouble 12 Probable Cause( s) Remedy

Rough dry Scorched or compressed padding Replace padding Improper pressure adjustment 'Adjust for maximum pressure

Check supply pressure Steam trap inoperative If cold to the touch, trap is not working properly

Press head does not close Insufficient air pressure Check pressure at compressor Leaky piston cup in operating While operator is depressing pushbuttons, cylinder determine if air is blowing out around a. piston stem. If so, replace cup. Plugged strainer on air line 4, Clean strainer leading to press Defective Master Valve Repair Master Valve

Press head does not open Poorly lubricated operating Lubricate cylinder (Test with Timer and cylinder Hand Release Buttons) 'Poorly lubricated bearings Check all bearing points of lever.system Defective Master Valve Repair Timer

Press head opens slowly Dry bearings in lever assembly Lubricate bearings.

Press head closes slowly Insufficient lubrication in Lubricate cylinder operating cylinder Insufficient air pressure Check supply pressure

' Dry bearings in lever asserfibly Lubricate bearing l - Leaky piston cup in operating While operator is depressing pushbuttons, . . cylinder determine if air is blowing out around piston stem. If so, replace cup. Plugged strainer on air line Clean strainer leading to Press . . Defective Master Valve Repair Master Valve

Press head closes with Worn or broken linkage between Replace worn or broken linkage a jar Hydraulic Check and press < Hydraulic Check out of adjustment Adjust Governor

Press head opens with Broken Hydraulic Check If fault does not he in adjustment, a jar replace Hydraulic Check _ - Improperly adjusted throttle valve Check and adjust to reasonable speed on main air line .1 Press head does not lock Clogged port hole in cylinder Remove pipe plug and clean Improper pressure adjustment Adjust pressure

22.76 Figure 7-9.-LIMaintenance troubleshooting chartforprgsses.

91 9 Chapter 7PRESSING AND FINISHING

Trouble 12 Probable Cause(s) Remedy

Rough dry Scorched or compressed padding Replace padding Improper pressure adjustment Adjust for maximum pressiire

--.. .------.------Steam trap inoperative If cold to the touch, trap is not working Steam-er.,' properly

Press head does not close Insufficient air pressure Check pressure at compressor

Leaky piston cup in operating b , While operator is depressing pushbuttons, cylinder determine if air is blowing out around piston stem. If so, replace cup. Plugged strainer on air line Clean strainer leading to press Defective Master Valve Repair Master Valve

Press head does not open Poorly lubricated operating Lubricate cylinder (Test with Timer and cylinder Hand Release Buttons) .

Poorly lubricated bearihgs .., Check all bearing points of lever system . 'Defective Master Valve Repair Timer

Press head opens slowly Dry bearings in lever assembly Lubricate bearings

Press head closes slowly " Insufficient lubrication in Lubricate cylinder - operating cylinder Insufficient air pressure Check supply pressure Dry bearings in lever assembly Lubricate bearings . . Leaky piston cup in operating While operator is depressing pushbuttons, . cylinder determine if air is blowing out around piston stem. If so, replace cup. Plugged strainer on air line Clean strainer leading to Press C , Defective Master Valve Repair Master Valve

Press head closes with Worn of broken linkage between Replace worn or broken linkage a jar Hydraulic Check and Press Hydraulic Check out of adjustment Adjust Governor . I Press head opens with Broken Hydraulic Check If fault does not he in adjustment, a jar replace Hydraulic Check Improperly adjusted throttle valve ChetlOind adjust to reasonable speed on main air line - .

Press head does not lock Clogged port hole in cylinder Remove pipe plug and clean . Improper pressure adjustment Adjtist pressure i*

. 22.76 Figure 7.9.Maintenance troubleshooting chart forpresses.

91 9 SHIP'S SI RVICLNIAN LAUNDRY1-1A/\\)B001:

atisfactory Work firough owe/Procedure

1 COLLAR AND CUFFS 2 RIGHT SHOULDER

se e.-4 4 AWL , 3 LEFT SHOULDER 4 YOKE

5 BACK--RIGHT Figure 7-10.Lays for pressing a shirt. 22.36

9 .,. Chapter 7- PRESSING AND FINISHING 4

lk CEFT SIDE, AND BACK 8 LEFT FRONT--FLAP UP

10 RIGHT SIDE, AND BACK

9 LEFT FRONT--FLAP DOWN

12 RIGHT FRONT- -FLAP DOWN 13 PRESSING SLEEVES 11 RIGHT FRONT--FLAP UP ON SLEEVE FORMER

Figure 7.10.Lays for pressing a shirtContinued, 2?.37 93

9.3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

lacks sufficient moisture for good pressing, adda finished should not be handled too muchin fine spray to it with the spray gun. For normal doing touch-up work; that is, not to suchan pressing,keepthe head down for about 15 extent that you damage the finish. seconds. Experience in pressing will enableyou totell when to add dampness to a garment before you press it, and how long it will taketo PRESS LAYS press that particular type of material. FOR SHIRTS Illustration 7 -10 gives the sequence of lays PRESS LAYS for pressing a shirt on presses generally available in ships' laundries. The first lay shows the collar In machine pressing, each garmentis finished and cuffs properly placed on thepress. (NOTE: by a series of LAYS Each layis a position of If this first step is improperly done, the result the garment on the buck, and thesenes should willbe broken buttons and wrinkled material. cove rment. Out of the way places Your supplyofficerandthelaundry crew receive which cannotbepressedwiththemachine criticismwhenthis happens.) Some should be smoothed out with a puffor hand laundrymen press the yoke firston this press iron. ----and --then the collar and cuffs. The secondlay is fortheright shoulder. Note how thepresser Sequences of lays for shirts and trousers-arc holds the shirt with both hands in orderto make described in the following pages. The onesgiven the .desired lay. Then comes the leftshoulder, are consideredthe minimum for each article followed by the lay for the yoke. when good quality pressing is desired. The lays, however, are not standard with all pressers. For All other lays for pressing a shirt follow in example, some laundrymen usetwo lays for sequential order, as listed. Note the pull the pressing the front of shirts, one with the pocket laundryman is exerting on the shirt sleeveson flap up and the other with the flap down. Other thesleeveform. After he has removedall pressers use one lay with the flap down, and get wrinklesfrom thesleeves, he can preys the acceptable work. shoulders on the puff iron. He needs thespray gun to get the correct dampness when using the When determining the proper sequence of sleeve form and puff iron. lays for a garment, take into consideratioh_the following Folding Shirts

1. The minimum number of lays required Two different types of shirt-folding tables to do the work satisfactorily. are used in ships' laundries.

2. Logical sequence of lays, for easier and One shirt-folding unit is automatic and itis quick handling. pneumaticallycontrolled.The automatic shirt-foldingtable,illustrastedinfigure7-11, 3 Part of the garment to be pressed last, to folds the shirts with minimum assistancefrom prevent damage tothefinishof the most theoperator.After theshirtisfolded, the conspicuous parts of the garment. operator places a paper band around the body of the shirt. The lays given for different articles below are now used in ships' laundries. The following Another type of shirt-folding table hasa lays for shirts and trousers do not include the 'collar former and a metal plateover which the use of a puff or hand iron for touch-up work on front parts of the shirt can be folded toget the places difficultto reach with the press. When correct form. The metal plate is hinged andcan available, use theseirons as necessary to get be raised and lowered as desired. Folding with good quality work A garment which is nearly tl equ;pment is manual, the laundryman does

94 03 hapfer PRI SSING AND FINISHING

22.92 Figure 7-11.Shirt folding machine.

even ii1111eIlse rIh..edLo,.., for doing the \k 'Ark IS trout lay and dry ,as slimy')in lays 3 and 4 illtistt,it,,u1inugut,2sr-2 Itv,asput inthe Again shapethetrousers With y our hand and Ne \t make lay Nos 5 and ths,..ussioq i a.seni1)1\ ilt material 111 ehaptk.si 8 Limp -n, If neessan het_atisr: i, emphasife the ',Hoot Litlit: of Latett.11 6, the right tear and the left rear pocket lays. 11.1;1(11111,2 of tItlishid Iaundn Remove thetrousers from the press and match up the leg seams as shown in lay 1s1os, 7 PRI SS L \YS and 8. Place the trousers (lett leg inseam) on the FOR TROD SI RS large end of the buck Shape the trousers with your hand and dampen, it necessary, makinglay f.sLk 1scut: -I tor the la\ s that are used No. 9Lower the press headRaise the head Ill plc., a pair 0t when the trousers are dry'Repeat the above RenioY thettouscis twin the damp bo\ procedur for lay No. 10, lett outseam. keep .1\\ net 0\ CI III,: (aillp 110\ at all times.) ',hal:Lille!' out tlk trouser poLkets as 1111.INtratCd Remove the trousers from the press -Hien, 10 the lustI \\,, --I2 Shape the replacethetrousers( right Icy inseam) on the trims, iswith ourhandanddampen, it buck of the press Shape the houses with y our ,,,,11\ trout arid a iicht hand and dampen, If necessary. Make lay Nos. II

(.)5 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

S

I PUTTING POCKETS INSIDE 2 REMOVING WRINKLES FROM POCKETS

.111r. 1. _a

3 LEFT FRONT 4 RIGHT FRONT

-at S BACK POCKET RIGH1 6 BACK POCKET (EFT

22.39.1 Figure 7-12.Lays for preising trousers.

S 96 Chapter 7PR'ESSING AND FINISHING

)

7 MATCHING INSEAMS 8 INSEAMS MATCHED

G

4

9 LEFT LEG, INSEAM 10 LEFT LEG, OUTSEAM

12 RIGHT LEG, OUTSEAM 11 RIGHT LEG INSEAM 22.39.2 Figure 7-12.Lays for pressing trousersContinued.

97 1J3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK and 12. These lays are the sameas layNos. 9 You can press garrison caps in two layson and 10 above. any type of press. Use one lay for each side. Do Whenthepressingprocedurehasbeen NOT press caps wrth leather bandson a laundry completed. make three folds in tl* trousers and press.Theleather Will notwithstand the stack them. temperature of the hot head.

FINISHING CAP COVERS, When pressingties, cut a cardboard forni GARRISON CAPS, AND TIES that willfit inside to hold them straight. Then press with two lays, one for each side. Do not Finish cap covers on ,a puff iron, if available, press wool worsted ties on a laundry press. Usea You can also press them with a handiron, and press inthe drycleaning plant, with a covered press the band on the small end of a press head.

1 ); 2 98 CHAPTER 8

ASSEMBLY AND ISSUE

Inthis chapter we are 'concerned with assemblyandhandling ofarticles bothin individual bundles and in bulk tots. Bulk lots which art tumbled can be loaded directly into the laundry,bags in which they were broughtIo the laundry. SuLh is not the case, however, with iterris' in an individual's bundle This is ,a matter of (1) carefulhandling,(2)thorough inspections, and (3) accurate counting. Each of these is discussed briefly. To avoid nuxups .of articles, process one lot, at a time.

CAREFUL HANDLING

Handle finished laundry with care. Collect it promptly and place it in the proper bin. Do not permit folded shirts, for example to pile up on 22.42 work tables or on shelves over the table's. CheLk Figure 8-1.Folded shirts on shelf in ship's laundry.' figure8-1.Theshn is ''.onthistablehave accumulated to such an extent.that they may slide offtothe dedk and become soiledor stains, broken buttons,or any blemishes on wrinkled. Whenfinishedworkissoiledor finished work are usually inexcusable and should wrinkled by roughori.arelesshandling, be corrected before returning the article to its reworking is the usual result owner. Some ships'laundries haveshirtfolding equipment on tablesinthe assembly room. Figure 8-2 shows a Laundryman using one of THOROUGH INSPECTIONS them.Theprocedureforfolding ashirt illustrates the importanLe' CifLareful handhng When you receivefinished work in the because each step must be made in order and in assembly room,leek each piece for cleanliness, a careful manner. The sleeves, forexample. must stains.11scratches, m ks, or any type of blemish. he folded in a specific way. Study each step in Chapter 7, Pressing and Finishing, gives the the illustration. standards of quality for finished work. These are Allt unshed laundry should be handled with the things you must look for when inspecting care. Shirts are merely used as anexample. No laundry. A shirt, fors example, should have a shirt, or any other article, be returned to QUALITY J...00K;thatis,itshouldbe its owner uni,,ess it represents the best qualityof thoroughly Mean, free of blemishes, smoothly work and care your laundry Lan give itStreaks, ironed, andhavethepropercreases. What

99 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

A, Ur, .------. 1 PICK UP SHIRT BY COLLAR 2. PLACE SHIRT ON FOLDING TABLE, BACK DOWN, BUTTON FRONT 1

.. it FACE DOWN ON COLLAR HOLDER 4 FORM CREASE CAREFULLY IN BACK .....

5 BRING FOLDI FORM DOWN 6 FOLD TAIL UP TO BOTTOM OF FORM OVER TOP OF

''''44.:,,Z.

------.....,,, 111111117-E'r 7 FOLD RIGHT SLEEVE OVER FORM 8 FINISH RIGHT SLEEVE FOLD

N

Figure 8-Z7-Procedure for folding a shirt. 22.43 "4 100 1 ) 3 Chapter 8ASSEMBLY AND ISSUE

t

10 FOLD LOWER HALF OF SHIRT UP OVER FORM 9 FOLD LEFT SLEEVE - -SAME AS RIGHT

12 REMOVE SHIRT FROM FORM 11 PLACE PAPER BAND AROUND SHIRT

13 INSERT CARDBOARD AROUND COLLAR 14 FOLD CARDBOARD INSIDE COLLAR

15 DRAW CELLOPHANE BAG OVER SKIRT

dor " 16. FOLD AND CLOSE END OF BAG

Figure 8-2.Procedure for foldihg a shirtContinued. 22.41

101 1 J 7 SHIP'S SI.11CIMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

applies to the inspection of shirts. ofcourse, applies to every article. Rememberthat you have the ultimate responsibility ofapproving laundry before it is returned toits owner If you come across finishedarticles that do not passinspection,set themasidefor ,reprocessing.Theprocedure forhandling SENDBACKS is explained laterin the chapter

46,

ACCURATE COUNTING

As you know, every individualexpects the return of all articles he presented to the laundry " for laundering. Theway to ensure getting all the articles in an individual's bundleback to him is to assign a separatebinandmatchthe identification 'mark on finished articleswith the 22.45 ticket ,4s you bin them. Attach()friars' laundry Figure 8-3.Laundry in bins in assemblyroom. lists to the tuns in alphabeti1 order for easy processing.Usenumerals wh ninitialsare duplicated. double check to makecertain that no article lias disappeared.from the bin. 2.Placethe heaviest articles ina laundry ASSEMBLING INDIVIDUAL BUNDLES bundle' on the bottom. Savethe shirts for the top Pair them, with the collar of ong;thirtnext When you receive items fromalotof to the bosom Of another. An odd shiftshould be laundry in process, prior to assemblyof articles, placed face downon the bottom of the shirt place the individual's ticketon the front of each stack. The weight on pressedand folded shirts 41, bin and then proceed toput the finished articles should be light. as milrked in the proper bin. Check figure 8-3. 3 Wrap the bundle and Fasten After all the articlesin an individual bundle have it securely, but NOT tight. Ifa string been binned,itisbest to wrap and tie the is used instead of bundle immediately. wrapping tape, do not tieit so tight that the Attachthe laundrylist laundryll be crushed,. firmlytothe bundle, under thestring, or fastenedto. the wrapping with glueor tape. 4.'Put 'the laundrylist under thewrapping Shouldyoubeunabletowrap abundle string, on the end where it will bevisible when immediately, fold the laundrylist and place it the bundle is placedamong other bundles. If between the first two articlesin the bundle, with wrapping tape is used, tapeor paste* the laundry the folded edge out. A glanceat this bin later list on the end of the bundle will inform you that the laundryis satisfactor and, allaccountedforandisreadyto b wrapped. ASSEMBLY OF B67LK WORK the procedureforassembltng individua bundles follows, Since bulk lots include bothtumbled and pressed work, the lots shouldbe delivered to the I. laundry in separate divisionbags, each bag tO be When items in the bin correspondto the marked "pressing" items listed on the individual or "tumblmg." Divisional ticket, remove the dungarees to be pressed should be items from the bin with theticket and check turned inside out, this would he helpful for thepress operator, m against the laundrylistagainfins isa since trousers are pressed on thereverse side. lt

Chapter 8ASSEMBLY AND ISSUE

Those items that have been pressgdshould be indicate that the loss problem may be occuring bundled in lots of 10 shirts or 10 trousersfor thelivingcompartmentratherthanthe easier checking against the itemslisted on the laundry. checking inand receiving log. The above method for A issuingfinishedbulk laundryisparticularly Flatwork lots include bath towels which are useful/to large ships where the counting ,oflots is tumbled or ironed and folded, andflatwork impractical. The BulkLot Laundry Log is which is ironed (sheets, etc.) and folded. illustrated in chapter 2, figure 2-3. Stack similar items in the same stack, sothat thay can be tied with a heavy stringand be HOW TO HANDLE SENDBACKS easilycarried.Mattress covers,for example, should be, put into one stack and towelsin Sendbacks are articles in individual bundles anot heiC and bulk lots which must be sentback for Tie the stacks azad put them intothe same reprocessing.Place anarticlesentback for lauiydry bags in which they werepresented to reprocessing in a net so that it can be reworked the laundry . Then puf the bags in the issue room immediately.Becausesendbacksholdup for pickup as scheduled. delivery of laundry, they should receive special attention, so that you can makedelivery on SYSTEM FOR HANDLING schedule.Recheck on them occasionally to BULK LOTS The following-system is recommendedwhen 'bulk lots are checked into the laundry.

*I.The division petty officer delivers bulk laundry to the laundry receiving room.

2.The laundry bagis weighed and the weight is noted in the -Bulk Lot LaundryLog. The "received by" and "deliveredby" columns of the log are signed by the laundry pettyofficer and the division petty officer toacknowledge the delivery weight. 3.Upon completion of the work and when thelaundryispickedup, the bag 10 again weighed with the post-processing weightnoted in the log. Both pettyofficers sign the log upon issue of the finished work In a 50- pound bag of laundry ithas been foundthatafour pound drop in weightis acceptable in ensuring that no articles havebeen lost. Very soiled clothing may even lose more we fight . the log can be referred to when a division does bring its laundry back to the laundry issue moth claiming unacceptable lossesof clothing. Receipt andissueof hulklaundry, can be compared. A one pound loss in weightfor 22.93 instance on a 50-pound bag 'oflaundry would Figure 8-4.Bundled laundry ready for delivery.

103 P. 1 3,) 4 0,

%ft SLRVIC ENIAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK makecertain thedesiredwork is being issuing, put finished bundles neatly on shelves in accomplished. if laundry is torn or is damaged in alphabetical order. Hang trousersand coats on any other way, it the work desired Cannotbe hangers accomplished, or the finished workcannot be delivered. on schedule, makeappropriate notes Issue laundry to authorized and inform the laundry officer persons only, immediately thosedesignatedontheschedule,orto individual owners. Ensure thatproper signatures are obtained and that the count reflected ISSUING LAUNDRY is accurate. This is necessary to establish validityin laundry claims. Figure 8-4 illustratesbundled Issue finished laundr:in accordance «nth laundryready for the schedule. Provide issuetoitsowner. Any space for laundry that is problems encounteredinissuing laundry to ready for issue. You need shelvesor tables for officers, chiefs, mess management wrapped bundles and specialists, or space for laundr;. bags In other personnel should be reportedto your ease you have a special room forreceiving and immediate supervisor/ CHAPTER 9

DRYCLEANING AND FINISHING

DRYCLEANING SCHEDULE Becausesometabricsaredamagedby dry clean washinginwater.it is,,bestto necessary for other As in the: laundry. a schedule is themthat is. washthem' insome and issue of;; cleansethemwithout controlling the delivery, processing. substancethat will drycleaning... To prepare such aschedule. start damage Onlysy nthetic. a flow chart ofall operations through perchloret.hy lenetetrachloroethylene.or with authorized for use on which articles to be drycleaned must passfrom fluoro-carbon sok ents are they are reaVIY fabrics the time they are received until board Na l, y ships to dry clean for issue (See fig. .) Then review each stage and some todeterminetime,space,equipment, land Carriers.tenders.repairships. required. and any Cher havedry cleaningplants operating personnel otherNavyships factors that will affect yourschedule. Imptaut repairshipsusually proide Tendersand points to consider are dry cleaning service for theships to which they render other ser\ 'Apr SPACE Limitation of space requiresrigid control of the schedule from thestandpoint of the section can handle ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT receipt and issue, so that the maximum amount ofwork in the space available. Do not receive more dryweight than the normal working day, The, ship'sdry cleaningplant.like can be processed in one laundry.is a serkke in thesu,pply department except under very unusualconditions. IJ under the super. ision of theship's store Officer. The number ot Ship's Sen kernel)and strikers DELIV,LRY AND PICKUP.It is necessary workload and the assigned depends upon the todefineclearly the responsibilityfor both equipment On carriersand tenders where the delivery and pickup plantis much largerthan on other ships, there assistant supervisor, and may he a supervisor. an TYPES OF SERVICES.If servicesinclude six to ten additional men cleaning of items other thanregular uniform clearly defined, The petty officer assigned as supervisoris clothing. those items should be and the days when such services areavailable responsible for preparationof the drycleaning training ot should be listed. This phase of theschedule may schedule, procurement of supplies. especiallyforthe personnel. and the entire operationof the plant, havetoheflexible. with engineering tender-type ship which will beoffering services aswellasfor coo peratfOn port, but' only to her personnel in maintenance of theequipment. The to ships alongside when in other personnel so as to own ship's companywhen underway. Never supervisor assigns the schedule services for large lots ofsuch items as accomplish the work aseThciently as possible. or foul weatherjackets atatime just themasfeasibletogn ethem flags androtates preceding a personnel inspection.Plan to receive experience in all tasksthe plant pert orms

105 111 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

latev than 0900 daily. This is very important. REGElyiNG ANC PECoPOtNG Most Navy drycleaning units havea washer with two compartments. andthese compartments MARKING must be loaded with equal dry weight loadsof garments of the same ty pe material. Equal CLASSIFYING loading of the two compartmentsiscritical, since el, en one-fourth pound variation may ;NSPECTISS cause vibration. By requiring deliveryprior to 0900. the sorters can easily sort the art,cles PRE - SPOTTING into proper loaders and keep thewasher' operatingto CLEANING capacity without having to wait for- sufficient articles of one ty pe to makea load. ExTRAviNG GROUP OR CLASS SCHEDULING TUMBLING The type of drycleaning performed aboard shiplends itself easily to group POST-TumeLiNG INSPECTIONS or class scheduling. Because of the uniformity /of articles received.and since

SPOTTING each washer load/must be ofa similar. material. it is quite logical to schedule enlisted bluesone STEAM PRESSING day, foul wea-fher jackets. flags. andofficer and CPO blues another day-This plan. or a similar ASSEMBL,NG one. will bring in' articles that can be divided into not more than two or three material rs t groups ISSUING _ _ 0", for each day of work

READJUS-rMENTOF SCHEDULE With 22.47 experience. you'will be able to set up and adjust Figure 9-1.Dry cleaning flow chart. the schedule to meet specificconditions. For planning purposes. with a syntheticdrycleaning unit, one load -per hour can be producedBy and service some articles of uniform clothing in computing the average weight of each articleand each day's schedule. the number of such articlesper man which will likely be receivedfor dry cleaning, you, With the new Navy enlisted uniform can there determine the number ofpersons who can be May be a larger demand for drycleaningservice. served in one day's schedule Consideration should be given to handling the uniformdrycleaningrequirementasabulk (division/group)load.By having each article DRYCLEANING LIST AND TAGS permanently markedforidentificationby individual .personnel, much assembly andissue A drycleaning list isa record of drycleaning labor and time will be eliminated and the service processedfor an individual. A improved. Officers' and chief petty -officers' sample drycleaning-list is shown in figure 9-2Such a list clothingcan beprocessed on an individual saves time and work in receiving andissuing. and identification basis as noted later in this chapter also reducostheprobabilityofmisplacing Clothingshould be permanently markedin articles You can use it to checkoff finished accordance withthe U S NagyUniform work returned to the assembly Regulations to establish ownership room. The list provides for plant control.customer receipt, financial control, and DEADLINE FOR RECEIPT furnishes eight tags for It is advisable identifyingthe itemsthatare going to be to seta deadline for receipt of articles at not drycleaned. The procedure forusing the marking

106 11.2 Chapter 9DRYCLEANINGAND FINISHING

9893

NAME ADDRESS DAY 1 MON 1 TUE I WED 1 THUR 1.RI1 SAT 1ONE-HOUR HOUR1A5118191101111121P511112131415151SERVICE Trouser Suit Shi Overcoat Sweater Dress Blouse Skirt E 1 WED i THUR 1 FRI 1 SAT ONE HOUR Jacket 1 1101111121 PM112 31415161maimcE !r Date TOTAL rre-601Ui-La-aftCAlevIr.114, Ky Printed IU S.A. :sat er

TOTAL ;try lonkoff UnIrrillo. Ky.. Mated in U.S.A. Price $ CO 09) CY) IMPORTANT O) 0) 0) SAVE THIS RECEIPT AND CO CO (X) AVOID DELAY WHEN CY) 0) 0) 9893 CALLING FOR GARMENTS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR GARMENTS LEFT OVER30 DAYS 65 0, Cr) Cr) 01 0) CO CO OD CO Q) 0)

22.48 Figure 9-2.Drycleaning list.

107 1 LJ SHIP'S SFRVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

ra2s4.thattirepart ot the drycleanin listis as spotterSpOts sivuld follows be removed from the article before it is cleaned. ---- Iftrine` Id permits, determine whetherany Detach and safetypin or staple one t _* to eactrartiele, presented h3 a patron buttons or buckles aremissing or loose, and note It a patron tearsor any has three articles, Listen a detachabletag to each other marks. Note whe,ther the article,has a,belt item and leave the iemainingtags attached to Carein preliminary the master drvcleantng list examination will avoid troublelater. 2. When you assemble theitems that hale The two most important thingsty consider been dry cleaned, the count ot theremaining tags when items are classified for drycleaning are. confirms the number of `art4s,..thecustomer II 1 color, and (2) lint/quality of thematerial.' has brought inThus iftinetags remain. he With the standardization ofNary uniforms it brought in three articles. will not be neceSsaryto 'cl'assify uniforms for dry cleaning. COST \COLUMNS I lie cost columns that There may be occasions whenyou need to are located on the rightside .of the11-stare, groupflightclothingandMarine uniforms. 'necessaryonlywhen achargeismade for Classifytable corers, drapes, flags, andso on. drycleaning according to color. material, andlint quality. r i Put ties into separate bags andclean them with RECEIVING AND IDENTIFYING the blue uniforms ) Foul weather jackets. facemasks, winter Two methods turrec,:n.ing and identity helmets and winter troust?rs'may be cleaned wiry cleaning are discussed briefly below.Use thltik. together one whiclr best fultillsy our need,Res ise cis Although they fuse,many different colors, necessary. signal flags may be cleanedin the same group. Transfer of lint among flagsis not detmrental to 'METHOD A if ach patron fillsout the list. their use remoY es the receipt stubatthe bottom. and Do NOT dry clan impregnated, attaches thelist rubberizeg to his bundle The recei\ ing or oiled articles, or. rncles manufactured wholly clerk then tags each articlein the bundle with a of m part from leather. Dry cleaning section otthe pre marked tag and staples. solvents the damage such materials beyondrepair or use.' master(s) ot the tag set amd unusedtags to the patron's dry cleaning list When articles are classified. disidtithem into equalunits for loadinginto the dqcleaner METHOD B "washer -e\ tractorThe weigh=t units, shouldbe Receiing clerkpiepares an based on the manufacturer's original and one cop,otthe d.rdeaning recommendatiOns gives copy to the nation, and put, original with lot machine eatiacity articles to he cleaned A record of pounds cleaned andnumber of loads cleaned dailyis maintained to determine the numbers of pounds cleaned INSPECTING iAl41CLASSIUYING per gallon of solvent and the costper pound cleaned. The use ofone gallon of perchlorethylenc Inspect each at tick' iecened for solventto detachable clean 200 pounds ot clothesis-considered good uniforminsigniaandtOritemsin pocket, usageOne gallon of valclene(fluoro-carbon) Removal of ballpen,.crifyons, lipsticks and sot% ent other foreign ohiects at this to clean -150 pounds of clothesis also point will eliminate considered to be goodusage sources of damage tot 0. t c.otingtl being cleanedPut 'suchitem,in an ens elope and PR E SPOTTING attach it to the patron's diy cleaninglistReturn pockets to proper positionbet oie cleaningIf Beforedry cleaning.allarticles shouldhe you fund spots on anarticle, senditto the e \mimed forspots. andallspotsthatare

108 haptk.1 DRY( LEANING ANDFINISHING

SOIents Hosseer. regardless of the typeused,, shouldbe anal\ zedand(21,!ii discovered pelioleum sok ents are no longerauthorized for appropriate treatment. what use on board ship for drycleaning purposes. Study the spot caret ully to determine unit ,s iii d.2terrnipe Lich ty pe has its athantages The hot substance caused it, because this of the what spotting agent and whatmethods should simplifies the job by eliminating handling clothes from One machine to the other.This be used in I's:1110%11T It less space, which is an Treating the spot may not always remoeIt type of unit also requires ad\ antage aboard ship, The factthat the hot entirely but usually should brlakitup unit uses only nonflammablesolvent also makes sufficientlythatitwill come out complet,,ly it preferable afloat during the cleaning process with a You will note that the flow chart(fig 9-1 For a large plant. however, or one very heavy workload, the hot unit istoo slow shows 'both prespottmg and post-spotting steps for drying. has because of the length of run required The latter step is necessary in case anything tight It. howeY:r. it Is necessar\ In plants where the workload creates a been missed 'earlier machines for to postl,s,pot an artielc. it ,wirst goback to be time schedule, therefore. separate 1. washing and for-drying can be used with greater ho as to remove thecherm'cal used in re-cleans efficiency than can the hot unit type. spotting. detailed discussion ot spotting is gLen in Figure 9-3 shows a shipboarddOcleaning plantwith acoldunit and a tumbler. The chapter 10 washer extractor is on the left.Figures 9-4 and 9-5 are front and rear views of a hot unit Drycleaning machines of both types that are DRYCLE \NING EQUIPMENT presentlybeing installed on board ship are completely automatic; that is: controls are setat Dry cleaning,inspite'01 itsnarne. roughly the beginning of the run so thatthe machine washing process,- Steps in the process are cle of operations similar to those for v,ashing with water,lint the canes out its complete cy witho:utfutthei- action by the operator 1is ditferences are important older 0,c The clothes arc wished 111 a washer-e tractoi makes your work easier than with the still necessarythat you adapted to the use of a solvent otherthan water of machine, but itis understand what ,takes place so that youwill Soaps are usedbut these. too, are ot a special know what to expect of the machine andhow to kind, suited to the solvent1 he icalfing, rinsing extracting. sold drying proces,e,all take place tioubleshoot necessary Figure 9-3 shows the three main pal ts of the difterentIron)thosein %cater, butallare washer-extractor most clearly They ale (a) the washing. washef: itself, (b) the filter, and (c) the distilling .WASHER-FXTRACIOR unit. a Basically, what happens in all the automatic Se end, types of dry cleaning \\ashers ale in machines is this use cur ently ahWId \as\,ships In general, they those that penorin old\ I.Ihe load is placed in the washer basket, are of two types of the washing and extracting. at terwhich the load where solvent, aided by , soap and the motion (21 themachine,carries on theinitialwashing isiremoed toa tumblerfordry mg. and those designed to per kOrlIplett: L5.le process \%.ashing. eoak. ting, and t umhle dry me fire tact that heat is necessary to thedr 2. File solvent travels in a cycle through the where nitiiihof proLess`has :21en to this se oni,1 pe of unit the washing basket into the filter it has collectedis removed and name"hotunit tidethefirsttypeof the impurity back into the washer, where it rinses the load washer-extractor iscon\ eisckkl...scribe.d,isa Sate op ration bquii,s that )illy a 3 A portion of the solvent is di aint.'d off 11.1t filter. Ihis solvent nonflammable '5015e n t the hot t\ pc atterpassing throtigh the . enters the dstilling unit, where itis completely Some otthe cold pe writs'Isepetioleinn

109 1 .1. ;j R\ 1(1 \RN L AVNI)rt i-IANDBOOK

22.51

Figure 9-3."Cold" type of dry cleaningunit. purified.Finsis done Li\heatingit motelit of I and the inachme spins to extract thesolvent vaporiz,;..s The ' apois then run o\ et \old pipes from the load to lower its temperature rapidl.indieturn it to a liquid state These lour steps complete the ,cycleof the tter distdline, the sob cutapain cold unit. whereas, the hotunit then continues enters the&Jung e de 13\ this means the total with the tumbling and drying. amount/ if solvent in the ma\ limeis maintained I ach model of washer-extractor at an acceptable le has its own 01 punttorn lom! time manulactdrer'stechnicalmanual, a .copy of Sbrnemachines have stills thatopoatt,' \Ahich should be available foryour study and use separately, in which ,ase, theentire amount ot solvent in the maehme as a reference in operating the machine. These rs nm thioiwh the still !MIMI al give detailed instructions about loading duhng aperiod when the washeiisnotin and starting operation the machine and othersteps the operator needs to know Do notattempt to 4.At theend of the,\\ ashinP nosing operate any machine without these'srecific period, thelow of sot\ automatkall\ shut instruct I( Ms

110 1. ,Chapter 9-DRYCLEANING AND FINISHING

DRYCLEVONG SOLVENTS to produce dean dothes You should checkthe amounts in the storage tank from time to time Onlysrithetic solvents are authorised on and ensure that it is refilled as necessary. It is board Navy, ships for use in dr} cleaning plants normally neLessar}. to remind the sales office Themostcommonly, usedsolvent is when the quantity of solvent is reaching a level should be perchlorethOene/tetrachloroethylene,the only at which procurement of a new supply solvent, recommended for use in the Vic Model initiated. 22Ct drycleaning machine. The Turtioc lene drycleaning- machine uses Solvent is taken aboard in large drums. The Valclenedry cleaningsolvent.Valcleneisa basedon a washer extractor is tilledwithsolvent dry :leaning fluid that is personnelfrom theengineering department ,f1u4r-o-Larbon solvent with a built-in detu-rgent Eventually,throughuse,the solventinthe additive Valclene has a highlate of vaporization machine reduces -below the level necessan for and a low boiling point which permits rapid operation. Beforeaddingsolvent.check drying at room temperatures plus distillation. carefullyto seeifthe solvent in thesy, stem This eliminates the need for recovery tumblers to should be distilled. You must have clean solvent dr} garments and recover solvent vapors.

4

22.52 Figure 9-4."Hot" tye of drycleaning unit (front view). lII

1" _/

SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

22.53X Figure 9-5."Hot" type of drycleaningunit (rear view).

AlthoUghValcleneis tarlesstoxic than results,both undesirable' perchlorethy !enc. you should still (I) youwill observe safety unnecessarilyincrease the cost of cleaning precautions regarding ventilation of drycleaning operations (Remember, this spaces. reduces ship's store, profits which provide therc'creatioti fund.); (2) Note you will actually produce aless satisfactory Neer flammablepetrolcuni cleaning job. Excess distillate soap increases the amount drycleaningsolventLon formingto of fatty acid in the solvent specification so that it does its job P-I )-080orother fla ble less effectively. solvents in shipboard dry cleaningplants

SOAPS FOR DRYCLLANING PR ECOATING FILTERS

Soap isused In withbothsynthetic and thefilterunit,the solventisforced petroleum solvents Soapis added to the solvent through aseries of screens which have been toassistin stain removal andto enable the coated with filter powder(d,uttornaceous earth). addition of controlled amount, vfmoisture this powder is highly absorbentand has the Each manufacturer ofsoaps furnishes detailed capacityofremovingvery fineforeign instructions as to its use, inda test kit. to ensure substances from the solvent, leavingit relatively the proper r,1110 ofsoap to sohent. The stocking clean when it leaves the filter. of specificsoapsIedliiiresdl(-se COON! anion between you and Befoie operations begin eachday, the screen the sales office.to ensure must be freshly coated with filter proper levels of suppl., on hand powder. This is done according to the directions Avoid using mote than the 'required provided in ,111101111E the manufacturer's technical of soap.Otherwise, manual for your youwillpiodude two. particular machine

II 2 Chapter 9DRYCLEANING AND FINISHING

At the end of the day's opera tionswhile the istherefore essential that you check the still machine is being cooled down, the filter can be frequently when it is operating-II see that the shakendown,followingthemanufacturer's cooling system is working properly. directions. The sediment is allowed to settle in the filter until morning. Note; 'For the above reason, it is extremely Duringlongcontinuousoperation,the important to keep drycleaning spaces properly impurities absorbed by thefilter powder may ventilated. contaminateitsothat the solvent no longer passes through-as easily as it should.This creates TUMBLING AND AERATING too much pressurein thefilter, causing 'the machine to operate with reduced effectiveness. Whether the drying step takes place in the To avoid this situation, it may be necessary to same machine(hottype) orinaseparate shake the filter down during operation Consult tumbler (cold type), the process is essentially the technical manual for directions. the same. After the filter pre-coat has been applied and Inadditiontofluffing and drying,the after the solvent shows clear inthe sight glass, drycleaning tumbler must also deodorize. Many activated carbon should be added to the solvent conditionsgovern the timerequired to and circulatedthrough the system while no deodorize, anditistherefore impossibleto garments are bemg cleaned Activated carbon is predetermine the tumbling time requiredfor useful in removing color and other impurities each load. Steam pressure, room temperature, fromthesolvent... Eachmanufacturerof exhaust duct installation, types of garments, and activated carbon (trade names, Dna), Nora. conditidn of solvent are some of the factors to Klean,andothers)furnishesdetailed consider. Silks deodorize faster than woolens, instructions for its use. woolen coats with shoulder padding deodorize slower than trousers. Experience will be the best OPERATION OF STILL guide.

Whether the still operates automatically or Precautions to Protect Fabrics not, be careful to see that it is working properly andthatinstructionsinthemanufacturer's In tumbling especially, but also in all other technicalmanualarefollowed precisely. phasesof drycleaning.allpersonnel should Otherwise, you may be in serious trouble before remembkr that they are handling special fabrics youknow it. andspecial'garments.Thesearticles are The vapors from perchlorethylene are totic. drycleanedbecause of this .special fabric or and even the small amounts that arise through specialconstruction.Therefore,drycleaning incidentalevaporation from the washer can personnelmustneverforgetthatexcessive accumulateuntil theY pollutetheairin mechanical action, excessive heat, or excessive drycleaningspaces,with theresultthat moistureapplieddri3Onganyphaseofthe operators begin to feel sick and chi's, and to lose dry cleaning process FIA'y shrink or damage the coordination. The still can create a more serious fabric. What is desirable for one fabric may be hazardbecauseit is constantlyconverting CX LCSSIN e for another. Know yourdrycleaning quantities of solvent into vapor for the purpose formulaand the manufacturer'stechnical ofpurifyingit Itthe machineIS working manual thoroughly and apply that knowledge to properly,the Loolingsystem 'promptly the special handling of each individual type of reconverts this vapor to liquidIt, however. the clothing. Time of run and amount of heat are of cooling system betomes faultyor ceases to great importance in any operation. operate, the vapor will build up pressure inside Steam is used to provide the necessary heat the distilling unit and eventually will escape into a the tumbling operation. Steam coils warmthe theairin amounts sufficient to be'seriously flow of air ip the tumbler. If this flowing air is harmful of even fatal to operating personnelIt heatedabove140°F,whichis sometimes

I1 3 1 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

desirable. and there is an appreciable amount of the spotter Remember, however, thatarticles moisture prBent in woolen garments,itwill spotted at this stage MUST BE FLUSHEDOR cause objectionable shrinkage.This moisture RECLEANED to remove spotting chemicals. may be, present from two sources One is high Never pres,s clothes with spotsin them, for humidityin theatmosphere., theother the ,heat used in pressing willso set the st?ins excessive water in the drycleaning soa{ solution. that \emoval will be difficultif The tumbling operation not impossible. indrycleaning is Clothes passing this inspection shouldbe rigrmally done in three steps. Thefollowing hangeredimmediatelytoavoid unnecessary tablerepresentsaverage tumbleroperation wrinkling.Drycleanable items of apparelare duringthethreesteps for the three basic generally made of wools,permanentpresS, material groups based On construction offabric blends, and double knits thaf have "easy only. care" characteristics and proper care at this pointcan eliminate in many cases, the need foradditional 1. Sil-ks and Five minutes cold; dry at pressing or require only steam chamberfinishing whites. low temperature (120° F), that is discussed later in this chapter. finishwithfiveminutes cold. 2. Soft woolens OPERATION OF }ve minutes cold, dry at DRYCLEANING MACHINES and drapes. 140°F. finishwith five minutes cold. Dry -leaningmachinesdiscussedin the followin aragraphs.are representative of those 3. Tightly woven FRe.minutescoldwith being usedn board Navy ships. woolens. steam:dr y at higher temperature(160°F); VIC DRYCLEANING finish five minutes coldor MACHINE-MODEL 22C0 fiveminutesColdwith steam The VIC model 22C0 isone of the most' popular hot drycleaning machines Ventilation in use on board Navy ships. The VIC drycleaningmachine uses ONLY perchlorethylene cleaning solvent. Becauseof \ thenoxious Imesfrom The total amount of solvent that synthe is required for "- solventsdiy cleaningtumblers are opeLation of the VIC model 22C0 is 135 equippedwithmany gallons. safetyfeatures.The The capacity of the machine isas follows operator must become thoroughly familiar with the manufacturer's techn(cal manualinthis Storage Tank--105 gallons respect Ind should make a careful check of Filter 65 gallons these safety features periodically to ensure life Washer Housing to OverflowLine-39 operation.Thoroughventilation o the gallons drycleaning spaces is essential asa protection for Still-10 gallons operating personnel. When youstartto take clothes from the Filling the Machine tumbler. check them for odor. Ifyou still detect With Solvent thesolvent odr)r. k.on t mile tumblinglong enough to elmilnateit The solvent for filling the machiheis added through the strainer housing.Seethe operational POST TUMBLI N(; diagram illustrated in figure,9-6. INSPECTION AND SPOTTING The procedure for Tilling the machine withsolvent is as follows: Atter tumbling. check each am ticle for spots I. Screw the barrel pipe assemblyinto the and other imperfections Havespots removed by side opening of the drum. Charter 9 DRYCLEANING ANDF114ISHING

ILINT CLEANOUT DOOR

[17:----N), 2 DAMPER ROD 0. .0..00l --77--7..,_,__, 7 3 SELECTOR SWITCH 4 STRAINER HOUSING DOOR 5 BLEEDER LINE VALVE . tr ° L 6 INLE T VALVE \ 7 MANIFOLD VALVE r. 1- ..- , 0 0 0 0 FRONT

22.94 Figure 9-6.-The VIC drycleaning machine operational diagram.

2. Connect the three quarter inch flexible 8. Flip the pump switch to on position. hose to the fitting on the barrel pipe assembly, The solvent will now flow into the filter and insert the other end into the strainer housing. circulate. When a full stream of solvent is being expelled from the bleeder line, shut off the 3. Connect an air line supply of no greater than twenty ponnds per square inch pressure to bleeder valve. the one quarter inch fitting on the barrel pipe 9. Shut off the pump switch aPfd shut off assembly. The pressure in the drum is controlled valve between the pump and the filter. by the relief vale on the barrel pipeassembly'. 10. Add the solvent to the storage tank until the solvent is within two inches of the bottoM CAUTION This relief valve is pre-set for a of the strainer screen. seven and onehalf poundper square inch pressure and must not be adjusted. Pre-Coating the Filter

4.Beet the solvent reaches the desired Follow the instructions noted below when level in the storage tank, shut off the air supply, you are pre-coating the filter. as pressure builds up in thedrum the-pressure will contmne to forte the solvent outto the 1.Flip the selector, inlet and drain switches, storage tank, until the pressure equalizes itself m to " man uakposition. the drum. 2.Weigh out six pounds of filter aid and 5. Fill the storage tank of the machine with add into the strainer basket. two drums ofsolvent or approximately 100 3. Optc the valve between the filter inlet gallons. and pump. . 0. Flip the selector swikh on the panel to 4.Switch the pump to on position. The "manual" operation, switch the inlet and drain sok ent will now flow from the filter, through valve to "manual" operation- the washer and out of the drain, washing out the 7. Open the bleeder Arne on top of the filter and from the strainer, down to the pump filter, open the inlet valve between the pump and pre-coating filter. . and thefilter, open the manifold valve at the 5.Allow the solvent to run in this manner filter outlet. for five minutes or till the solvent shows clear in

115 12 SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

the sight glass. When the solvent in the sight 4. Load an equal weight of garments in glass appears clear, flip the selector switch to off each compartment of the washer, makingsure position, but leave the pumpon continuously the bask; doors are firmly locked. through thebalance. of the day's run.It' the S. Lock the loading door, close the damper, pump is stopped for some reason, a full pre -cat ..}nd flip all switches to automatic position. will be required. 6. timer for the desired time of the wash ,t add,one half pound of filter aid Loading Garments to the strainer housing. Add one half poundof Into the Machine filter aid to the strainer housing for each load cn..n. The machine will now go through the When loading garments into the inachinU complete cycleautomatically.Itwill wash, proceed as follows drain, extract, tumble andrecover solvent from , the garments and signal, indicating the endof I. Weigh two bundles of garments toan the automatic cycle andthe time to unload- equal weight, not to exceed 15 pounds each. cleaned garments. Keep in mind; some garments weighmore than 7. Open the damper. others when soaked with solvent: nnsequently, 8. Open theloading door and inch the tryto -distributealike number of similar compartnlent door into pcAition. garments in each compartment. 9.If there seems to be an odorpresent, 2. Open the damper by pulling the damper with theinpartment doors closed, depress the handle out from the machine. The Loading door inching Ix tton momentarily, thjs willaerate the will not open if the damperis shut. When the garments nd remove the odor. loading door is open. the fan will automatically .10. 0 en the compartment door,remove the start. cleaned garments and insert the garmentsto be 3. Flipthewasher switchto automatic cleaned, then inch into position toremove the position and open the loading door. The basket garmentsfrom thesecondcompartment, can be inched into position by depressing diet inserting balance of the garments for thenet button inside the door lock safety switch. See load to be cleaned. You are now ready,to set the figure 9-7. timer, add the filter aid, andresume operation. It' additional time is required forany operation, the timer can be re-set by turning the indicator back clockwise. SETTING STEAM PRESSURE AND WATER TEMPERATURE With the steam open to the coiland the garments inthe machine for recovery, set the steam pressure to the recovery coil as follows.

I.Release the jam' nut on the adjusting screw of the steam pressure regulator. Y. Turn the' adjusting screw clockwiseto increase and counterclockwise to decrease the steam pressure. ,, 3.Set thesteam pressureatfifty-tive INCHING BUTTON pounds her square inchon the pressure gage, when solvent recoveryis in operation with the garments in the cylinder 22.95 . Figure 9-7.VIC Model 22C0 door lock safety Water should be underpressure of at least switch. thirty pounds per square inch andno more than Chaptep, 92-DRYCLEANING AND FINISHING

-1% 75° F under these conditions. The pressure and indicator is set for, willregulate the length of temperature may vary,providingthe water the soap run. temperature can be kept to a temperature of 80° F or under on the outlet side of the cooling coil. Note: Consult thesoap supplier for the The outlet temperature of the wa'ter is set by time formula. the throttling valvein the outlet water line. After the machine has been in operation for ten ShuttThg_pown the Machine minutes, proceed as follows: 1., Open the water inlet valve to full port In order to prevent moisture accumulation opening. in the machine over-night, the machine must be 2.Open the outlet valve partially. cooled down. The cooling down processis 3.Check temperature of thee outlet water accomplished as follows: on the thermometer and adjust till the outlet water shows about a ten degree rise over the 1. After removing the garments from the inlet water. last load of the day, close the loading door and 4.Check theoutlettemperatureseveral the damper. times during the first three loads run. 2.Placethe selector switch in "manual" position, switch on the washer and fan switch. NQTE: Oncethedesiredoutlet 3.Shut off the steam to the recovery coil. temperature settingis acquired, the throttling 4.Run the machine in this manner for five valve should remain in this permanent setting. minutes.Thiswillcondensetheremaining fumes. STILL.--,The steam pressure required on the 5.Returntheselector, washer and fan cooker coil will be between thirty-five and folly switches to off position, and shut off the water. pounds,per square inch to start. with the cooker 6.Remove thelint cleanout door. Clean filled with solvent. The proper pressure will be the lint out of the lint bag and hang the bag up determined during the operation of the still, this Ito dry(Replace with a cleanlint bag when depends ontheconditionsexistinginthe starting the machine the next day.) individual operation. The outlet water adjustment on the stillis Shake Down the Filter achieved in the same manner as on the recovery coil, except- that the outIC1 temperature of the water is adjusted to 120° F, or more. The filter should be shaken down after each day's cleaning. For best results, proceed in the Using Soap following manner:

When you choose to use the batch soap run. I.Shut off the pump switch. proceed as follows 2.Shut off the filter manifold valve. 3.Open the bleeder valve on top of the

.,Load'the machine in the normal manner. filter for fifteen seconds. 2.Place the selector switch in "automatic'' 4.Shut off the bleeder valve. position. 5.Fliptheshaker switch onfor five 3.Placethe soap stock solution anthe minutes. dispenser. 6. Nit oft the shaker switch and allow the 4.Place the dial in "wash- position. sedimenttosettleinthe.filteruntilthe 5.Allow the soap from the dispenser to run follownw.morning. into the washer. 6.When the solvent level desired is reached. If the filter pressure gets too high during the turn the dial nitkator LloLkwise to thirteen. or operation. shake down the filter as directed, just under. Any amount over eight that the timer after the washing operatiop. The filter can settle

117 123 4 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

outduringtherecoverycycle.Be sureto pre-coat the filter after every shake down.

Operation of the Still The still should never be started until the filterhasbeenallowedtopre-coat.Then proceed as follows.

1.Open the one quarter inch 'filler valve to 'Cue by-pass line. 2.Open the one half inch filler valve to the still cooker chamber. The still will now fill to the proper height, keeping a constant level. If the cooker does not get full of solvent, the cooker isair-bound, open the drain valve to 4 bleed. 3.After the solvent fills the cooker, open the steam valves slowly. 155.109 4.Open the inlet water valve' to full port Figure 9-8.LTurboclene drycleaning machine. opening.

Never turn the steam on to the cooker coil will require removing the coil plate and cleaning when there is no solvent in the still. Always be out the sludge from the bottom of the cooker. sure the water is tbrned on to the condenser At this time: clean the coils with a good stiff "before turning the steam on to the cooker. brush. Arrange to have spare gaskets on hand to ensure leaf proof closure of the coil plate after 1, WHEN AND HOW TODRAIN OIL FROM cleaning. THE STtLI..The residue and oils from the still should never be drained oftener than necessary. This can'cause extensive loss of solvent if not TURBOCLENE DRYCLEANING allowed to build up to the proper level. A good MACHINE MODEL FDC-4 gage to use is to cook down the residue and oil's after cleaning eight hundred pounds of garinents Another drycleaning unit that the Navy has with the still on continuous operation. Proceed installed on board some Navy shipsisthe as follows Turboclene Model FDC-4 (fig.9-8).Itisa -compact system which uses Valclene drycleaning I.Close the filter valves. fluid.It is a hot type machine which carries on 2.Keep the cooker operating. itsvariousfunctionsinamanner slightly 3.When no more solvent drops through to different from that descnbed earlier. Clothesare the separator,- shut off the steam and drain the first cleaned in dry cleaning fluid. After draining remaining residue andoilanddiscard. This and extracting the solvent from the clothes,a draining should he done while the Looker is hot, vacuum is used to remove the remaining solvent. as it !lac a tendency io thicken, cake and Longed The cleaning solvent is completely distilled after if allowed to cool, causing poor drainage and_ each cycle to provide clean pure. solvent for the coating the cooker coil. next load. Hot water is circulated through a coil in thestillto heat the solvent. The solvent It',after dramngthe still does not seem to vapOrsa recondensedinthewatercooled cook at a desired rate of flow, it means there is condenseynd stored in the storage tank for the an aeeMULawn of Muck in the bottonj of the next Lyle. Efficient solvent-recovery 45,achleved cooker. possibly covering the cooker coils. This by passing all solvent laden air tlfiklough 'a low'

II 8 1 :4" Chapter 9 DRYCLEANING AND FINISHING temperature refrigeration system. Valclene, 350, STEAM PRESSING asolvent` detergent solution, is automatically added tothecleaning solvent each cycle, to The pressing of woolen uniforms should not providethe correctmixtureforproper be done on OT HEAD presses (uncovered dry cleaning. polished steel) Woolen fabrics cannot withstand high temperatu es. Turboclene Operator's Instructions Steamlineunder no more than 75-80 poundsper squa nch pressure should be connectedtodrycleaningpresses.Atthis The .VAYSE,Technical Manual furnished pressure the proper amount of moisture and with the equipment, together with the operating heat is available to properly press the item of instructions on the front panel sign, provide the apparel. operator with sufficient information to safely and economically operate and maintainthe CAUTION is requiredinthe pressing of turboclene drycleaning machine. fabricscontaining high percentages of either The daily and weekly check lists outlined in DACRON polyester fabric or ORLON acrylic the .VA VSEA Technical Manual furnished with fiber, because control of temperature, pressure, the equipment must be followed carefully to and time are important. For best results 100 assure continuous high performance. percentDacron or Orlonfabrics should be pressed at temperatures around 275° F with low / mechanical pressure and short intervals of time. DRYCLEANING PRESSES In blendsofDacronwithwool,higher to m peraturemay be,usedprovidedthe DryLleaning presses have perforated metal mechanical pressure and contact time are kept at heads and bucksthroughwhich steamis a minimum. Improper pressing techniques may admittedby theoperator.The heads are resultin shine, watered, clouded, or frosted normally covered with a perforated, thin, metal appearance,needleholes,anddifficultyin mask, which is sometimes also covered with a altering the finished garment at some later date. molesIn type of fabric to prevent a gloss on If high steam pressures are used. it is doubtful presseaRrtiLles. The bucks are usually padded that pressed seams can subsequently be altered. .iind are then covered with a perforated metal Permanent damageresults from the defects mask and a cloth covering. discussed above, as they cannot be removed by sponging or other treatment. Presses used for drycleaning; are operated eithermanuallyor by compressedair.Air operated presses have control buttons on the left PRESS LAYS and right sides of...the table. When the operator lifts the operating handle and at the same time In machine pressing, each garment is finished presses the left hand control .button, he admits by a series of lays. Each lay is a position of the compressed air to Me pneumatic system which garment on the buck, and the series should cover lowers the head on the buck. He can release the the entire garment. Places on the garment which head bydepressing the right control button. cannot be pressed with the machine should be Figure 9-9 illustrates a typical drycleaning press smoothed out byinserting a puff (pad) and that is installed on board Navy ships. pressing the spot against the head of the press or by using a hand iron. Thesepressesalsohavevacuum lines All pressers do not follow the same pattern connected with the heads and bucks to remove forpressingthesamearticle.Generally, steam front the pressed article. When the steam however, there is not much variation in different vapor is removed, the heat of the press dries the lays. Sequences of lays for trouser tops and legs ur,ticle Lister and helps to remove wrinkles and and sack coats, are described in the following 'retain smoothness and creases. pages.Theonesgivenareconsidered, the

119 123 V., SHIP'S SIRVICENIAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

p

22.96 Figure 9-9.Drycleaning press. minimum for eaLh article 'high Nrith the open (lay No. 1), draw the left pressing is desired. trouser top o'er the small end of the buck. liming the fly front almost e'en with the front PRESS LAYS FOR ,edge of the hik.k. Steam b using the head and TROUSER TOPS applyinglightpressure, then dry thoroug(h1 \Ault the Nacuum.

thc_,,epk.n,c of Id\ Again plaee the left trouser top on the small for trouserI0 ps I 2 end 0) the buck as shown in lay No. 2. The

- 120 Chapter, 9 I)RYCLEANING AND FINISHING pocket should be in the Lenter of the bulk. the bud:. Steam the material lightly and pull the Straighten out the pocket and make certain that pocket together the outer edgeiseven and drawn together Steam, press, and dry the lay. In making lay No. 4. draw the trouser top over the small end of the buck so that the end of In lay No. 3. the left side pocket is even with the buck fits well down into the seat of the the front edge of the machine and the back trousers. and the back seam is directly in the center seam ise\ en with the rear edge of the center of the buck. Apply steam and light buck. The left hip pocket lies in the center of pressure and vacuum dry.

LAY I LEFT FLY FRONT LAY 2 LEFTSIDEPOCKET

LAY 3LEFT NIP POCKET LAY4 CENTER SLAM

119.35 Figure 9.10 Lays for pressing trouser tops. SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

portion of the left leg on the buckcrotch at the large end, the inside of the leg facing upward, the seams lying on the center of the buck (see lay No. 1). Ensure that one seam rests upon the other for the entire length of the leg. Apply steam to soften the material, and straighten the knee. Lay the left leg, as shown in lay No. 2, on the front of the buck so that the front crease is inthe center of the buck and the top of the trouser is at the large end of the buck in a line with the second or third button of the fly (or, if zippered, 2 or 3 inches from the bottom), in position so the crease will extend upward as far as possible. In lay No. 3, nieve the trouser leg to the rear of the_ buffo that the back crease is lyingon -the center of the buck. The leg should be placed sothatatleast 4 inches of the seat will be creased. Extend the crease as high as possible without wrinkling the crotch. Lay Nos. 4 (right leg, front portion), 5 (right leg front crease), and 6 (rightg rear crease) are substantially the same as la 1,2, and 3 of figure'9-12.

SACK COATS

Check illustration 9-13 for tine lays used in pressing sack coats. As sho in iay No. 1, place the left side of the cbat c Ilar and the left lapel on the rear of tbelarg nd of the buck, and press. This 22.97 operation shrinks the collar at the gorge seam, Figure 9-11.Autorgitic topper press. restoring the shape of the garment where it tends to stretch, from the seam at the shoulder down to about 5 inches below the gorge seam. In making lay Nos. 5, 6, and 7, continue on around the trouser top, pressing the right side. Lay No. 2 is iimilar:to lay No. 1 except'that These lays are not illustrated as,they LorrespOnd the right side of the collar and the right lapelare close s 3, 2, and I . pressed. Make this lay on the front of the large When avai able The automatik, topper press end of the buck. Lays Nos. 1 and 2 serve to may be used to press trouser tops. The topper restore the balance of the coat so that the left press eliminatesthe needforlays discussed and right front hang evenly. above and also speeds up production.' Figure. After creasing the two sides of the collar, 9-11 illustrates t n automatic topper press. place the collar on the large end of the buck (see OUSER LEGS lay No. 3) so' that the centerJs on the center line of the buck. In most cases the collar is stretched Lays for pressing troliser legs are giN en in whk being worn. Distribute the extra fullness Pure 9-12. The first step lb toplacethefront over fhe1et gth of the collar, and steam freely.

1.22 -11 3 Chapter 9- DRYCLF.ANING AND FINISHING

4.1414--

_AV

LAY 1- LEFT LEG FRONT PORTION LAY 2 - LEFT LEG FRONT CREASE >,

.^.1 -

_

I

LAY 3 - LEFT LEG REAR CREASE 119.36 Figure 9-12.Lays for pressing trouser legs.

In lay No. 4, place the right trout of the (mat inches of the side seam. (See illustration.) Any at an angle m order to bring out the chest Neser fullness on the dart seam should be taken in stretch the front of the coat, gather in the trout between the pocket and the armhole pit. slightly and shrink it to the proper length. Steam well before applying pressure, then vacuum dr} . In la} No. 6, place the right half of the back' on the buck so that the lay is about 1 inch from See that the pocketis smooth. Mu ethe the right armhole and about 2 inches below the coat forward on the buck for la} No. Sthe Lollai. The side seam slants in from the armhole; small end of the buck tits into the chest about I the bottom of the seam is about 4 inches from inch below the armhole pit, and within 2 of 3 the limit edge of the buck.

123 4 1 2 ) ti SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

Hap

LAY LEFT SIDE OF COLLAR LAY 2 RIGHT SIDE OF COLLAR

43

LAY 3 CENTER SEA LAY 4 RIGHT FRONT EDGE

LAY 5 RIGHT SIDE AND POCKET LAY 6 RIGHT HALF OF BACK

Figure 9-13.Lays for pressing sack coats. 119.37.1

I 24 1 3 3 Chapter 9- DRYCLEANING AND FINISHING

.4

- CENTER SEAM OF BACK LAY 11 COAT FACINGS

.4"

LAY 13 - SLEEVES, ROLLED

119.37.2 Figure 9-13.Lays for pressing sack coatscontinued.

The Lenter ,earninthe bask of the goat lay takes in the coat ed e from-the bto-m- of should be played in the Leiner line of the busk the goat to a Blow the g, e seam. Lay for lay No. 7. Se e that the bottomrtom edge of the No the left facing, is the same as No. LI. under-collar is placed even with the edge of the buck. Any fullness in the Lenter seam betw_e_e Insert sleeve former as shown in lay No. 13 the shoulders should be taken in, and place on buck of press. Bring the press head down forlight contact only and steam from Continue on around the coat. making la), head and bock and then apply vacuum until dry. No. 8 (lei t half of coat back), lay No.9deft side I urn sleeve oer without removing former and and pocket), and lay No. 10 deft front edge) to repeat on other sideThe same methods are correspond'to lays o, 5 and 4. applied for the right sleeve. Visible creases from Place the right !Jong of the coat front On pro ions pressing can be removed by rubbing on in the busk, taping up as shown in la No II I hip husk and steaming with former still the

1 25 1 3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK sleeve. For stubborn creases, wet with a damp wools, permanent press,blends,and double cloth, allow to dry, and press as above. knits.(All of fabrics mentioned abovemay Fit the shoulder pad into the sleeve head at require different steam cycles.) The items of the back seam.After spreading the fullness apparel mentioned above may be finishedin evenly, apply steam, then hold lightly against severaltypesof steamchamberswitha the head allowing the heat to press out the minimum requirement for additional finishingor fullness. Next follow around to the front of the touch up. The operator hangers the garments sleeve, getting in far enough to take care of the and places them on hooks in the chamber and wrinkles. Work out the wrinkles in the other then the garments are (1) subjected toa surging shoul der. of low pressure steam (with vibration) that Drycleaning plants on board some Navy relaxes the winkled fibers and (2) subjected to shipsare equipped with a steam-air-finisher. streams of hot air (with vibration) that smooth Figure 9-14 illustrates a sack coat being pressed, and dry the fabric. When the garments are taken on this equipment. Additional information and out of the chamber they are often ready to wear operational instructions of a steam-air-finisher without further handling. are discussed later in this chapter. A garment finished in the manner described above should remain hangered and removed STEAM CHAMBER from the steam chamber immediately after the appropriate cycles are completed. This avoids Drycleanable items of apparel are gpi rally the setting of pressure wrinkles. Figure 9-15 made of steam finishfabrics.This includes illustrates one type of steam chamber that is presently being installed on board Navy ships. 4 ':'1' STEAM-AIR FINISHER

Where available, the steam-air finishermay be used to finish such itemsas sack coats, overcoats, peacoats, reefers, and foul weather jackets. A representative model of the steam-air finisher that is presently being installed VW` on board Navy ships is illustrated in figure 9-16.

OPERATION OF THE STEAM-AIR FINISHER

The steam-air finisher illustrated ,O figure L 9-16 is operated by the movement of levers back and forth. The lever movements regulate the size of the nylon form at the waist, hip, and lower positions. Markings on the index plates enable the operator to re-set the leverson the exact adjustments for a known garment style size. Rotate the knob on the lever clockwise to lock, counterclockwiseaquarter to half turnto unlock; move the knob fonmard to increasethe size of the form, and reverse to\decrease thesize Of the form. Excessive tighteningor loosening of 155.110 the knob will delay adjustments and production. Figure 9-14.Pressing a sack coat on a The waist control regulates expansion at the steam-air-finisher. waistline, and is used to finish short jackets.

126 13.4 Chapter 9-- DRYCLEANING ANDFNIISHING

The arm zippers are zipped open for sleeved garments, zipped closed for sleeveless garments. Adjustment betweenthe opened and closed positions is necessary to provide the required' amount of steam and air within the sleeve. Clamps are provided for clamping the front edges and the rear vents of the garments. Front edges must overlap at least three inches with the buttons on the outside. Check the formit rotates 360 degrees to obtain the most convenient loading position. For the -best results, the operator should step from the front to the rear, as required, because when the back clamp is in the open position, the clamp will strike the timer assembly when the form is rotated 360 degrees.

FINISHING WOOL COATS.Place the coat on the finisher. Pull the two front edgesof the coat forward. Overlap., tht edges at least three inches from the bottom of the coat to the lapels with the buttons on theokitside. Close the front clamp. Close the buck 6.tamp on garments having a rear vent. Now the finisher is adjusted by setting the tier for continuous operation ofair, and moving the air control to a minimumsetting. Adjust the waist, hip, and lower controls as required. Insert the expanding sleeves into the sleeves of the garment. The next step is to steam and dry the coat. Move the air control to obtain the required pressure. Set the timer for automatic steaming and drying. With the steam on, you may proceed immediatelywithtouchupofthegarment previously removed from the finisher. Steaming and drying is fully automatic. Remove the coat when the steaming and --°01EN drying cycleiscompleted. With the air off, remove the sleeves from the expanding sleeves. 22.98X Release the front and rear clamps, and- place the Figur9-15.Steam chamber. coat of a 4nger or press the coat for touchup. Refer ,t,b your manufacturer's instruction manual foinformation on how to finish other The hip control regulates expansion at the types of w 'aring apparel. hip !me, and-is used to finish sack coats, medium length jackets, blouses, and other items. OVERCOATS, PEACOATS, AND REEFERS The lower control regulates the expansionat the bottom -for finishingtopcoats, overcoats, Overcoats, peacoats, and reefers should not raincoats, and other items be pressed. To obtain best results with this type

127 1 3 .3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY 'HANDBOOK

22.99 Figtires9-16.Pressing a foul weather jacketon a steam-air-finisher.

fa of material, it is only ne.cssary to steam it. Lay HAND IRON the garment on the bucWand apply steam,using a soft brush at the same time to bring up the While most of the pressing is doneon the nap. After the garment has been well steamed. pressing machine, a hand vontis used for certain apply vacuum to dry. special, Jobs. The two principal uses of the hand The lays for steaming these garments de the iron arc to OPEN (flatten) seams and to smooth same as for pressing a sack coat. out silk scarfs. When a. seamis opened, the Overcoats.peacoats.andreeferscan be materialmustbe ampened witha sponge finished very efficiently in a steam chamberor before ironing. This helps prevent scorching, and on asteam-air finisher where they are mailable. also makes it possible to ?ron theseam out flat.

12g f Chapter 9 DRYCLEANING AND FINISHING

Silk has-a tendency to wrinkle when steamis As stated previously, the time for pickup by is indicatecjonthe applied to it.Unlessscarfs are handled very au thorizedpersons carefully on the pressing machine, they have to drycleaning schedule. The hours-are stated by be finished with a hand iron. Twoprecautions divisions and activities, and staggered to prevent must be taken when ironing silk.First, slightly congestion in the pickup line. Delivery periods dampen the material; second, be sure the ironis should beatstated periods which will not not too hot., interfere with active drycleaning processes in the department.Experience in a drycleaning departmentsoonindicateswhatissuing -ASSEMBLING AND ISSUING procedures are best for that particular plant.

When you complete the pressing of clothes, get them ready for issuing. Use-thedrycleaning CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF listsforassemblingarticlesintocustomer DRYCLEANING UNIT groups.Thenumber on themastertag(s) attached to the drycleaning list corwspond(s) to Keepthesurfacesof machinesinthe the numbers of various articles in acustomer's drycleaning unit free of dust., Wash them with bundle. Putthetags innume;ical oider and hot water and soap, or a safe solvent. A light collect' allarticles belongingto each master coatof wax applied to the surface of new tag(s). Be sure that all articles written on the machines helps td keep dirt from adhering to customer'sdrycleaninglistarepresentor them. accountedfor.Then check toseethatall Check for accumulations of lint on coils buttons are intact, and that belts and buckles are when you remove the lint bag in the evening. present. Missing buttons should be replaced,and Once each week, open and inspect the cleanout all belts and buckles presented to thelaundry at the top of the coil housing. Remove -the should be returned with theleaned article or "cleanout above the damper housing to eliminate replaced when lost. Keep a s pply o raincoat lint. buckles on hand. After you collect and.check all ms which Check the cleanout back of 'the fan, and the belongin tocustomer's bundle. iattachthe fan wheel, for lint accumulations. Be on the drycleaninglistand putthe itms on the alert for solvent and grease leaks. Occasionally, assembly and/or issue rack in numerical order. checktl etimerwithawatch.See that Most assembly racks are divided into sections.0 main terrace and lubrication charts arefollowed, to 9, 10 to 19, etc., or A to D, E to K, and so and repo requirementsfor maintenance to on. your supery -or.

1 ;3 CHAPTER 10

REMOVAL OF SPOTS ANDSTAS

Spots and stains that resist ordinary washing Many of the fabrics the spotter handles will or drycleaning processes usually can be removed be expensive. Serious damage toany of them by special treatment suited to the substance and willmean , financiallossa wellas definite the fabric. This treatment is called SPOTTING, inconvenience for the owner The..aolte1- should and the man who administersitiscalled a therefore knobefore 'he a tempts to removea SPOTTER. Laundry and drycleaning personnel of or stain tt the subst. nces and methods he distinguish betweenspots and stainsinthe iends to use will not destr y the fabricor ruin following fashion.aspot, suchas might be its ,pearance. caused by foods, blood, grease, or ink.-is nota, L) When in doit as to wheth 'r a spot or stain stain unless it has become "set" in the material. . can be removed ithout serious amage to the This"setting"usually,/:resultsfromthe application of heat or froni certain chemical material, the spot er shoul nMet the owner, disciiss the probem, and reactions. Once sct,,the spot becomes' a stain, et, hi dvice. If the which cannot be removed without some injury owner'is nor-availa le, the superviso should be Wormed and his advice obtained befre starting to the fabric. In many cases the injuryisso minor that removal is still well worth while. In the work. Damage to an expensie item will other instances, the risk of damage to thefabnc probably result in ill feeling anda laundry claim. Knowing when to stop workon a spot can be is so serious that'it is better toleave the stainan the fabric. most important.

SPOTTING IN WHAT A SPOTTER SHIPBOARD LAUNDRIES SHOULD' KNOW Mostship's laundries are 'concerned only with spotting washable) fabrics. Spottingrequiresconsiderable knowledge In ships that and skill. A spotter must identify the gubstance have dry cleaningfacilities,stain removal for that caused the spot or stain. anNke must know both washable and dry cleanable garments shoufd be handled by the drycleaning OP whatcleaningagentsandwhattypesof spotter. treatmentwillremoveit.Sincethevarious Ashas 'already beenindicated,early fibers used in fabnts respond very differentlyto identification and treatment ofsome spots is cleaning agents and methods ul treatment, he necessaryifthey aretobe pretented from must know how to ditermine what fibers becoming stains. Desirable as thismay be, the compose a fabric. (See - chapter 3.) In dealing workload 9,1: a ship's laundry doesnot permit with colored materials, tie must also consider exain.inatitrspf every item forpossible spots. how an agent or treatment will affect the dye. Certain precautions can and should be taken. Finally, he must understand thuse of the. -,Forinstance,blood-stainedandgrossly equipment and tools of a spotteranbe able to soiledarticles,ifpossible, shouldbe han use them so as to get the best possible esults. washed before they are sent to the laundry.In 130' S

) Chapter 10.REMOVAL OF SPOTS AND STAINS the case of items from the sick bay, laundry personnel may beabletotake care of the advance rinsing, but the sick bay laundry'petty officer /should cooperate by 'keeping the stained BASIC STAIN GROUPS items separate from the rest of the laundry. OIL BASE TYPE On ships with drycleaning sections, better spotting service can be given if a garment is Adhesive Tape Ink, Marking Pitch tagged by the owner with a note identifying the Airplane Dope Ink, Printing Rouge makes the cause of the spot. This information Asphalt Lacquer Rubber Cement spotter's work easier, faster, and more accurate. Carbon Paper Leather Sauces Italsoalertshimto do spotting before Crayon Lipstick Shellac drycleaning. Furniture Polish Lotions Shoe Polish a Unless the abovespecial precautions are Glue Mascara Soot taken,thespotter'sworkin ashipboard Grass Nail Polish Soup drycleaning plantwillbe done largelyafter Gravy Oil Tar drycleaning. Items that.will be pressed should be Grease Ointments Varnish examined for spots or stains before pressing to Hair Dressing Paint, Latex Wax prevent the spot from being set by the heat of Ink, Ball Pen Taint, Plastic pressing., i . , Ifspottedarticlesfrequentlyarrivefor PROTEIN TYPE washing ordrycleaning without being hand washed or tagged, it might be appropriate for Albumin Egg Milk A the laundry supervisor to prepare a brief notice Blood Glue (animal) Perspiration forallhands,tactfullypointingoutthe Candy Ice Cream Salad Dressing importance of this cooperation by the owner for Catsup Jelly Starch successful removal (of the stain. Such a notice Chocolate Mayonnaise Sweets could be forwarded, via the supply officel, for Cocoa MercurochromeSyrup publication in the plan of the day. Dikharge Merthiolate Vomit For shipboard purposes, basic proprietary spotting chemical preparations should be used for the following basic stain groups: oil base TANNIN TYPE type,protein,- type,tannintype, f_andi:,_ miscellaneous (such as rust, metallic stainsother Beer Fruit Juice Tea Berry Liquor Tobacco than rust dyes, and writing ink). . Coffee Perfume Wine 'For general laundry use, basic proprietary Fruit Sat Drinks Yellow products requirementsareforrust remover, paint-oil-greaseremover, and liquidtitarlitun stripper. In the drycleaning department, more MISCELLANEOUS STAINS sophisticated spotting tools and equipment are used for spot removal. RUST

METALLIC SPO ING TOOLS (other than rust) AND QUIPMENT silver nitrate, photo DYES 4 developei ,.tarnish , Spotting tools anequipment consist of the etc. INK, WRITING follosking: (1) spottinboard assemblymain spotting board, sleevebo.r,d, garment tray, and ..__,

131 13 7 SHIPS SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

spotting gun, (2) spotting brushes. (3) spatulas, Spotting Gun (4) chamois, (5) towels, (6) cheesecloth, (7) blotters, (8) steam hose, (9) spotting bottles. The spotting gun is used for wool, silk,and (10) magnifying glass, and WI) drying cabinet synthetics for removing spots and stains.The (in some instances). The following discussion of gunis adjusted so that a slightpressure on the spottingtoolsandequipment is not steam pedalprovidessteam; more pressure all-inclusive, but it is in sufficient detail to give provides hot water or wet steam. Ifcompressed you a general understanding of the operations. air is piped to the spotting board, it too will Figure10-1 shows one type of spotting board come through the gun when the appropriate currently used on Navy ships. foot pedal is depressed. Whenvacuum is piped to the spotting board, it too is controlled 'by MAIN SPOTTING BOARD a foot pedal. However, thevacuum is piped to the perforated area of the board to dry andhold the The main spotting board isthespotter's garment in place while spotting. The work table. It is shaped, like spotting an ironing board to gunmust be held about 4 inches abovethe provide large and small workspaces for different garment. If the gun is held closer than 4 inches sizedarticles. Theboard is usually a from the fabric, the steamor air pressure at 70 combination of smooth areas and a perforated to80 poundsper square inch or screened area at one end. The smooth surface cancause permanent damage to the fabnc. At 70to 80 ishard and usually made of glass. marble, or pounds per square inch, thetemperature of the Monel metal. all of whichare resistant to alkalies steam coming out of the gun is over 300°F. and acids. The smooth area The is used for tamping action of thespotting chemicalsisgreatly and for applying spotting agents. Theperforated accelerated by an increase in orscreened temperature: this areaisusedforflushing.The could cause permanent damageto the fabric perforated area must be taken apart andsteam could result in color loss. Ata I/2-inch distance, cleaned each day to remove excess chemicals the gun produces 212°F. ata 2-inch distance, and dyes. thegunproduces 165°F;andata4-inch distance. the gun produces 135°F.At a 4-inch Sleeveboard distance. the chemical reaction willdecrease the danger of bleeding the dyes. Thespotting gun Thesleeveboardismounted aboutsix should be held perpendicular when inches above the level of the blowing main spotting chemicals or spots through-the fabric,and at a board. The sleeveboard. like the mainspotting 45° angle when blowing board, also has a flushing and chemicals or spots off a tamping area The garment. Before using the spottinggun. aim the sleeveboard isniched to the main board by a gun towards the deck and depress thesteam movable arm.hick can he adjusted. This hoard pedaltoremove is used whet working out excess condensation. The stains on sleeves and spotting gun mustbecleaned daily and all other small areas. Clean the sleeveboardin the chemicals renioved from the nozzle. sal-he manner as the main spotting board. SPOTTING BRUSHES Garment Tray Spotting brushes help breakup stains so that The garment tray is under the mainspotting spotting agents can penetrate Mto board, midway between the hoard and around and the floor. the stains. When the spottingbnish is not being The tray must always he clean:otherwise, the used. the bristles should be garment resting in it will be soiled. pointed downward to allow the agents to drain from'the bristles. The brush can also.be placed in Chemical Tray the brush hold& to obtain' similar results. When the brushesare , usedfor tamping... the bristles shouldint the The chemicaltrayis where allthe basic fabric flat to. prevent-damaging spotting agents are placed. the fOric. Never brush or scrub the spot. J 132 13;3 hapter 10 REMOVAL OFSPOTS AND STAINS

1.1.333 se,e0

14166%

1110s:Cfl

- z,,,'Vee'

22.57 Figure 101.Spotting board.

133 133 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK Spotting brushes usually come (I) in twd sizes test the resistance of dyesin fabrics to..cleaning and. two colors-3-inch and2-inch, blaCk and chemicals and/or spotting whiteand are made of 'nylon agents. Put a. small bristles. The large portion of fabricon a blotter and apply the brush is used mainlyon woolens and synthetics chemical or spotting because the bristlesare spread far apart. The agent. The amount of coloring. matter :dissolved bythe chemic-al and small' brush hasa close set of bristles andis effective on silks. The black absorbed by the blotter indicatesthe effect of bristle brush-is used the chemical on the dye. for. dry-sidespottingandfor dark-colored fabrics. The whitebristlebrushis used for Wet-side spotting andlight-colored fabrics. After MAGNIFYING,GLASS a brush is used on a garment,clean the bruSh with the spottinggun. When in doubt 'aboutthe substance that caused- a spotor stain, a spotter may examine it SPATULA under a magnifyingglass. Although'an inexperienced spottermay get few results witha The spatula is made of Stainlesssteel. bone. magnifying glass atfirsts he shouldcontinue or ivory and is about one inch wideand five using ,ft.Through. -practicehewilllearnto iriches' long. The spatulais usually pointed at identify varioussubstances as theyappear when one end and rounded at the otherend; and is magnified. used to manipulate chemicals,soften the stain, The Magnifying glassis used to observe the and to get better penetration.The pointed ena weave and imperfections of thefabric and to should hot be used because ifwill dig into the identify the area of thegarment as a spot or fabric and distort it. Therounded end should be damaged fibers. It aids indetermining the kind usedfor better results.After each use the of spot or' stain and inobserving the action of spatula should be cleaned. the spotting chemical. Theglass can be used to deterinineWhether aspothasastaining substance or whether the CHAMOIS AND TOWELS spot has echafedarea with loss of dye. Theglass can be used to determine whether the stainedarea is too weak A thick, heavy chamois isused for absorbing to stand treatment water and spotting solutions or whether a spot ona as they are removed synthetic fabric was caused from fabrics. The chamoisshould, be spread by heat damage. smoothly over the portion ofthe spotting board being used at the time. Amedium-weight turkish SOAP SOLUTION CONTAINERS . towel serves thesame purpose. By absorbing cleaningchemicals, particularly,acids,the Usuallyeach absorbent prevents pitting of spottingboardhastwo the spotting board. containerstohold Keep chamois skinsor turkish towels available soapsolutions.The for this purpose. containers should' be cleaneddaily..

DRYING CABINET CHEESECLOTH AND BLOTTERS

Cheesecloth, being soft andabsorbent,is ,Most ships' laundries willnot have drying used in spotting for featheringoutpicking up cabinets. If your shiphas one, you will find it allthe moisture arounda spot just removed. usefulespecially- when theworkload is heavy. Unless you do this, ringswill form. Chamois, After spotting, thegarment is hung in the drying because of its heavytexture, isnot good for cabinet. The dryingcabinet should be large feathering out. enough to handle the work,and tall enough for the You can use blotters for longestgarments.Itshouldalsobe absorbing materials well - ventilatedso as 'to speed up drying, and rinsed from a garment. Youcan use thep also to t temperature in it should be fro-in100° to 11F. 134 143 ( ha pter10. RLNIOVAL OF SPOTS AND STAINS

to bemote-&nvenient and satisfactory from the SPOTTING BOTTLES standpoint of handling breakage. AND AGENTS

Spotting bottles and agents are held in atray CHEMICALS at the riirtit end of the spottingboard. Dropper and rubber bottles with ground glass stoppers The chemicals .commonly used rto remove bulk pipettes arepreferred. Thesety pes of conserve spots and stains arelisied in table 10-1. ;Ph& bottlescontrol* thechemicals and alscrthe, However. on board ship. squeeze-ts pe characteristics and uses are _given, and with them. containers with ,r dropper topha% e been found precautions you should take

V . Table 10-I.Chemicals Used in Spotting

Preeautio'ns . Nape Characteristics - Uses Bleeds basic dyes. AcetiL acid. Clear. ,olorless To neutralize alkalis. to-restore color: as 28 pungent odor general spotting agent Solvent for stains from 'Dissolves cellulose ace- Acetone . . Colorless. olatrle liquid with agreeable odor. oils, resins. paints, tate and some basic flammable arrushes. and nail dyes. -polishes

To ueturahle acids. Bleeds acid dyes and Ammonia .. .. Colorlessdiquid of .wa ter and dissol\ed ammonia to rvstpre color some direct dyes: at full strength. yellows gas. e% aporates white silk or wool.

Solvtml for Pam t. -.Chemically pure is harm- Arm I acetate .. Colorliiss liquid banana ocior: flarmnable laCquer, naij -less: core meicial or polish - - 'technical grade may _ damage cellulose. "-acetate.

colorless Solvent for,form- Harmless to all fabrics: Amy 1 alcohol .. bleeds some basic dyes. flurninable aldehyde resins . Removes black ink, Affects cellulose acetate; nzaldehyde . Colorless. frarant. volatile.hquid hair dye, and some bleeds some basic types of shoe dyes, polish ., , White or yellow. Convert albumins. Safe on all fabricsand. Ihgtiltstit,e dyes unaffected.bY agents powder starches, and sugars into simpler water- eonpourids which can be removed,

4. 4 . SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOti.

Table 10-1.Cheiniqals Usedin Spotting -- Continued

Name- - Characteristics Uses Precautions Hydrochloric Clear, cplorless or, Diluted, to remove dyeCondentrated, it injures acid slightly yellow, and ink stains, and ,all fabrics and bleeds pungent liquid . metallic soap stains basic dyes. Hydrogen Clear. colorless liquid Spot bleaching, and Safe in dilute form. peroxide (3'4) . small areas, on . . spotting board . Oxalic acid. Powder Removes rust Poison. Potassium White crystalline or Removalof silver Safe on all fabrics and iodide powdered substance nitrate and other dyes. Should be rinsed silver stains, well. Sodium chloride White. powdered or Help to remove blood Safe on all fabrics if Common salt. . granular substance and fruit stains , properly rinsed. Has . . setting action on . direct dyes. Sodium C.lear. colorless,or Bleach for vegetable Discolors animal fibers. hypochlorite slightly yellow liquid and synthetic fibers; Strong solutions will . to -remove blood, blue insure vegetable . . stains. grass stains, fibers. Follow treat- indelible pencil, rpent with a sour. . mildew and molds, medicine, and per- . . spiration stains . 4 Sodium . Whitish, slightly oPaque, To remove iodine Safe on all fabrics and thiosulfate crysta'lline substance stains dyes if rinsed well . after using. . 1,1;1 -Trichlow: . Colorless, nonflammable General spotting ethane (Methyl Safe on.all fabrics. If liquid agent for oil and chloroform)... warm, may bleed grease stains cellulose acetate dyes. ti IDENTIFYING SPOTS stains. Witte experience, AND STAINS nearly all spots or stains can be identified by- using sight.feeling, odor, The ability aiid Location asa guide. Solvent and chemical toidentifyspots and stains tests are also very helpful. conies with experiene0. ,A skilledspotter must `6e ableto iaetomine what the spot'or stain is SIGHT.Sight is the most importantand the before attempting to.re.move it. Usin^e wrong quickest way to identify chemical or technique may a spot or sraili. Is the set thc,4pat'or stain. spotbuiltup.builtup and absorbed, There are several guides- for identiffilygspots and or absorbed and visibleon the back side? Whatis

I I 2 Chapter 10- REMOVALOF SPOTS AND STAINS change to taor brown itdullor shirly smooth- or tan or brown. The itsshape'Is indicates the presence of tannin.Wine and berry orisitruggedwith uneven rough-surfaced, 4 stains are distinguishedfrom ink stains by a edges' What is the color' discharge of color. The color of wineand berry stick,, or stains will change fromblue to red and back to FEELING.Is the spot hard, soft. of ammonia and brittle? Does it become white whenscratched? blue with alternate applications acid. 0 R Sofpe timestheodor is positise identificationof tl e prominentthat SPOTTING METHODS spot or stain is possiblewithout the use of other guides. Sometimes a drop of water or afeather the odor. Is the Spots and stains are removed by one or more of 'steam i's required to intensify (2) offourprocesses (I) solution, odor sweet like perfume. sour. .Medicinal. emulsification,(3) chemical action, and (4) or oils" mechanical action. These processes arebasic to they are applied LOCATION. Food spots are usuallyfound all washing and drycleaning, but in a more specialized wayby the spotter. onthefront 61 thegarment and on the undersideofcuffsandsleeves.Perspiration stains are found under arms. acrossthe back and SOLUTION shoulders. knees. and the seat of trousers.Leg makeup. mud. and shoepolish are found on A solution is a mixture of twosubstances, the lower part of the skirt andLoats. or legs and the SOLVENT and theSOLUTE, in which the cuffs of trousers solutedispersesuniformlythroughoutthe solventor to sayit another way, the solute SOLVENT TES-IS. Solvent tests areused dissolves in the solvent. to determine whether the spot orstain should be The most' common way ofremoving soils removed by water, ordrksolvent Ifthe and spots from fabrics is todissolve them. Water appearance indicatesthe spot or stain was spread isthesolventusedinwashing.InNavy by oil. solvent may remove the spot orstain An drycleaning, as We have seen inchapter 9, the ink spot may be tested asfollows solvent chiefly used is perchlorethylene.

1.Add a drop of water to theink spot. if the ink bleeds easily. the ink spot isconsidered Water-Solvent Spots to be water soluble. Some sub tances, such as sugar, fruitjuices, 2.Add a drop of ammonia tothe spot the spot black coffee, b ood, and albumin(e.g., eggwhite) More color should blued from will dissolve in water. In general,solubility is 3.Adcl'a drop of acetic. aLid tothe spot. It then remove the ink spot increased by arisein the temperare ofthe no more color bleeds. water, which is why we use warm orhot water by a water and ammonia processof bleeding and for washing. A few substances,however, are less flushing until spot is.koinpleteklemoved. spOt, add soluble at high temperatures and wild,precipitate 4.It water does not bleed the in Blood, as has already been dry solvent, If the ink Needs,then the ink spot a stain on the fabric. printing said, is one of these. In washingwhite articles isballpoint, marking, mimeograph, or low ink, which must he realm ed onthe dry side. (chapter 4), the break suds is kept at a temperature so as to remove as many aspossible Continue bleeding andHurl-linguntilspotis of thespotsthatmightbesetby higher removed. temperatures. Sugar, black' coffee,and many other substances dissolve moreeasilyinhot p Cl IF MIC AL .11 STS.Litmus paper indicates alkali. Tannin can be water Many water-solvent spots,then, can be the presence of aLid or expected to cone out in the ordinarywashing discovered by applying a dropof ammonia to a spot or stain and notingwhether the Lolor turns processes.

137 11,3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK The drycleaning process will not remove Otherwise, the steam gun shouldprobably be certain water-solvent spots and thesemust be used. removed, either before or after drycleanmg,by using water or steam. If thegarment has been tagged by the owner to indicate thecause of the Spots Requiring spot, removal can take place before cleaning. Other Solvents This practice has the advantageof helping to avoid a ring around the place wherethe spot was Some substances will not dissolveeither in andiscalledpre-spotting.Ifnottagged, water or in the regular drycleaningsolvent but however,thespotwillprobablynotbe discovered and identified until can be dissolved by spotting with other cleaning the garment is agents.Intable 10-2 examined betweenthe anumberpfthe cleaning and pressing recommendedmaterials operations. If the spot is clearly caused aresolvents.For by blood example, see the treatment for removal or some other substance known to beset by of gum or resin and the recommendation forremoval of heat, cool water should be usedto remove it. paint from wool or silk.

Table 10-2.Spot and Stain Removal Chart

1Albuminous and Sinple Food Stains.

Spot Ap ance Removal Steps

Step No. 1 (1) Food Buil u ,i ark, turns (A) Dampen area with water or steam. wh hen scratched (B) Apply neutral lubricant or protein type agent. (2) Starches Built'up (C) Tamp with brush, flush with wateror (.. .. steam. (3) Perspiration ... . Absorbed - Step No. 2 (4) Blood Dull, absorbed, reddish (A) Dampen area with wateror steam. brown (B) Apply ammonia (WHITE MATERIAL ONLY). (5) Mud Dull, absorbed (C) Tamp with brush, flush withwater or steam. (6) Discharge . . Absorbed, built up, white Step No. 3 (A) Dampen area with wateror steam. (7) Glue , (B) Apply wet spotter. (C) ,Tamp,with brush, flush withwater or (8) Ice Cream Dull, absorbed steam. (9) Sweets . Built up, dark to Step No. 4 white (A) Dampen area ith wateror steam. (B) Apply digest powder. (C)Leave digester on stain for at least 15 min. (D) Flush with water or steam.

138

I 1it Chapter 10REMOVAL OF SPOTSAND TAINS

Table 10-2.Spot and Stain RemovalChartContinued

GROUP NO. 2Stains ContainingTannin...... _ Removal Steps Spot Appearance Step No. 1 Dull, absorbed (A) Dampen the area with water. (1) Coffee (B) Apply neutral lubricant ortannin type Absorbed agent. (2) Tea (C) Tamp with brush, flush withwater or steam. - (3) Liquor Dull, Absorbed Step No. 2 (4) Beer Dull, absorbed, ring around the outside (A) Dampen area with water. (B) Apply neutral lubricantand 28% acetic Absorbed acid. (5) Soft (C) Tamp with brush, flush with water or drinks steam. Dull, absorbed (6) Fruit . Step No. 3 juices (A) Dampen'-the area with cold water. Absorbed , (B) Apply the general formula. (7) Medicine (C) Tamp with brush, flush withsold water only. (8) Grass Smeared, dull absorbed Step No. 4 (A) Dampen the area with water or steam. (B) Apply rust remover. (C) Never allow rust remover to comeinto contact with the spotting board. (D) Flush with water or steam.

Step No. 5 (A) Dampen the area with water or steam. (B) Apply digest powder. (C) Allow digester to remain ari stainfor at least 15 min. (D) Flush with water or steam.

Step No. 6 (A) Dampen the area with water or steam. (B) Spot bleach (Oxidizing). (C) Flush with water or steam.

1 14,

139 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOO

Table 10-2.Spot and Stain Removal ChartContinued

GROUP NO, 3-3 Miscellaneous StainsDye, Ilik (Wet and Dry), andRust.

Stain Appearance Removal Steps

(1) Ink Step No. 1 Absorbed (A) Dampen area with water. (non-permanent) .. (13) Apply rust removeror oil base type (2) Ink agent. bsorbed (C) Flush area with wateror steam. (permanent) . . . Step No. 2 (3) Dye stains . . . \bsorbed , (A) Dampen area with water s (B) Apply neutral lubricantand acetic acid or oil base type agent. (C) Absorb ink with a blotter. (D) Flush area with wateror steam.

, Step No. 3 (A) Dampen area with colAater. (B) Apply general formula. (C) Tamp with brush. (D) Flush out with wateror steam.

Step No. 4 il (A) Dampen area with vat-n---. (B) Apply neutral lubricant and ammonia. (C) Absorb with a blotter. (D) Flush area with water or steam. (1) Dry area completely. . (F) Bleach (;educing)

Step No. 1 (4) Rust Absorbed. reddish (A) Flush area with wateror steam. , color ( B) Apply rust remover. (C) Flush area with wateror steam. --- Rinsing Thesesubstancesareemulsifiers. Theyare When a substance has beendissolved, the needed because certain substances;for instance, grease, solution must be rinsedout ofthetabrik.In willclingtothefabricinstead of washing and dry cleaning. therinsing steps take dispersing in the solent. Theemulsifier forms a care of this.in spotting, it is usually done with layer around the particles ofgrease that is more the steam spottinggun.It on lime no steam easily soluble than thegrease. This principle is used in spotting also spotting gun, sponge the spot carefully.

EMULSIFICATION CHEMICAL ACTION In washing and somettmesin dry cleaning. In chemical action. two the solvent is assisted by or more substances a soap or detei gent combine to prodtheone or more totally new Ehapter 10- REMOVAL OF SPOTS AND STAINS substances. This is what happens when you use Now for some specific DO's and DON'Ts an acid to remove analkaline spot or use an that the spotter (and you) should observe. alkali, like ammonia or sodium bicarbonate, on an acid spot. When youapply ammonia to an I. Stain removal should take place under acid stain, the two substances reactchemically thebest possiblelightconditions and with to form a soluble salt that can be rinsed outof adequate ventilation. Special care should be thefabric.Bleachesremovecolor through observed when using flammable substances to chemical action. ensure the absence of flames or sparks.Methyl chloroform is nonflammable, but must not be Chemicalsmustalways beusedvery usedunder conditionsofpoor ventilation carefully because of the danger that they will because its vapors are toxic. affect the dye or will damage the fibers. Note todetermine,if thatinseveral instancesintable10-2itis 2. Examinethespot recommended that other methods be tried first possible, what substance causedit.Use the and the chemicals resorted to only for persistent magnifying glass. stains. 3. Unless you have reason to think the spot was caused by something that steamwould set, MECHANICAL. ACTION 44 use the spotting gun first.Itis the simplest treatment and least likely to harm the fabric. ,Mechanicalaction is boththesimplest Even if it doesn't remove all of the spot, it may method of spot removal and an aid to all other take out some of it and make the rest of the job 'methods. A simple dust spot can beremoved by easier. brushing, or gum sometimes may be lifted off so well with a spatula that almost no spot is left. 4. Be foreapplying acleaningagent When other methods are used for cleaning, some consider how it will affect the fabric. If you are kind of mechanical action is always necessary.In in doubt about the fibers in the fabric, it maybe washing or drycleanmg, the washer is agitated, in advisable to test them to determine what they spotting, you use a brush, a spatula, a sponge. or are. a 'spray gun to work the cleansing agentinto the fabric. Rinsing also involves mechanical action. 5. If in doubt about the effect of an agent on a fabric, make a test on some hiddenportion. The important thing to remember about all Don't take chances of ruining the article by mechanical actionisthatit tends to wear or guesswork. damage the fabric. Never use more force than is necessary and continue the actiononly as long 6. Hypocholorite bleach should never be asnecessary .Consider .how the arrous fibers applied to any material containing silk, wool, react to mechanical action '(for instance,felting mohair, or other animal fiber. of wool) and avoid actions that will injure them. The spatula particularly can cause damage to 7. Concentrated and warm solutions of fabric when not used properly. alkalies should never be applied to animal fibers. 8. Rayon articles should never be treated STAIN REMOVAL with organic solvents unless resistance to the PROCEDURES treatment is assured by a preliminary test,on an unexposed portion of the garment.

In figure 10-3 the spotter has a shirt pulled 9. Whenusingpotassiumpermanganate over the spotting hoard ready to beginwork. solution, use an equal amount of magnesium Notice the spotting gun in the right hand of the sulfate withit. Caustic potash is one of the spotter. products formed when stains are treated with

141 1 I 7 )

SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRk HANDBOOK

i

22.100 Figure 10-2.Removal of spots from a shirt.

permanganate Magnesium sulfate reaLts with depend upon the length of the bristles,the size Causticpotash as' soon' asitisformed and an length of the handle, and the amount of prevents the textile from being injured. pressure you wish to apply. It is best to have all 10. Apply a small amount ofthecleaning the bristles strike the fabricat the same time, formula with a squeere bottleor a spray gun, and use smooth, evenpressure when working the and allow it time to start to Aton the spot. brush back and forth. Too muchpressure on the I I. Useaspatulato toe, heel, or sides of the brushmay damage the helpthecleaning fabric. formula to penetrate the spot. Rubthe spatula back and forth acrossthe spot.Use short. 13. Always avoid excessivefriction when smooth strokes. If a substance, suchas. gum, treatingsilk and rayonfabrics. Where sonic. adheres to the surface, it may be gentlyremoved frictionbecomes necessary,itis sometimes with the spatula. Be carefulnot to apply too desirableto work on the wrong side of the much pressure, particularlyon the point, or you garment will damage the fabric. Use the side ofthe point as much as possible. 14. Do NOT use aspatula on silkor synthetic material. Thepressure you can apply 12. Followthepreceding, stepwith the on itwithout doing damage to the fabricis spotting brush. Variations in holding the brsl insufficient to do any good.

--V A 11 i.2., Chapter 10REMOVAL OF SPOTS AND STAINS

Table 10-3.Spotting Formulas

Formula Chemical Composition When Used

General Amyl acetate 1 ,art Used with water to remove ink, tannin, Formula Glacial acetic berry. lipstick, and dyestuff stains, or acid 99% 1/2 part stains that contain dyestuff. Safe on all Lactic acid 1 part fabrics when cold, but not on all dye- Oxalic acid crystals stuffs. (by weight) 1/2 part Synthetic methanol. 1 part Good for removing all kinds of paint and Paint Chloropicrin ...... remover (Use as prescribed by similar substances. the manufacturer) Evaporates completely.

Prespotting Ammonia (26°) '1/2 part Used on paint, oil, tar, road oil; and soap Hexalin, 2 parts asphalt to prevent SETTING during Oleic acid 3 parts the drycleaning process. Blood and Water (distilled). . . . 11/2 parts 'tannin stains should be removed by (Can use plain water.) water before you dryclean. Wet and dry solvents are used to remove Wet spotters . Acetone 1 part Castile soap 6parts soil, paint oils. and greases. For very severe stains, or large areas. DO Chloroform 1 part Ethyl acetate 1 part NOTUSE wet spotters. Synthetic methanol . . 1 part Water 1 part

15. Remove spots and stains from delicate agents are thoroughly rinsed froth thematerials fabrics by placing the stained portion over a pad as quickly as possible. of clean cloth or a white blotter and applying the cleaning solution with a squeeze bottle. A medicine dropper or clean sponging pad may SPOTTING F RMU S

also be used. a .10 The spotting formulash in table 10-3 are 16. Allowsufficienttime for acleaning the ones generally used for removing spots and solution to penetrate, but remove it as soon as stains,for the purpose indicated. They are- possible to prevent damage. If removal agents included in this chapter for your information, in are allowed to dry infabrics or are pressed in case you do not 'have satisfactorycommercial them, they will probably discolor and/or damage products. All ingredients of these formulas are the material. Therefore, be certain all cleaning generally available aboard ship. CHAPTER 11

DECONTAMINATINGAND DISINFECTING

In event of nuclear, biological,or chemical GENERAL DECONTAMINATION attack,'clothingwornbymonitoring and INSTRUCTIONS decontamination crews will probably become contaminated. In addition, clothing worn by _Successful defense against any type of NBC other personnel and clothing in storagemay be - attackrequiresadvanceplanningand Contaminated The ship or station laundrycan organizationpredesignated teams that cango be used for decontaminating certain types of into action quickly because their membersknow clothing,providedsuitableprecautionsare what to do and how to do it. Provisionmust be observed. made for quick identification of contamination so as to know what measures to take against it. This chapter covers general procedures for Personnelmustbeprotectedasmuchas all types of decontamination in the laundry and possible. Clean spaces must be protectedfrom specific directions for decontamination of each oontammatidr7. Special attentionmust be given of the three types of agents. It also treats-briefly sto,prote,ction of such items of generaluse as the the subject of disinfecting sick bay. laundry. It water system and suppliesof food and clothing. covers ordinary garments such as work clothing Let us see how these basic necessities applyto and items of uniform and such special clothing decontamination in the laundry. as boots, rubber clothes, and wet weather and cold weather clothing. Leather items, suchas silo-es, cannot be effectively decontaminatedin RESPONSIBILITIES thelaundry, and so arenot discussed here. IN DECONTAMIN TION Presentdecontaminationprocedures are not considered to be completely effective against all Inalltypes of decontamination, laundry agents, 'Nspe cm!! y thenewernervegases personnel willbe working with and tosome Clothing should, therefore, always be tested for extent underthedirectionofthedamage the presence of an agent. control assistant or the medical officer. Damagecontrol 'personnel willbe Itis assumed here that you arealready responsibleforinitialmonitoringandfor familiarwith the general trainingin defense identifying the _contamination. Probablythe against NBC agents which are coveredin the clothing to be decontaminated will be brought MilitaryRequirementscourses.Itmay be to the laundry by damage control personnel. advisable for you to review the appropriate The damage control Officer will issuewhatever chapters in thew courses before study ing this Protectiveclothing you may need andany chapter,becausetheMilitaryRequirements monitoring equipment youmay need to use coursescover thebasic Principles of NBC during or following decontamination.Damage defense, whereas here we are concerned with control personnel should be able togive you applying some of those principles to the laundry advice and aidinpreventingthespread of and its opera t ion. contamination within your spaces.

144 15'3 Chapter II DECONTAMATING AND DISINFECTING

The medical officerwill be a source of Avoid eating, drinking, or smoking while advice especially in matters relating to biological handlingcontaminatedmaterials.Inother contamination. You may also'be called upon to words,do' everyting youcan' to keep the cooperate with the medical departmentin case contaminarkts from ,entering your body. of a shipboard epidemic, whether causedby biological attack or not. Other emergencies may Protection of require special processing of sick bay laundry. In Clean Spaces allthese cases,the medical 'officer . willbe fordeterminingthetypeof Limit as much as possible thelaundry space Agesponsible procedures. microorganismtobedestroyedand the devotedtodecontamination measures required for its destruction. Contaminated articles should' come intthe he responsibilities of the laundry supervisor laundry inclosed containers which limit the and his personnel in thes1 cooperative efforts spreadofthecontaminatingagents. include the following. contaminated articles should be transferred as directly as possible to a viasher. If it is necessary I.Applying knowledge of fibers and fabrics to store contaminated.arricles, keep therm away indeterminingtheeffectsofproposed from other laundrx'. Do hot use more washers decontainmation measures. (here is no point, for decontaminatiA than circumstances require. for example, in spending timeocessing a piece ALWAYS WASH CONTAMINATED' of clothing if the process chosen'II destroy the ARTICLES SAARATELY FROM OTHER iclt for rurthersefulness.)' LAUNDRY. '.Knowing what can doneirtthe lauh with exiing equipment andpplies. Disposal of t. eeping Urrent on the best-thods of Wash Water decolitami ati and using the 'best methods feasible /when called upon. Water' used during the deeontarnination. of radidlogicallycontaminatedclothingwillbe t PROT1kTIVE MEASURES, contaminated,forthe. processdon,not neutralize or destroy the radioactivity but 'only The lAindryupervisck must apply and see physicallyremoves the radioactivematerial:; thathis mena 'ply,thti generalrulesfor Biological or Chen-fical agents also are' likely to1 selt-protection anfor preventing spread of the leavesomecontamina ionin thewater, cy of'the ck.- contamination. dependingontheeffi.cie lu ,decontaminationpr 'cedurq.'Precautions, therefore, should be taken to see that usedwater .Protection of 'Personnel. Si is 'not spilled on the deck. Sincelaundry drams Care must be to -n to prevent or minimize carry, the water almost directly out of t eship, tfie contamination of personnel engaged in the contaminated' water,'in the drainage systerri is cleansingof contaminatedclothing.Suitable not a serious problem. The drain will be cleaned protective clothing, fich as protectivemasks. by the same process that decontaminates' the rubbergloves.rubber boots, and protective interior of the washer. In a laundry at an. aprons or coveralls, should be worn.Remember advanced base, waste water must be disposed of that shirt Cutfsshould,extend inside the tops of so as not to present a hazard.The main thing for', theme gloveK and that trbuser cuffs should be the laundryman to remember is to cooperate secured by cord or be tucked into the 'tops of, with those in ch4ge of the base drainage system. booto or heavy. socksIt' protective masks are not available, a large clean handkerchief tied around WASHING PROCEDURES thenose and mouth will helpconsiderably. AND FORMULAS Check withthe iesponsible damage control personnel about the possible need ,for other To ensure adequate decontamination, follow' protective hand covering. closely the procedures outlined in this chapter,'

145 151 A OA

SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

especially in regard to the types and quantities METHODS OF RADIOLOGICAL df supplies. Sonic allowancemay be made for DECONTAMINATION time of cycles and water temperatures, but waterlevels, and supplies used shouldbe as The methods of decontamination of clothing specified.Thischaptergivesthedirections are brushing or vacuuming, washing, -and current as this book goes to press, but it is your Insome cases, brushingor vacuuming may responsibility to keep up with improvements reduce dry contamination to the permissible that may be made in these directiohs through level. Washing, in most cases, will be adequate NA-VSUP directives. even if brushing has not been effective. Aging willintime reduce the contamination toa The procedures and formulasgiven here have negligible level. depending upon the decayrate been developed for use with mostcommon sizes andamountofradioactivecontamination. of Washers used afloat and ashore. Theymay, Aging,however,istime-consuming. requires however, be adapted for use by other types of suitable storage space,, and presentsa potential equipment by apply ing the appropriate tables. personnel hazard. Brushing and agingare briefly treated here, but washing proceduresare your Supplies Used in main concern. DecontaMination A trained radiological monitor should be present for monitoring of personnel. clothing. Seeraloftliesupplies specificin the areas, and for establishing safety pratitions. decontamNtionformulaswhich appearas Theclothingshould _be monitored,and figures in thr\ chapt),- pre at present not earned segregated according to radiation levels. inthesupply sys-Oin.Intheseinstances. representatnecoin' ercialtrade mimes are BRUSHING

Ordinary brushing, shaking. or vacuuming All supplie with theexceptionof willin many casesreirtoveaconsiderable etergentsandsoars, should he dissolved in amount of loose contamination from clothing. If ater and dilu ed before introduction into the you do tls work, do it in the open ai'r not in washer.All quid /while supplies should be added the humy.or anywhere else below decks unless the niE.1- is moving down fopace las been designated for this purpose. T re following safety/ precautions shouldbe Extracting and Dryipg obs rved with -brushing

.r laundering. gar men t s shouldbe I Wear protects emask. andsuitable extra -c.c1 an(' dried folio )1". standard latincify clothing. procedun, witht1 exception of the drying c'yele_tor in ted clothing. 2.Brush (or shake) from the windwaid side of_the contaminated item

RADIOLOGICALLY 3Take care that transfer of contaivinatioil CONTAMIN ATED CLOTHING to clean areas or to other personnel doe,, occur. I he ladiodiotivC: materials oncont minated clothing nay have been de positedm te form of 4.Have your work and yourself checked by dry panicles. slurry, or in liquid satoll, and monitor. theieforemay :belooselydepoed on the clothing. embedded an thec thfibers, or 5. Decontaminateyourselfimmediately entrapped,-iii greaseorsoil `adhering to the after work if there is any possibility thatyou are garments contaminated. l 3 1.46 i . r Chapter 11DECONTAMINATING ANDDI/SINFECTING 41 Aging . L aunderingproceduresdiscussedbelow should be used, depending upon the level of Clothing which is to be decontaminated by radioactivity. aging should be stored in designated areas where itwill not constitute a' hazard, and marked to Clothing Below indiLite that itis radioktively contaminated. Tolerance Level The length of time it must be stored will depend Clothing contaminated .below the tolerance on the type of contamination and the radiation' levelshouldbe laundered to remove loose levels. The progress of the aging process should contamination that might otherwise be a hazard be determined by periodic monitoring. if swallowed or inhaled. Laundering formula A or B may be used 'or any good multiple-suds REMOVING RADIOACTIVE formula employing synthetic detergent. The MATTER BY WASHING water levels and the number of gallons of free watercorrespondingtothatlevel.for Clothing should be monitored beforetreiiiyi, washer-extractors are given in table1 H. The brought into the laundry. If aboNe.a, certain level dry loading of clothing should be in accordance +ith table 11-1. The total amounts of supplies of radioactivity it will have to be thrown away. required are given in tables 11-2 and 11-3.-It If sabiageable, it should be subdivided according should be noted that the quantities to be used to whether it is above or below a tolerance level ,are dependent on the size of the washer and the which will 'be established by the damage control number of gallons of water in the was4er. officer. Finayy, it should be classified according to standard laundry procedures. In dealing with Clothing Above radioactivecontaminated 7"'}inen,,it is very lerance Level important to avoid any type of residue such as limesoap, since suchmaterials"lock up" 'Clothing contaminated above the tolerance radioactive substances. level should be laundered using formula C. Th.e N

FORMULA. A

Laundering of Cotton Clothing Contaminated Below the Tolerance Level With Radioactive Contamination

Water Level Time Temperature Supplies Operation (Table 11-1) Minutes F (see Table 11-2) . Synthetic detergent Suds, .. . LI i 5 100 (0.18 oz./gal.)

Suds LI 10 130 Synthetic detergent (0.09 oz./gal.)

Suds LI 10 140 . Syntheticdetergent' (0.06 oz./gal.)

None Rinse . . . . L3 5 140

, None Rinse . L3 5 120 ,---Sour (0.046 oz./gal.) Rinse . . . . L3 5 100

147 I5.3 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

FORMULA B

Laundering of Woolen. Synthetic. and BleridedClothing Contaminated, Below the Tolerance Level With RadioactiveContamination

Operation Water Level Time Temperature Supplies (Table II-1) Minutes °F. (see Table 11-3)

Suds.. . . L3 S 100 , Synthetic detergent "fr (0.13 oz./gal.) Suds L3 5 100 Synthetic detergent ' . (0.07 oz./gal.)

Rinse. . . L4 3 100 None

Rinse. .. . L4 3 100 None

Rinse .. L4 3 100 None water levels to'be used are givenin table 11-1. redeposited on the clothing. /1/24.1commended The supplies required are given in table 11-4. organic chelating agentis the tetrasodiurn salt of The successful remoN,a1 of radioactive materials ethylenexliaminetetraceticacid(Versene, from contaminated clothing requiresthe use of powder or beads). Inorganic phosphates chelating agents, which which are chemical compounds may beused as the chelatmgagent include withtheabditltoholdmetallic ions---in' sodiuinhe xametaphosphate(Ca lgon)and suspensionandpreventthem from being sodium tetra phosphate(Quadrafos).The

TABLEI I-1 . Loading CapacitiesWasher/Extractors

A pprommate Gallons of Free Windyin Shell vs. Running Water Level -Inches Above Cylinder Load L I L2 L3 .14 in lbs. 5" L4 6" 10" 12" 14" .15 11 13 1, 1 16

v 1 60 20 23 34 40 1 00 27 27 54 63

1 -, 135 IS __ 38 4t 200 26 30 46 62 350 42 48 .... 72 97

148 13i Chap-ter h 1 DECONTAMINATING AND DISINFECTING

TABLE 11-2

Supplies for Formula A

.. Synthetic Detergent Oz.

Load (lbs.) 1st Suds 2nd Suds 3rd Suds Sour (oz.)

25 -2 1 3/4 1 oz.

60 I 4 -2 1-1/4 oz. 1.5 oz.

100 5 2.5 1.5 2.5 oz.

135 3.5 1.75 1 1.75

200 4.75 2.75 1.5 2.75

350 7.5 3.75 2.5 3.5

quantitiesspecifiedintable11-4 should be Quadrafo. 1 ounce per 24 grains of total increased by the amount required to soften the water hardness. volume of water in the washer. The additional quantities forthispurpose.listed below. are (Remember that the oil and water king of y our required onlyif shore water rather than ship's ship can tell you how hard the water is.) "\-evaporated water is used Anexampleofthemethodusedto deteirrihic-- thetotal amount requiredtobe Versene. I ounce per 83 grains of tortiTwater added for softening of the water in the washer is hardness: as follows.

calgon. I ounce per 31'grams of total water A 12-inchwaterlevelina25 -pound hardness, washer-extractorwillcontain 26-101Ons of water. If the water being used has a hardness of 10 grains per gallon, the total hardness of the 26 TAI3LL 11-3 gallons is 260. grains. 7 t- Supplies for Formula 13 260,,,÷ .83 3.13

Sy nthetic. DetergentOP Therefore,approximately3ouncesof Load (lbs ) 1st Suds r 2nd. Suds Verseneshould -beusedto overcome the hardness of the Water. This would 13.0 in addition 25 3 1.5 tothe" specifii2dquantity of chelating agent indicated in the -fri=st and second rinses of the 60 4 .5 2 5 "chelate" column of table 11-4.

100 4 Monitoring and Rew:ashin-g

135 25 A 'ter extracting and_drying, the clothing shouldke inion'itored:using standard' survey 200 6 3 mstrur wits. If the ..:ontatilination is not reduced suffici tly- after three launderings. the clothing 350 (1.5 shoalbe disposed of or.storcd for aging. 'SHIP'S SERVICEMANLAUNDRY HANDBOOK

FORMULA C

Laundering of Clothing Contaminated AboNe the Tolerance With Radiological Contamination

Operation Water Level Time Temperature Supplies (Table 11-1) Minutes °F (see Table 11-4) .--- Suds ' L3 5 90-100 Synthetic detergent (0.17 oz./gal.)

Acid L4 5 140 Citric Acid (1.14 oz./gal.)

Acid L4 4 140 Citric Acid --- (0.57 oi./gal.)

Chelate..'. . 1.3 -5 140 Chelating Ageftt* (.37 oz./gal.)

Chelate. .. L3 5 140 Chelating Agent* (.18 oz./gal.) I

Rinse . .. .' L4 3 140 None

/Rinse. . ... L4 3 140 None . Sour.. .,. . L4 5 Tap Laundry Sour (.027 oz./gal.) Note.For woolens, temperatures not to eceed 100°F and the washer should be stopped during draining-and refilling. *Jn addition to amount required to soften water.

TABLE 11-4

Supplig for Formula C - . , Load Suds ,Acid (Oz.) ` Chelate (Oz.) Sour ' (16s.) Syn. Detergent (Oz.) 1St -2ndu 1st 2nd ,(OF.) \

-25 . / 4 30 :15 8 1

1...N.,..0 6 46i 23 il 3 6 // 1 ( 100 72 36'-.---i, 20 _3-0 2 / -___ 11,, 7 53-'7 16 ----14 __7 1

200 8 71 ...,_____*L__35 -----17 8 ,

, 350 12 111 55 27 13 . 150 r- 153 Chapter I 1 DECONTAMINATING AND DISINFECTING

TABLE 11-5

Supplies for Formula D

Load 1st Suds 2ndSuds (lbs.) Detergent (Oz) + STB (Oz) or HTH (Oz) Detergent (Oz)

25 3 24 10

60 37 16 2.5

100 7 59 25 4

135 5 42 18 3

200 6 51, 1 3

350 9 79 34 5

Washing Special Items Impregnated. Formula E -should be usedfor cotton clothing. The appropnate water levels are Impermeable or rubberized items such as given in tale 11-1. The supplies required are gloves.boots,andrainwearmay be given in tables 11-5 and 11-6. It will be noted deLontaminated by hosing and sLnibbing with a that two chlorine compounds are listed: Super detergent solution. Tropical Bleach (STB), and high test calcium hypochlorite(HTH), whichisthe standard laundry item. Either one may be used; however, CHEMICALLY CONTAMINATED care must be taken to ensure that the correct CLOTHING amounts are employed. The load of dry clothing according to washer size may be found in table Clothingmay be contaminatedwith 11-1.If clothingisstillcontaminated after chemicalagentsintheformofsplashes. laundering, the process should be repeated. If droplets. or absorbed sapor. Items contaminated contaminated after the second laundering, the with large risible splashes should be segregated clothingshoUldbediscarded. The chlorine andtreatedseparately.Afterbeing compounds (STBorHTH)usedinthe decontaminated, the clothing should _Ix tested launderingprocedurewillbleachcolored for presence of agents. tisingj detector garments and may have a tendency to damage woolen materials. METHODS OF CHEMICAL 2.Boil in water for 30 minutes. DECONTAMINATION 3.Ex pose t he clothingtohot air `51 Clothing may be decontaminated using one circulation in the tumbler-dryer. of the followingt methods, in accordance with the order of preWlrence indicated Method 3 should be considered only for clothing contaminated with absorbed vapors or the more I.I \pose to air for as long a period as volatile agents. This procedure is considered to praLtiLable, followed by launderingusing be the least desirable and is not recommended formula 1) or L. Formula D should be used for for use by forces afloat as itwill, in effect, woolen, synthetic, and blended items and for expose nearby personnel, and perhaps much of Clothing.4 CheunLal WarfareProtcLtive, CC-2 the ship, to gas contamination. If .used by shore

151

1 5. 7 SIIIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY AHNDBOOK

FORMULA D

Laundering of Woolen and Impregnated Clothing Contaminated With BW or CW Agents

Temperature °F Operation Water /Level Time Supplies (table I) Minutes (see Table 11-5) Woolens Impreg. Clothing

Suds ...... L3 5 100 90 Orr:gent (0.13 oz./gal.) a STB (1.1 oz./gal.) Or HT11, (.47 oz./gal.)

Suds ...... L3 5 100 90 Detergent

(0.07 oz./gat) ,

Rinse . .. . . L4 3 100 90 None

Rinse ...... L4 3 100 90 Non6

Rinse ...... L4 100 90 None 3 1 Note. The d ry LI temperatures for impregnated clothing should not exceed 155°F. stations, adequate precautions should be taken usedforbiologicaldecontaminationasfor to prevent the exilosure of personnel to the chemical decontamination. toxic exhaust fumes from the dryer. METHODS OF BIOLOGICAL Processing Special Items DECONTAMINATION

Impermeable or rubberizeditems sua as The following procedures may be used for boots,gloves, indrainwear may be thedecontaminationofbiologically decontaminated by immersion m ei. solution of contaminated clothing 1 I /2 ounces of calcium by pochlonte (11TH) per gallon of water for a period of 2 to 4 hours. first, laundering using formulas D or E. depending on liht CUL t1011S from damage control The procedure to be followed is the same as for personnel. chemical decontamination. 2.Second, autoclaving at 253°F for 15 minutes. This method isa surgical sterilizing BIOLOGICALLY CONTAMIN -VFW' procedure and is suitable only for cottons. CLOTHING In additionto,the above,various Lontanututed clothing is that disinfeLtants may be used, suchas ethylene which has been L. \ posed to bacteriologkal agents oxide and methy I bromide. Care should be taken in thetnrnB of baLtena, viruses, or si11111.11 agents. with these materials, however, as most of them In111:111 111SI,111Ck!:',theS,II11C MC Eliot's Ma% be are toxic or explosive.

152

1 ) Chapter 11 - 1)ECONTAMINATING AND DISINFECTING

FORMULA E

Laundering of Unimpregnated Cotton Clothing Contaminated With BW or CW Agents T- Water Level Time Temperature Supplies Operation (Table I) Minutes °F (see Table 11-6)

Suds L2 5 100 Detergent (0.18 oz./gal.) STB (1.1 oz./gal.) or HTH (.47 oz./gal.)

Suds L2 10 130 Detergent (0.09 oz./gal.)

Suds L2 10 140 Detergent (0.06 oz./gal.)

Rinse L3 5 140 None

Rinse L3 5 120 None

Rinse L4 5 100 , Sour (0.046 oz./ gal.)

TABLE 11-6

Supplies for Formula 1. 1st Suds Load Detergent + STB or HTH 2nd Suds 3rd Suds (1k.) (0z) (Oz) (Oa Detergent (Oz) _Detergent (Oz) Sour (Oz)

25 2.5 ' 14 6 1 1 1.25

60 s 4 25' 11 2_ 1.5 2 100 5 30 13 2.5 1.5 3

135 4 24 10 2 _ 1.5 2'

200 5.5 33 14, 3 2 3

350 o 53 23 4.5 3 4.5

1 5 :si

1 53 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK_

Impermeable items, such as rubber boots, To use the washer for disinfectingAir, by high gloves, or aprons may be decontaminated by temperature, add steam to the usual amount of boiling in water for 15 minutes. rinse water. Bring the temperature up to 180 °F or whatever temperature the medical officer PROCESSING recommends. SICK BAY LINENS CAUTION: After using the washer for An event of an epidemic or other special disinfectingatahightemperature,haveit situationrequiringthelaundrytodisinfect lubricated.The hightemperature melts the quantities of sick bay linens, the medical officer grease at the bearings and causes it to run out. willfurnishinformationabouteffective measures for disinfecting or sterilizing. Protection Against Recontankpation Disinfecting and Sterilizing / In all disinfecting, great care must be taken At this point y ou should distinguish between toprotectmaterialsfrombecoming the terms DISINFECT and STERILIZE. recontaminated. Sick bay linens, including bed DISINFECT means to reduce contamination linens, towels, bed gowns, and uniforms of sick from biological agents below the level of danger baypersonnel, shouldallbegiven special for ordinary use (whether contamination is the protection to keep them clean. They should be result of enemy action or of contact with a sick handled as little as possible and then only by pn or a carrier of germs). persons who are thoroughly clean and healthy. IFTERILIZEmeanstokill all living Don't let anyone with a cold, a boil, or any organismsonthematerial.Sterilizationis otherinfectiouscondition, handlesickbay necessary for materials to be used in surgery. linens. - Once articles have been sterilized, they must be Put clean linens into clean laundry bags or carefullyprotectedfromhandling or even baskets or wrap them in clean paper. Never put exposuretoair.sothattheywillnot be them into the unsanitary containers they came re contaminated. out of. .4 Take precautions to see that they are not Using the Washer dropped on the deck or otherwise contaminated to Disinfect through careless handling.

Usually you will not be confronted with the problem of achieving and maintaining absolute CLEANUP AFTER sterility in articles washed. You may, however, DECONTAMINATION beaskedtoassistthemedical department indisinfectingsickbaylinensthatrequire In the process of decontamination, laundry strenuousmeasuresto killthegerms spaces, equipment, and personnel will probably contaminating the m.Sometimesspecial become contaminated to some extent. Once the equipment is available for this purpose, but if operationisfinished,cleanup should be as not, disinfecting canbe accomplished in the prompt as possible and as thorough as necessary. washer by using very high temperatures or by adding quarternary ammonium to the last rinse. WASHING MACHINES kThe proportion of the compound to be added is 3`or 4 ounces per 100 pounds of clothes. Since To remove contaminants from the interior wool blankets cannotbe washed at a higher of a , run it through a complete water temperature than that recommended in cycle with very hot water and a heavy suds of formula I) without serious damage, itis best to detergent. The outside of the machine should be use ammonium compound for washing them if cleaned by the methods used for the laundry rore than ordinary disinfecting is required space and other equipment Chapter 11 -DECONTAMINATING ANDDISINFECTING t

: - MOVABLE EQUIPMENT do wn. Rinseswabsfrequently incletpn water. Monitor the swabs at intervals and dispose Movable items,such' aslaundrybaskets, of them when the contamination reaches a level should be scrubbed with a suds.of detergent for near that of the surface being clehned. Clean whatever cleaning agentis recommended by access openings in ventilation ducts by running damagecontrolpersonnel).After swabs through them. decontamination, the articles should be placed tz in clean spaces., PERSONNEL

1 LAUNDRY SPACES Immediatelyaftercompleting a decontamination,personnelshouldundress, bathe, shampoo their hair, and dress in clean Conventibnalcleaning methods,such as clothing.Theclothingwornduring scrubbing, wiping, and rinsing will probably be decontamination should be monitored to see suffiLient for &Lontaminating laundry ,spares. whether it needs decontaminating and should, in Cleantheuppermost surfaces first and work any event, be washed before wearing again.

C

49k 155 CHAPTER 12

'PORTABLE LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT

The Navy requires portable laundry facilities Fa'cilities required for the portable laundry for its advanced bases. Some advanced bases include: which do not have portable laundries procure usable machinery and set it up in a building Clean water-3500 gallons for the washer adjacent to the mess hall, so that hot water and and 200 gallons for the steam generator during steam from that source can be used to operate eight-hours of normal operation. it. This chapter discusses the equipment in a Electricalcurrent 208 volts, 60-cycle, portable laundry and how to operate and care three-phase. forit.Italso covers laundry organization on advanced bases, and the duties of personnel in Concretefoundationfor such a laundry. washer-extractor. This machine creates strong vibration and requires a firm footing. PORTABLE LAUNDRY UNIT FuelNo.2 fueloilor80octane A typical portable laundry unites illustrated gasoline for steam generator. infigure12-1. Each section of the unitis marked. The washer-extractor of the unit shown Adequate waste disposal. The best plan is 40x 30and has a three pocket (Y-type) is to have a concrete floor in the , cylinder made of corrosion-resistant metal. The with a drain pipe underit. The floor can be tumbler-dryer of the model shown is 30long constructed at. thesame timethatthe and has a 37cylinder. The type steam foundation for the machines is poured and will generator generally used has a capacitof b90, make cleaning much easier. The drain pipe' can poundsofsteamperhour. A la gersite be connected with the base drainage system. generator gives 1000 pounds of steam per hour. The generator burns 80 octane gasoline or No. 2 fuel oil.It will probably be necessary to make PORTABLE LAUNDRY adjustments to the generator if you change from ORGANIZATION one fuel to the other. Just as aboard ship,the supply officer is The complete portable suns _unit occupies responsible for operating the laundry: In some a space 4'x 20 ".Addition 1 space, course, is locations he may have an assistant supply officer required for storage of fu .1 and alltypes of to operate it for him. There are four jobs in the supplies,forreceiving and owing, and for laundry to be performed by Ship's Servicemen Working. The laundry can be set up in a building andstrikers. Theyare:(1)supervisor,(2) or in an open field with adequate protection presorter, (3) machine operator, and (4) final from the weather. sorter and assembler. The duties of these people Figure,12-2 showstherear view of the are generallythe same inall advanced base laundry. laundries. Each job is discussed briefly.

156

1 6 2 Chapter11_ -1'0 fa ABLE

4

s-c it1.,-cock

2260X Figure 12-1. -- Advanced base portable laundry unit Wont vew)

ST EAm GENERATOR

DRY ER

WASHER-EX 1.111110.00111.41,1111111.101TRACTOR

22.61 "Figure 124. Adv anced base portable laundry unit treat view)

51 -G3 SHIP'S 'SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

LAUNDRY SUPERVISOR Classifies clothes by lots for washing. As in a ship's laundry, the supervisor of a, Weighs clothes for washing (normally 2 portable laundry is responsible for its operation. lbs. per unit to fit pockets in the washer). As a laundry manager, he is responsible for: 4 Puts unit weight on, or in, each unit of Procurementofsuppliesandother clothing and delivers it to the washer-extractor essentials. area.n Preparation of laundry schedule. Maintains a record sheet for etch bale or box of clothing, to show the quantity of each Training of laundry personnel. type of garment and the identification number. Maintenance of laundry records. Signs the record sheet and delivers it to thesupervisor, along with the identification Operation of steam generator. (This is numbers. entirelytheresponsibilityofthelaundry supervisor.) DUTIES OF A Maintenance of laundry machinery. (He MACHINE OPERATOR should know what minor maintenance he should A machine operator works for the laundry performand, fromhis of study the and does such work as is assigned 4 manufacturer'smanual,whentorequest f-oupervisor maintenance from the engineering department.) f him. His primary duties include: Keeping the machi an. Standards and procedures for operatingan advanced base laundry will obviously vary in Performing suet minor maintenance as is different situations. Plan your schedule to adapt necessary. the personnel and facilities available in the best possibli manner to the laundry needs of the Seeingthatmachinesarekeptin base.Useyour judgmentandfollowthe excellent repair. instructions of your superior. When suitable, use --\ proceduresrecommendedforshipboard Informing his supervisor of maintenance operation, particularly when your laundry has requirements on machines. other equipment, such as a steam press. This applies also to the instructions for handling Selecting the washing formula, soapor permanent press items as discussed in chapters 4 detergent, and builder, suitable for a particular and 5. classification..

DUTIES OF Operating washer-extractor. A PRESORTER Operating drying tumbler. A presorterin a poitable laundry works Keeping area around machines clean. under thesupervisor and generally does the following. DUTIES OF A FINAL SORTER ,Removes bales or boxes of clothing from 4W thesoiledclothingstoragearea tothe A final sorter is responsible to the laundry classification and identification area. supervisor for:. Opens the bales or boxes and properly Taking clothes (in tote boxes) from the identifies each garment or lot. drier area to the assembly area.

158 Chapter 11--PORTABLE LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT ,:tx Assembling finished work under proper Refer to chapter 4 of this text .forthe identification number. or ownership. ;generalprocedureforoperatingthe washer-extractor. ( hecking amount of clothing reeesed from dryer with the record sheet. also noting UNLOADING WASHER EXTRACTOR any torn. damaged. or mutilated article and the cause for such condition. A mechanicaldoorinterlock in the Signing the record sheet. washer-extractor prevents opening of the door while the cylinder is running. When the cylinder Placinggarments in 'containersfor stops running, open the ollter shell door by issuing. or wrapping tli'em in bundles. pressing the lock handle down. Use the INCH buttons to get each compartment door open, in De I is e ring processed containersor turn, for unloading. When a door is in position, bundles of clothes to the processed storage area. step on the brake pedal and then 'release the inch with record sheet, and receiving bu tfons.Releasethelatchesonthe compartment doors and unload the clothes into tote box s or containers.

OPERATING THE , WASHER-EXTRACTOR OPERATING THE 1 heprocedures forope ratingthe TUMBLER-DRYER washer-e\ tractor in a portable laundry unit are similar.tothosefor the washer -c\ tractor The recommended procedure for operating discussed in chapter4.Therearesome the tumbler-dryer follows: differences. howeer. inthe operation of the two machines. The washer n the portable unit 1. Slowly open the steam valves between hasthreepockets inthecylinder.witha the steam generator and the dryer coils. capacity of 20 poundsfor each pocket.In 2. Allow I 0 minutes for the dryer to warm operating the machine, you should follow the up with cylinder empty. recommendations of the manufacturer for loads 3 Load the cylinder to 'the rated capacity. Ineach pocketThe weightin each pocket DO NOT overkx1d. should be the same. so that the cylinder will run 4. Close ansecure the tumbler door. z/. smoothly and without strain on the hearings. 5. Pullth starting knob onfront of For sikli items as hand towels, the maitufaCturer machine OUT. The high speed fan and cylinder statesthat the amount of the load m each now start rota in-at the proper speeds. Moisture pocket may be increased: but the bulk of articles and lint are discharged through an opening in in each pocket should not be sogreatl, as to the rear of tie tumbler. A vent pipe can be used present sutticient agitation of the clothes in the, to carry thdischarge 'away from the washing suds water Study the ma'rrutacturer's instritetion area. manual lot furthei operating instructions. 6. Ch a the therniometer on front of dryer. Wh n it reac,s,185°F, the clothes should WASHING FORMULAS be fully d ied. AND DETER-GENTS 7. T imble all. dryer loads for 10 minutes withd' mperssetto,deliverairatroom zfshing tormulas discussed in chapter 4 of tem ) atures before removal of clothing. this te\ t may be used in the'portable laundry 8. Stop the-dryer shown 1101figure 12-1 As you know, your wash 9. Open thetumbler door and remove water determines the washing ingredients you clothes from cylinder. Must use to get a proper suds for the load to be 10. Refertoinstructions for,handling , washed, that is. cotton, woolens, and so on. permanent press items discussed in chapter 5.

159 16 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN. LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS which connects with a metal fuel drum. Do NOT smoke when handling-fuel. Safety devices are built into the nkchines in the portable laundry unit. These prIrrect both Teach and emphasize safety in thentire the Operator and the machines. Safety interlocks laundry operation. prevent opening of the washer-extractor and tumbler doors when the cylinders are rotating. Thermometers show water temperatures. BBake .CARE AND MAINTENANCE pedals cut off current when depressed. OF EQUIPMENT In operating the portable laundry. do the What has been said previously in this text following. about .the maintenance of laundry equipment applies. to units in the portable laundry. It is ?Studythemanufacturer'sinstruction important that all laundry pbrsonnel understand book, and then follow it. the machines and how they operate, so that they can perform minor maintenance and know when Keep the area around all machines clean. to a,sk for qualified help for matters requiring oremechanicalknowledge.Studythe Watch temperature and pressure gages on manufacturer'sinstructionmanual for each steam generator. If they do not keep within the machine. and be certain you really understand safety ranges indicated, cut off the fuel supply It: and have themchecked by engineering Aboard ship you have no responsibility for personnel. the generation of steam for the laundry. When operating a portable laundry, however, one of DO NOT take thancesywith the gasoline. your duties is CARE and MAINTENANCE of Keepitinanair-tightmetal drum inan thesteam generator.Itisnot a complex enclosure or inthe shadeHigh temperatures machine, but it can be a dangerous one unless cause expansion and evaporation. When drawing youunderstand howtooperateit.When gasoline out and when filling the burner tank. be engineering personnel are available, request that careful not to spill the gasoline. especialy not they perform all major maintenance andrepair on hot pipes. Your burner may havefuel line Wo6k. 0

1 6 3

160 ig

Qr, 'a

APPENDIX ! 4 COMMONLY USED FEDERAL SUPPLY LAUNDRY PRODUCTS

Material Specification 11 National Stock Number . I. #*DETER6ENTS P- D-245C 7930-00-990-7391 25-lb BX - Type Ifor washi cotton 7930 -00- 929 -1220 50-lb DR whites and white synthetic7 blend fabrics, dungarees, khakis, wiping towels in soft and hard water. Type IIfor washing woolens P-D-245C 7930 -00- 929 -122125-lb BX,. and synthetic-blend fabrics in soft, hard Or sea water; 7930-00.-252-6797 50-lb DR for washing cottons in sea water.

II. »*DETERGENTS (Liquid Non - Ionic)'.

Type Iwater soluble, MIL-D-16791E 7930-00=282-9699 GL. for removing grease, oil and dirt...... a 7930-00-985-6911 (5-gal) CN

III. DETERGENT Drycleanmg MIL-1442150C 7930-00;234-6237 GL .'.

r For use in fabric drycleading . equipment with synthetic chlorinated hydrocarbons. .

IV. TETRACHLOROETHYLENE O-T-236 0-00-270-9982 (55-gal) DR

(Perc) . t., Drycleanmg solvent for cleaning fabrics.

==Mandatory use for PACFLT ships, aNaliable from PAULT FILL and WESTPAC Naval Supply Depots 2*Available from LANTFcr Fleet Issue Load List (Fill)

161 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

Material Specification National Stock Number

V. zrt*ALKALI/BUILDER P-D-450a 7930-00-300-011925-lb BX

For use with detergents 7930-00-281-1839 100-lb DR in heavy-duty laundenng of cottons in soft or hard water, not intended for use with woolens, silks or synthetics

VI. =*BLEACH 0-B-420 6850-00-063-284225-lb BX

Organic chlbrine powder, 6850-00-063-284350-lb DR 15.5 percent mailable chrome.,

V11. =*COMBINATION P-L-00130a 7930-00-205-288250-lb DR SOUR/BLUE

Used to neutralize residua alkali in fabrics or water supply and to tint uniform cotton fabric.

VIII. =*STARCH (Instant) al-S-701E 7930 -00- 841 -636250-lb DR

IX. STAIN REMOVAL

Acetic acid, glacial. O-A-76 6810 -00- 275 -1215 5-lb BT technical. R9.5 percent

Ammonium hydroxide A-A-451d. 6810-00-584-3793 1-pt BT (ammOnia). technical. T,,pe I '27 percent

1lydrochloric Acid 01-1-765 6810 -00- 222 :9641 5-pt/6-lb BT 31 per&nt

Magnesium sulfate U.S.P. Obtain from sick bay (epsom salts)

Oleic acid .U.S.P Grade 6505-00-153-8216 1-pt BT

Oxaik. acid 0-0-690 6810 -00 -264 -3937 I-lb BT Class 2

#Mandiory use for PACE Lf ships. ,0,,iilable from PACFLTFILL and WEST -PAC Naval Supply Depots

*AvailaW from LA-NTELT FIEFet Issue Load List (Fill) Appendix I COMMONLYUSED FEDERAL SUPPLY LAUNDRY' PRODUCTS

Material Specification National Stock Number

X. MISCELLANEOUS

Hanger, coat. all steel wire, 7290-00-125-9069 BX 13 -gage. 500 per box

Net, laundry. size 24 x 36 3510-00-27-3-9739 EA

Pin, net, nickel- coated brass, 3510-00-222-1457 BX _5' long, J00 per box

=Mandator;, use for PACFLT ships. available from PACFLT FILLand WESTPAC Naval Supply Depo'ts

-*Available ftom LANTFLT Fleet-Issue Load List (Fill)

163 APPENDIX II

GLOSSARY

ABSORPTION.To take m or suck up. al a AMYL ACETATE (BANANA OIL).A clear, sponge sucks up water. . colorless, volatile liquid used chiefly on lacquer stains. Dissolves lacquers, fingernail polish, and ACETATE. Oneofthe syntheticfibers. collodion.Exercise caution, amyl acetateis formerly called'cellulose acetate rayon. inflammable. ACETIC ACID. A general spotting agent used to,,...ap,tralize 'alkalies. restore colors that have ANHYDROUS COPPER SUFFATE. A bluish whitepowderusedintestingsolventfor Been damaged by alkalies, and to testsome dyes. Acetic acid is used to remove tannin stains and moisture. Anhydrous means dry orfreeof moisture. This powder turns bright bluein the bleed-basic dyes and-some acetic,dy es. It may be presence of moisture. used to accelerate some bleache's. When the full strength of 4cetic acid is cut to 28 percent by ANTI2STAT/SOFTENER the addition of water, the solution may be used A chemical agent for spot ting. which can be. absorbed on fabrics and impartsa softness and reduces "static buildup" (clinging) ACTIVATED CARBON: .A finely on synthetic and synthetic blend fabrics. that ground. develop during the drying cycle. BUMED Notice charred. organic black powder, ,that has been 6770 of 24 January1973 activated with.steani to enhance its acgorptive specifiesuseof anti-stats in laundering of linens to be used propirty. Usedinclarificationof sOlvent to in medical/dentalfacilities aboard ships andat remove color, odor, and other impurities. shore installations. ACTIVATED CLAYS. Synthetic or natural clays thathave 'been. treated with heat and moisture to give them the powers of adsorption. BACTERIO-STAT.. A chemical agent which Remove aiipunties from sok et )11.1110-anon. canbeabsorbed onfabrics and inhibitthe growth of bacteria. The same conditions (water ADSORPTION. ' To adhere orstinkto the level and temperature) usedfor sounng are surface, as dirt sticks to adhes)ve tape. satisfactory for application

ALCOHOLIC. POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE BACKWASHING.Reversing Clow of solvent in (KOH0,139). A colorless liquidusedto the tubular -ty pe filter, of the. pressure unitin neutralize fatty adds in the.perfor mark_ e of the order to remove dirt and impurities from the fatty acidnumber. test. Pink color develops screen when complete neutralisation take place BLUI-. A tint mg agent usedinthe washing AMMONIA. A colorless. %%am- soluble, 1, process to restore whiteness of garments through liquid alkali with a pungvnt odor. A Mild a process of Theutralrzation. Blueis a process ised un spott mg and wet Lleaning(It should be whiLh neutrolues the yellow colorcommon in kept in a cool place in a closed container 1 Mute Llothing.

164 1 7 Appendix IIGLOSSARY been replaced with BUCK OR BOTTOM- STEAM. Steam that atoms of hydrogen have conies up from,the buck of a pressthrough the chlorine.These cleaning solvents differ from- padding. This steam is more moistthan head petcpleum products and are usually referred to solvents (perchlorethylene/ steam and i4 used chiefly to removewrinkles as synthetic tetrachloroeythylene). BUILT SOAP. A soap that contains an excess CLARIFICATION OF SOLVENT.An act or of free alkali which has been added to increase Solvent is clarified the cleaning action of the soap. process of cleaning solvent. by pressure filtration or vacuumdistillation. or dyrcleaning BUNDLE. Items of 'laundry UNIT. A contained in an order. Numberof items in a CLOSED HOT SYNTHETIC vapor -tightunitthatwashes,extracts, and bundle is usually recovers (drys) in the samewheel butis hot BU I-FON I RAP. A trap placedin the line (heat is used during drying). between the washer and the pump toprevent Usdally a 5-minute cold msolubles from gettingintothe pump and COLD AIR CYCLE. airbreakatthebeginningor end of the clogging it., deodorization cycle to eliminate fire hazards. CALCIUM. A silver-whitesoft metallic, chlorides and COLDSYNIIIIETIC UNIT. A synthetic element. Forms compound with washes. extracts. with sulfates to make hardness in water dry cleaning unitthat drying done in a separate piece of equipment. .\ mechanical process ofcleaning CARDING. A flowingsolutionofa and disentangling fibers- the removal of COLLODION. impurities such as leases anddirt flammable mixture of cellulose nitrates with less than12.5,nitrogenused_ asacoating for films.Highly CARTRIDGE I-ILTE R.A cartridge filter That woundsorforphotographic is used with dr.,cleaningDiffers from the other flammable types in that it is not a hotterfor filter powder, but is rather a sell-contained filter unitthat can CONDENSATION. A process of reducing from and later can oneform to another.Indistillation,solvent he inserted into a 'housing as a unit, liquid as steam is be remoed and discarded when necessar. vapors are condensed back to a reduced to water. L LU LOSE The basic substance tbundiii vegetabr. and ration fifier. CONDUCTION OF STATIC ELECTRICITY. The transfer of static charges through wiresfrom Ont; pointtoanother.Staticchargesare (I NI-RH-U(1AL OR( 1 A torce whichis exerted outward Iron) the center ofrotation. dissipated to the shell of washers and follow the ground wire out. Soaps used should be good fheforceexerted againstthe clothes in an ,;\ t'tactoi to ior,., out soh.,:nt or water. , conductors of static. Liquids that work in harmony CHI L 11 ING AG1 An agent used int11 ('OSOLVI-NTS. decontamination of rathozieto,ejoilung, with eachother. Som tunes referredtoas coupling agents. \n act where ( iii Mk 1 ( IIANr(;1Action)., a new product orproducts are formed which ( 01 TON A soft. whit :, fibrous substance, that has a cellulose base, used to make cotton fabrics. have, noneofthe properties or characteristicsof the original subst,uiL.c A seed hair fiber (MORI\ \ 11 D 1111)It0( \R130 \S ~s A CRACKING OF SOLVENT MOLECULES. When solvent molecules are heated above 300°F, man-mady ,oinimundiiiwhich one01 more

165 I 7 1 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

the molecules crack and form un'saturates which and the undesirable productsare left behind in pick up odor-forming materials andcreate odor the still kettle. trouble in garments. DISTILLATION RANGE. Therange from the CRITICAL FILTER PRESSURE (10 POUNDS). initialboiling pointtothe end point for a A critical point indicating that the filtereither solution. needs to be scraped down or cleanedout. A tightlypackedprecoatwillcauseexcessive DOSAGE. Thetotal amount of radiation pressure even though the muck chamberis received by an individual. empty. DOSIMETER (POCKET).An instrument used to measure the amount of radiation received by DACRON. A syntheticfibermadefrom an indivicial. terephthalic acid and ethylene glycol DRYING CYCLEThe period of time garments 'DAMP BOX. A boxusedtoholdshirts, arc in the tumbler drying. A coldair break, trousers, and linens to keep them damp until warm air cy cle, and a second coldair break are they are pressed. included in the drying k:Scle.

DEODORANT. A preparation sed to DRY SIDE SOLVENTS.Any liquid agents deodorize the offensive odors encounteredin used in a dry cleaning pant thatare soluble in underarm areas of garment the solvent. Dry side solvents must beflushed out with the solvent unless theyare volatile or DEODORIZATION. A process ofremoving the the article is recleaned. solvent vapors from clothing by tumbling EASY CARE.Items of apparel constructed of DETERGENT A synthetic, man-made product sy nthetics and blends consisting of cotton and whichisahighly effectivecleanser andis synthetic fibers, including permanent unaffected by hard water Can be usedin salt (sometimes called durable)press items. CA/a ter. EMULSION.A distribution of one liquid in DIATOMACEOUS EARTH. A white:fluffy another in whichitis not soluble, such as an porous powder used to precoat the skieensin emulsion formed by synthetic solvent,soap, and the filter. This product is taken from the earth, water An emulsion is always milky whiteor itis the fossilized skeletons on minute plant life cream in color. A good emulsion does not settle quickly. DISPERSE. To scatter, separate,or spread out, assoapflocks(particles)aredispersedor END POINT.The highestpoint at which distributed evenly throughout the solvent hithe solventboilsin thedistillationrangetest. washer. Anythint above this pointis .referred to as a heavy end DISSIPATE. To break up and drive offas static electricity is dissipated to the shell of the washer EVAPORATION.The process of changinga by soap flocks and carried out of theplant liquidtoa vaporassynthetic solvent through the ground wire. is evaporated in distillation. Manysolvents evaporate at room temperature. DISTILLATION.The act of changing solvent from a liquid to a vapor and then condensing I XTRACTING Act of extracting or drawing solvent back to a liquid. This is done byheating out, perchlorethylene forced the solvent or extracted By 'controlling the temperature. the from garments during theextracting cycle by desired products are carriedover in distillation centrifugal force

166 1?' Appendix II GLOSSARY

FLATWORK FINISHING. Pressingthatis FATTY ACID. organic acid that occurs in such as fat-like substances. Usually an oily orgrease-like accomplished by the tlatwork ironer, substance that is chiefly used inmaking laundry towels and sheets. Fatty acids include oleic. and drycleaning soaps. FRESH SOAP TO EACH BATH.Adding soap stearic. palmitic and lameacids. Fatty acids are tallow, palm oil, and to each load of clothes.This does not refer to also found in coconut oil, adding soap toa charged system.Generally olive oil. termed a batch operation. FATTY ACID NUMBER TEST.A test used by making the presence of FRIEZE. A pile fabric thatl is used in drycleaning operators to detect cold weather clothing.It has uncut loops on fatty acids in Stoddard solvent. each side of the fabric andappears as a terry towel. This gives better insulatingqualities to of gradually FEATHER OUT, A, process the fabric. dispersing moisture from the centerof the stain outward to prevent leaving watercircles or sizing the area to be spotted with GEIGER-MUELLER COUNTER rings. Feather out ( RADIAOMETER). Aninstrumentusedto the steam gun before spottingthe-stain. detect and measure the intensity ofradiation.

FELTED FABRICS.A fabric that N made GEL SOAP.A soap thatconinsahigh from fibers by felting. no yarns areused moisture content. Never add mois Lire to agel soap or it will breakdown. FELTING.Tangling. matting. or interlocking of fibers.Thesefibersareworkedinto a GENERAL FORMULA. Anacidsolution compact material by rollingand pressure Fibers containing several differentingredients. Used on that have felting tendencies.such as wool. hair. tannin stains and as a general spottingagent. or fur must be used. General formula is used on the wet sideand should be flushed out with water.This agent is FILAMENT FIBERS Long continuous fibers hard on color and should never beheated with which can be of anylength. Silk and rayon the steam gun. fibers are the most commonfilament fibers. HAIR FIBER.Any fiber that grows from the FILAMENT YARNS. made of filament surface or skin of an animal is for allpractical fibers by a process of throwing.The fibers are purposes called a hair fiber. twisted together to produce a yarn. 11ALIDE DETECTOR. A devicefo locate the pieceofequipmentthat has source of leakage of chlorinatedhydrocarbon FILTER. A solvents screensinside.Syntheticsolventisfiltered (pychlorethylene, tetrachoroethylene) through these screens to removeinsoluble soils. used in the sy nthetic drycleaning process. Filter powders are used with afilter to remove is soluble soils. HEAD.The top portion of a press that brought down againstthefabric during the FILTRATION. The act or process offiltering. pressing operation. Simple filtration is the gravity flowof a liquid ,. through a filtering medium. Pressurefiltration is illEAD STEAM.Steam that comes from the the same. except the flow of theliquid through perforations of the press head when the head setting the filtenng nicsdiu m is forced by a pump. valve is opened. Most commonly used-for creases because it is drierthan buck steam. I LASH POINT.A point at which a liquid gives off enough vapors to tailse aneqlosionit 11YDR-O-FLUORIC ACID (ERUSTICATOR), A colorless, volatile. fuming, corrosive acidthat is tensed with the proper proportionof air 167 173 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

used to remove rust andtannin stains. Dissolves lot is equal to the capacity glass. in pounds of the machine. Ha washer runs 150 pounds,then each load would be equal toa lot. HYDROGEN PEROXIDE. A mild,liquid, oxidizing bleach that is very unstable and hard LUSTER.The light reflection ofa surface. to store. Used chiefly onorganic stains (blood Generallyreferredto as the shine or glossy stains on wools). appearance of a fabric.

IFI.International Fa ncare Institute provides a MAGNESIUM. testpieceandsok, nttestprogramfor the A metallicelementthatis laundryldrycleaning inNstry. found in hard water.

INTERFACIAL TENSION.The force that is MECHANICAL ACTION. The force thatis applied as an expedient in the manifested between two liquids that keepthem removal of soil. from going into solution together. MERCERIZED COTTON. Cotton thathas ION.An electrically charged atomor group of been treated with a solution ofcaustic soda or a atoms. strong alkali to make the fibersstronger and more receptive to dyes. This fabric hasgreater luster than ordinary cotton. IRON.A metalliL element thatis found in hard water. METALLIC FABRIC. A fabricthat is made of cloth and has metallicyarns mixed in with the KNITTED FABRIC. Afabricmadeby material. Rust removers and bleachare not to be knitting. ssu.h as Jersey. used on these fabrics.

KNITTING. A process of interlacinga series of METALLIC ORNAMENTS Articles thatre loops using one or more sets ofyarns attached to fabrics and requirespecial handling. METHANOL. A wood alcohol that LACFS Fabrics usually used to isu/d trim garments chiefly in drying test tubesand in removing dye and considered to hetragile and difficult to stains. process from a dry cleaner's point ofview. METHYL ORANGE. An acidIndicator that is LAY The act of makinga lay on a garment used todetectthepresenceofacidsin when pressing, suchas the sollar lay and the drycleaning solvent. right chest lay. MIXTURE.A substance that consistsof a LEAVE-01T MARK A mark that is left on a combination of several ingredients garment which are thatisLaused excessivehead combined together but do pressure or ovrwr faulty finishing procedures not react'chemically. Each ingredient retainsits own properties and has a separate existence. L INEN COUNTER. Adeviceusedto determine the type of %%ease used in making a MODIFIED SODA.A combination of sodium fabric. The sameas a magnifying glass A linen bicarbonate and soda ash. A 0.1percent solution counter usually enlarges the fiber 20times its of modified soda hasa pH of 10.0 on the originalsite.-Finstoolishelpfulinstain alkaline side 'dentic anon.- MOISTURE ABSORBER. LOT. Equipment in the A predetermined amount of clothing distillation unit commonly referred Lots are usually determined hs weight. to as the rag and caLh filter.Itis cylindrically shaped and filled with 4 168 1 7 AppendixIIGLOSSARY Fabric:5 are forwarded to the damp cotton rags. Its chief purpose isto remove as permanent. finishing department after the spottermakes his moisture, fatty acids, and cosolventsthat pass over from the distillation unit. inspection. high MONITORING INSTRUMENT An instrument PASTE SOAP A soap 'g)iich contains a intensityof percentage of true soap and fretfatty acids. This thatmeasuresradioactivityor than any of the radioactivity. A radiaometerisone type of soap has greater cleansing power other soap but is the most difficult to use. instrument used. the bottom PENETRATION. The act of penetratingOr MUCK. The residue that is left in certain filteraftereach entering. Neutral lubricant is added to ofthedistillationunitor of the operation. The soilsthatare removed from baths to increase the penetrating power solvent during claVfication. Whenthe filter is solution. cleaned, muck is removed from thebottom of See Tetrachloro- the filter. PE RCHLORETHYLENE. ethylene.

A fabric that is made of PERMANENT HARDNESS IN WATER' NAPPED FABRIC. Metallic minerals found in water that decompose large yarns and napped by abTasi-on.A blanket is Thesemineralsarecalcium, a good example of anapped fabric. truesoaps. magnesium, and iron. synthetic NEUTRAL LUBRICANT. A that denotes the potential thatisusedbecauseofitsgreat pH. A symbol detergent hydroxyl(alkali)ion penetrating and lubricating powers. liNrogen(acid)or concentration of a solution or substance.It is in ONLY TO reality a measure of the acidity or alkalinityof a NEUTRAL SOAP (PERTAINS solution or substance. pH values rian from0 to DRycLEANr.Nc). A soapthatdoes not contain any free alkali "Neutraldoes not refer 14, and 7 indicates that the solution is neutral. 7increasetheacidityand to pH value. Numbers below numbers above 7 increase the,alkalinity. A fabric made by kmttingand which NE1. 'PHENOLPHTHALEIN SOLUTION. A white, appears as a net. Thesefabrics are difficult to colorless liquid that is used as an alkaliindicator handle and require special handling The liquid turns purplish-red when alkalies are present. Used chiefly for testingdrycleaning NYLON.A tabrn. made from syntheticfibers derived trop Loal, air, and water solvent. PIGMENT PRINT. A fabric that has the design made with a Pigment. A finely ground insoluble 014.()N A s% nthettk. acrylic fiber 'composed 01 der\ lointrilt. pigmentismixed with a- synthetic binder to make the design which is never very prominent paint on the OXIDIZING BLEACHA bleaching agent that on the inside and usually appears as gives up its oxygen to the fabric orstair in the right side, of the fabric. Always test before binder is presence of water. processing to 'determine whether the soluble in water or synthetic solvent. OXYCI..LLUIOSI. ( ellulosethathas bean L. onverted into a newsubstance PLAIN WE,AVE.The simplest weave usivin che mu ally making fabrics. One set of filler and warp y arng' over-o \RIM ion. .ire used. A filler yarn passesalternately over-and under one warp yarn, back acid forth acrossthe PASS UPS ( fluent s of tabiks.that are tree 01 stains ortobtics on which stains are recognised 1 69 173 Sinn SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

PLASTIC AND PLIABLE.Capable of being RADIOACTIVE CONTAMINATION. modeled or shaped with a desired design. Steam A material contaminated with radioactiveparticles. makes fabrics plastic and pliable,so they can be restgred.to their original finish. RADIOACTIVE TOLERANCE LEVEL.The degreeofradioactivityabove which PLY.Denotes the number of strands of fibers physiologically harmful effects result. that are twisted together in a yarn. Two-plyyarn means that two strands are twisted together to RADIOACTIVITY. A process whereby certain make the yarn. elementsundergospontaneousatomic disintegration in which .energy is liberated.The POLYSTYRENE BUTTONS. Buttons made of process is accompanied by the emission ofone a plastic substance that will be dissolved by or more types of radiation, suchasalpha cleaning solvents.. These buttons look like glass particles, beta particles, or gamma radiation. and should he tested before cleaningwith a volatile-type paint remover to determine if they RAYON. A fiber made by forcinga viscous are glass or polystyrene plastic. solution of modified cellulose throughminute holes and then drying the filaments.Also-a fiber PRACTICAL BURNING TEST. A burningtest made from this material performed on fibers to determine the basic contents of the fiber. The results are confirmed REDUCING BLEACH. A bleachingagent that by the way the fiber burns, the odorgiven off. takes away oxygen from the fabricor stain in and the appearance of the ash.- the presence of water.

PRECOAT, The cake of powder that formson RINSE CYCLE. The period of timeit takes the, the filter screens. A wire mesh cannot be made filter to rinse the solventin the washer: 15 times that is small enough to filter the soils from the is normally considered a rinse cycle. solvent.

PRESPOTTING. The act of spotting garments SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. Anyact Or measure before cleaning. that should be carried out toprevent injury to operators. PRESPOTTING SOAP A special soap that is used for prespottmg stains' SANFORIZED COTTON. A trademark applied to cotton or linen fabricswhich means PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE. Any thatthematerial has been treatedprior to precautionaryact ormeasu re,suchas making it into a fabric toprevent more than lubricating, greasing. and cleaning, that is taken I/4-.inch shrinkage.n length or width per yard. to prevent damage to equipment. SATEEN. A .cotton fabric made fromspun PRODUCTION Si ANDA RDS. Theamount of yarns and a satin weave to give ita glossy finish. work done in a specific period of time bythe The floating yarnis the filler yarn, and the warp average. efficient operator. These standardsare yarn isof high twist togive strength to the used to determine operator and plant efficiency, fabric. PROTEIN. The substancefound'in SATIN. A fabric made from filamentyarns animal fibers. such 'as wool'and silk such as silk, rayons.or nylon which produces a high luster. The warpyarn is the floating yarn' RADIA HON. I he act of mita tmg. To emit andthefiller yarnis of high twist energyfrom to give molecules and atoms due to strength to the fabric. The iloatin rn passes internal changes. To spread outrays from a over four to eight filler yarns, tali(one filler center. yarn. back and forth across the fabric.

170 17 ,i Appendix IIGLOSSARY

Any fiber that grows SOLVENT LEVEL. The amount of solvent in SEED HAIR FIBER. inches on the from the surface of a seed, such ascotton. the washer. Level is measured in inside of the cylinder. A 10-inchsolvent level SILK.. A fine, strong, lustrousfiber which has a would mean the solvent in the washerreaches a gotein base and is producedby the silk worm. height of 10 inches on the inside ofthe cylinder. SIZING. A substance added to afabric to give SOURING. A process of neutralizingthe stiffness, weight, drape, feel, or luster.Starch is alkalinity in a garment by using one of themild aform of sizing that is added toshirts to acids or acid salts. Generally used onthe last produce stiffness. rinse cycle of the washing formula in alaundry.

SLIDE FASTENER. A zipper.(Always close SPATULA.A knifelike implement made of slide fasteners before processinggarments.) boneorplasticand used toincreasethe penetration or spread out thickspotting agents. SOAP CYCLE.The length of time a load of Commonly referred to as a bone scrape. garments is machine washedwith soap. SPINNING. A process of spinning staple fibers SOAP FLOCK.A particle of soap known as a into yarns. This is done by aspinning machine. around in the solution and soap flock. It floats A picks up soil. SPUN YARNS. Yarns that, are made from. staple fibers. SOAP SPECKS.Black or grey spots -which result from the flocculation of dirtand soap due STABILITY OF SOAP. Asoapwith to poor washroom controland technique. satisfactory:Jstability,whichforms agood emulsion with water and solvent, and whichwill SODIUM BISULFITE. The mildest of the not settle out rapidly. Not all soaps arestable. ,reducing bleaches. Used to removeslight dye stains and to reduce maganesedioxide left in the STAPLE FIBERS. Shortfibersthatare fabricafteritisbleached with potassium measured in inches from 1 /8 to 8 inches long. permanganate. Cotton and wool are made of staplefibers.

SODIUMHYPOCHLORITE. Astrong STARCHING. A process of adding a sizing to a oxidizingbleach usedchieflyon linens and garment to give it stiffness. the laundry. Sortkejimes used to cottons in Acharge smallareasinspotting. Commonly STRONG SOAP SOLUTION. bleach whereby a certain percentage of soap is mixed known asJavellewater, Chlorox,orWhite Magic. A 1% concentration isgenerally used for witlthe solvent in the washer and filter system: This soap is not removed during the filtering bleaching purposes. cycle. The system is often referred to as a SODIUM METASILICATE,ORTHOSILICATE, charged system. SESQUISILJCATE. Strongalkalies;their pH values arevtoo high to warranttheir use for SUCTION TEE. A specially constructed valve wet-cleaning purposes. These alkalies areused used on the distillation unit to create a vacuum, chlefly to build laundry soaps. SUSPENSION. The solution in which solids are SODIUM PERBORATE.The mildest of the finely dispersed and held in suspension by a oxidizing bleaches. A white powderthatis liquid or solid, as soil is held in suspension by accelerated by heat and used chiefly onyellow soaps. organic stains. SWEETENER POWER. Activatedclays or SOLVENT ACTION. The dissolvingactioii of a filter aids that will remove both soluble and solvent on soiled garments. insoluble soils from drycleaning solvent.

171 1 7 7 SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

TEMPORARY HARDNESS IN WATER. VELVET.A fabric usually made fromrayons Calcium, magnesium, or irciA in compound with using the pile weave. Requires special handling bicarbonate. Temporary hardness is reduced by to process. boiling. VELVETEEN. The same fabricas velvet except TEST PIECE. A Lontrolled soil /stain swatch of velveteen is always made of cotton. cloth provided by the IFI (undera subscription program)toascertaintheeffectneness of VICARS. A fiber made fromcorn protein. laundry/dry cleaning procedures. VINYL RESIN PLASTIC. A fabricthat has TETRACHEOROETHYLENE (Perch lor- been coated with a resinous materialthatis ethylene). A colorless liquid. chloroform -like sometimes soluble in solvent. 'odor. Has a boiling point of 250°F and weight VISOSE. A of13.6 pounds per gallon.It isusedas a solution madebytreating dryt leaningsolvent sy n thet lcdry cleaning celllosewithacaustic alkalisolution and units. One of the Chlorinated hydrocarbons. Not caron disulfide. Used in making rayons. corrosive or dangerouslyreactit"e. but toxic by inhalation,by prolonged or repeated contact VOLATILE.Vaporizes c tsil In laundry and with the skin or mutous membraneor ingested dry cleaning relates to avolatile oil thatis used in by mouth. The liquid can cause injuriesto the spotting. eyes. however, with proper precautions it can be handled safely. WARM MR CYCLE. A 20-to 30-minute cycle that is run between the two cold TIAROWING.The proCess of twisting twoor air cycles in more filament fibers together into a y am. This tumbling or drying garments. done with a throVing machine. WASHING FORMULA. A standard prescribed procedure established for washingcertain types TITA \I UM S1.JEFA-1 I Apurpleliquid of clothing. reduce bleach used chiefly on dye stains for spot blea.ch lig: WA II RPROOFING.A factory process which completely seals the pores ofa fabric, making it TRUE SAP. A soap is made trom true tats waterproof. This type of garmentis hot and and oils. no synthetic productsare used. uncomfortable to wealbecause the garment t cannot breathe. TUMBLING. 1 piocess of drying clothesm a tumbler. WAFER REPELLENT. Aprocess of coating the yarns with a waxlike substance.This does not TWILL WI AVI. !he most durable ot all the makethefabricwaterproofor weavesusedinmakingatalmt. Him;.ire uncomfortable to wear,is the fabric can 4till variations of the twill weave. (,,ibardinrge, breathe... and Army clothing are made with a twillweave. WI. f AND DRY SOLVENT. Asolvent that is soluble in Wa ter or dr,), cleamng solvent. TWrST.A term which n'ttlit ales the numbei ut Pyridine twists per inh in tarn can be used as a wet or dry solvent. 14 VI SOLVENT. A solventthat is soluble in VA('UI.it. 1 space that is told ot airA water and used as a we t-side spottingagent. vacuum ispulled on thestillkettle otthe distillationunit,indthistowels the boiling WI F SPOT fl R. An alkaline spotting agent point of Stoddard "solvent used on various ty pes of stains.

172 I 7 3 Appendix 'IIGLOSSARY

A, soaporsy nthetk WORSTED WOOL. A garment made of wool WETTING AGENT. that have been carded and combed. A detergent. fibers worsted garment is more durable than awoolen WOOLEN. A garment made of wool fibers that and has a harder finish. have been carded. Woolen has a sott finish. ZEOLITE. , A substance that looks like coal Any act or cinders. When charged with sodium chloride WORKMANSHIP PRECAUTION. elements measure that will prevent damage tothe material (salt),it gives up its salt for metallic or equipment such as calcium', magnesium. and iron.

4

4

1 7 J

173 44

.1

, ENDIX 111 (

THE METRIC SYSTEM

The metric system-was developed by French With the, except:1OP- gje..ited States, all scientists in 1790 and was specifically designed inustrializedindustrialized nations o.fe world have to be an easily used system of weights and adopted the, metric system. Even measuresto England and benefitscience,industry, and Canada are changing fromtheir commerce. The metric traditional, sygterniscalculated, systems of measure, and-the metricsystem will entirely in powers of 10, soone need not work be almost universal-by 1980. with the various mathematical, bases usedwith Although the metric system hasnot been the English system, suchas 12 inches to a foot, officially legiSlated by the Congress, 3 feet to a yard, and 5280 feet tH'e metric to a mile. systemis becoming more prominent inthis The system is based on the "meter" whichis country. Most automobile mechanicsown some oneten-millionthof the distance from the -metric wrenches to workon foreign cars or Equator' to the North Po le. 'It' is poSsibleto .foreign components,in Americancars. Almost all develop worlds de standards from this baseof photographic equipmentisbuiltto' metric measurement.e metric system ofweights is standards. Chemicals and drugs. based. on the gram, which is the are usually sold weight of a in metric quantities, and "calorie counters"are specific quantity of water. using a metric unit of thermalenergy. Soonafterthesystem was developed -Because we are allied with countrieswho use scientists over the world adopted it andwere ,.themetricsystem, much of our militztry ableto deal- with the mathematics of their- infOrmation is in metricterms. Military maps use experimentsmoreeasily. The' dataand meters and kilometers instead of miles;and particulars of their work could be understood by many weapons are in !Metric sizes, suchas 7.62 other scientists anywhere in the. world. During mm, 20 mm,, 40 mm, 75 mm, and 155mm. the early 19th centurymany European nations Interchange of military ,equipment has'caused adopted the new system for engineering .a and mixtureofmetricand Englishmeasure commerce. It Was possible for these countries to equipment since World War I- whenthe army trade manufactil-red goods withone another adopted the French 75mm field.gun, and World' without worrying whether. iti wouldbe_possible War II when the Na liY procured to the Swedish 40 repairmachinery from another country mm Bofors and the Swiss 20 mm Oerlikon heavy withoutalsobuyingspecialwrenches and machine'guns. measuring tools. Countries could buy and sell Itis inevitable_ that the United machinetools and other States will sophisticatedand officially adopt the metric system.Exactly when precisionmachinerywithout troublesome, this happens and how rapidly thechangeover modifications or alterations. Itwas much easier will depend on economics, since to teach the metric system, since the expense of. meters can be . retooling our industrypand changed to kilometers or centimeters commerce to new with the measurements will be very great. Thecost of movement of a decimal point, which is roughly conversion wi11 be offset by increased like being able earnings to convert yards to miles or from selling machinery andproducts overseas. inches by adding zeros and a decimal instead.of Another benefit 11 that scientistsuse the metric multiplying by 1760 or dividing by 36. system, but their calculationsnow have to be '6 174 Appendix MFTRIC SYSTEM translated into English measure to beused by The basic quantities of the metric system are metric-system multiplied or divided by powers of 10 to give nidusy With adoption of the easily measure is gas

175, SHIP'S SIRV10EMAN LAUNDRYHANDBOOK

U:S. CUSTOMARY ANDMETRIC SYSTEM UNITS OF MEASUREMENTS,

THESE' PREFIXES MAY BE A.I"PLIED TO ALL SI UNITS.

Moltiplos cad Sebmoltiplos Prefixes' Symbols

1 000 000 000 000= 1012 tera (teria)

1 000 000 000 :=109 giga (jitga)`

1 000 000° =106 mega (meg'a) M

1 000 = 103 kilo(1(41'8), k

100 =102 hecto (h'ek!tO) h

10 = 10 deka (dek'a)'.- da

0.1 =10'' deci (des\ii)

0.01 =10.2 centi (sen't;'), c

0,001 =10'3 milli -( milli) m

0.000 001 =10'6 micro (mi'krii)

0.0000000,01=10-9 nano (n'an'O)

0.000000000001 =1012 pico(pe'k-O)

. 0.000000000000001 =10.15 femtb (fem'tO)

0.000 000000000000001 =10.18 atto (atitO) a'

MOST COMNONLX USED

1J2 ti

176 AppendixIII -THE METRIC SYSTEM

Multiply By To Obtain Mu Illoly By lTo Obtain Acres 40.47 Ares Feet 30 48 Centimeters Acres 4,047 Centares Feet 0 1667 Fathoms

Acres IC Square chains Feet . 0 1048 Meters Acres 43,560 %tare Feet Feet per Minute 0 01136 Miles per How Acres 4 840 Square Yards Feet per Second 0 5921 Knots Ares C 0247f Acres Feet per Second 18.288 Meters per Minute Ares 100 Centares Feet per Second 0.6818 Miles per Hour Ares 1076 Square Feat Furlongs 10 Chains Ares 119 6 Square Yards Furlongs 660 Feet Barrels U.S., dry) 3 281 Bushels Furlongs 40 Rods

Barrels (U.S.. liquid) 4.21 Cubic Feef Furlo ,220 Yards Barrels (U S., liquid, 31.5 Gallons Gallons iBritishr 4 546 1 C`tbic Centimeters. Board Feetl' x 1' x l' 144 Cubic inches Gallons Brit ish) 0 1605 Cubic Feet Cable lengths ,U.S.) 120 Fathoms Gallons (British, . 277.274 Cubic Inches Cable lengths iU.S. 720 Feet Gallons (British, 1 2009 Gallons (U.S.) Cable lengths ,U S. i 240 'Yards Gallons (British) 4.546 Liters Centares 10 76 Squate feet ,Gallons (British) 4 4 Quarts (British) -, Centares 1 196 Square Yards Gallons (U.S.) 0 03175 7'Barrels (liquid, U.S.) Cent imeters 0 3937 Inches Cubic Centimeters Cubic Centimeters 0'06102 Cubic Inches Gallons(U4S.) 3,785 4 Cubic Feet Chains 66 Feet Gallons (U.S.) 0 138 Cubic Inches Chains 100 Links Gallons (U.S ) 231 0 8327 Gallons (British) Chains 1 Rods Gallons r1).S.; Liters, Cub.c Feet 1,728 Cubic Inches Gallons (U S.) 3.785 4 Quarts (U.S.) Cubic Feet 0 02832 Cubic Meters Gallons (U.S ) . 15 43 Grains ' Cubic Feet 0 03704 Cubic Yards Grams 0 001 Kilograms Cubic Feet 6.229 Gallons (Brrtishi Grams Grams 1,000 Milligrams Cubic Feet 7 481 Gallons (U.S.) Grams 0 Q3527 Ounces (avoir Cubic Feet 28 316 Liters I dupois) cut),c. Inches 16:39 Cubic Centimeters Hands 10 16 aentimeters Cubic Inches -, 0 0005787 Cubic Feet Hands . 4 Inches Cubic Inches' 0 003606 Gallons iBritishi Hectares 2 471 Acres Cubic Inches 0 004329 Gallons (U S) . Hectares 100 Ares Cubic lathes 0 01639 Liters Hectoliters 0 1 Cubic Meters Cubic Meters 35 31 Cubic Feet - Hectoliters 26 417 Gallons 'U.Si Cubic Yeteas 1 308 "Cubic Yards - Hectoliters 100 Liters Cubic Yards 27 Cubic Feet 2 barrels , Liquid Cubic Meters Hogsheads Cubic Yards 2 '946 _ U S.,1 Cubic Yards 1^,4 6 L ,ters Hogsheads U.S. 63 Gallons ( U S ) Degrees (F 1 ,,, Degrees C 17 8 . 1 8 Hundredweights Si 508 Quintals f Degrees 'F1 -32 '1:, 5556 Oegree,s, C Oc'es, 72 Points Degrees ; 01'45 Rad ans . limes 6 Picas, F at',-s ., IrE',3 Catie Lengths ,l, inches 6 Ems S ,

I r 'TS 12 Ent 3"0" -, Feo ,,,,,,, 2 54 Cent meters F 174. ,6,88 Meip's

177 SIM'S SI.10,1(IMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK.

'duly pry 5v To Obtain Multiply By To Obtain ' Incnes 1?,33 Feel Miles, Nautical 6,076.1 Feet Inches . :00 Mi is Mlles, Nautical 72,963 Inches Inches : 3,2-- Yards Miles, Nautical Kilometers Inches of Mercury 1.8532 1 49131 Psar.'s per Square Inch Miles, Nautical Kilograms 1,853.2 Meters , C Grams Miles, Nautical 1.1508 Miles, Statute Kilograms- 2.2046 Pounds (Avoir- Miles, Nautical 1 Minutes of dupoisi Kilotiters _ , Latitude ) 1 Cubic Meters Miles, Nautical Kiloliters 2,026,8 Yards i 308 C.bic Yards Miles per Hour , Kiloliters ,,;4 18. 88, Feet per Minute 4,1. Gallons (U.S.) (Statute) Ki/oliters 1 300 Liters Miles per Hour Kilometers 1.467 Feet per Second 4 557 Cable Lengths (Statute) Kilometers 3 290i 8 Feet Miles per Hour t 0 8684 Knots Kilometers 39,370 Inches Miles, Statute 7.33 Cable Lengths Kilometers 1 300 Meters Miles, Statute 5,280 --Feet Kilometers ,,, 5395 Miles, Nautical Mlles, Statute 8 'Furlongs Kilometers 0 62137 Miles, Statute . Miles, Statute 63,360 Inches Kilometers 1 093 6 Yards- Miles, Statute Knots 1.6093 'Kilometers 1 1516 Statute Miles per Miles, Statute rl 1,609.3 Meters 4.N. Hour Miles, Statute 18689 Knots Miles, Nautic a) 1.688 Feet per Second Miles, Statute 1,760 Yard Leagues, Nautical ....--/ 25 33 Cable Lengths Wilier (See Tons Leagues, Nautical 5 5597 Kilometers Metric) Leagues, Nautical 3 , Miles, Nautical Milliradians 206.265 Seconds of Arc Leagues, Statute 4.8233 Kilometers Mils 0.001 Inches Leagues, Statute 3 Miles, Statute. Myr iameters Links 10 Kilometers . 7 92 Inches Ounces (avoirdupois) 28.3495 Grams Liters 1 000 Cubic Centimeters c Pint (Liquid, U.S.) 4 Gills (U.S.), Liter 61 025' Cubic Inches Pint (Licjuid, Br.) 4 Gills (British) Litq 0 21998 Gallons (British) Pint (Liquid, Sr.) 0 56825 Liters Liters "..), 2F,418 Gallons (U.S.). Pint (Liquid, U.S.) 0 4732 Liters Liter 3799 Quarts (British) Pounds (avoirdupois) 7,00*() Grains Liters, 3 97) Quarts (U.S.,dry) Pounds (avoirdupois) 453.59 GraMs Liters 1 05F7 QuartstLiquid, Pounds'voirdupois) 0 4536 Kilograms

U S , ,Pounds (avoirdupois) '''' 16 Ounces'` Meters i',K. 'Centimeters \ Pounds (avoirdupoi 1.2153 Pounds (troy) Meters 7:01 Kilometers Pounds (tr oy) 0 8229 Pounds (avoir- Meters 17935 Yards - dupois) Meters 281 Feet . Pounds per Square Inch 2.03537 Inches of Meters A . 39 37 Fir Is s Mercury Meters I %E,-- , - Quart (British) 1. 1365 Liters Meters - ;lry:. \iards ,Quart (British) 2 Pints (Bntish) Meters pet V'''..,e Feet p Second Quart (Liquid, U.S.) 0 9463 Liters Metersr Sf".''.-1. . ',A)1PS :P How Quart (U.S..) Miltcm 0 2 Pints (U.S.) Mtil+mele's - Quintals (Metric) 1 97 Hundredweights Mies, N.) it it a 11. Cattle Lengths Quintals (Metric) 100 Kilograms

I78 AppendixIIITHE METRIC SYSTEM

Multiply By To Obtain Multiply By To Obtain

Radians 57:30 Degrees Square Miles, Statute 259 Hectares Rods 16.3 Feet Square Miles, Statute 2.59 Square Kilometers Rods 25 Links Square Yards 0 8362 Centares

,Square Centimeters 0 1550 Square Inches Square Yards 9 . Square Feet Square Feet 0 0929 Centares Square Yards 1,296 Square Inches Square Feet 929 Square Centimeters Tons (Long) 1.016 Metric Tons 144 Square Inches Square Feet Tons (Long) 2,240 .. Pounds (Ayou- Square Feet 0 1111 Square Yards dupois) Square Inches 6.452 Square Centimeters Tons (Metric), 1,000 Kilograms Sqtare Inches 0 006944 Square Feet (Millier.)---- Square Kilometers 100 Hectares Tons (Metric) 2,204.6 Pounds (Avon-

Square Kilometers 0 3861 Square Miles ----(Millier) , dupois) (Statute) Tons (Short) 0 9072 Metric Tons Square Meters (See Tons (Short) 2,000 Pounds (Avon- , Cen tares) dupois) Square Miles,-,Statute 640 Acres Yards 91.44 Centimeters Square Miles, Statute 25,900 Ares Yards 0 9144 ,Meters

1 8 :; 179 4 INDEX

A Care of steam cylinder, 74 Causes and prevent ion of shipboard laundry Acrilan, 36. fires, 29 Administration of ship's service activities, 1-8 Cellulose actate, 35 Aerating and tumbling, 113 Chamois and towels, 134 Affects of laundering and drycleaning on Cheesecloth and blotters, 134 fibers, 31-38 Chemical action, 140 Alkaline agents/builders, 45 Chemically contaminated clothirig, 151 amount of builder, 46 Chemicals, 135 Ant i-stats and softeners, 54 Classification of fa s, 31 Apron care and replacement, 74-78 C.R.F. fabric; Assembling and Issuing, 129 Classification of fibe s, 30 Assembling indivIclual bundles, 102 Cleanup after decontamination, 1$4 Assembly and issue, 99 -104 laundry spaces. 155 Assembly of ,bulk work, 102 movable equipment, 155 Auxiliary pressing equipment, 80 personnel, 155 washing machines, 154 Cleanliness and sanitation, 8 B Color strippers, 53 Basic stain groupS, 131 COmputing requirements, 4-6' Biologically contaminated clothing, 152-154 Cotton aqd linen fibers", 3'4 methods of biological decontamination, ,15_2 -154 processing sick hay linens, 154 Bleaching, 53' D Bulk lots, handling, 21 ,35 Bulk work 1 02 Micro'

O De' ntaminating and dis ,nfecting, 144-155 eschiltion of the flatwork ironer, 68-70 C Description of laundry presses, 79 auxiliary pressing equipment, 80 Cap covers, garrison caps, and ties, finishing, types of presses, 79 98 Detergents, 45 Care and maintenance of drycleaning unit, 129 Dry cleaning equipment, 109-114 Care'and maintenance of drying tumblers.. 65 drycleaning solvents, 111 Care and maintenance of equipment: 160 opttation of still, 113 Care and reRlacement of the apron, 74-78 post tumbling inspection and spotting. how Jo. repad ironer presar4i rolls, 76 114 how to replace feedYibbows, 77 precoating filters, 1'12 13,i . 180 INDEX

Drycleaning equipment (Continued) H soaps for drycleaning, 112 tumbling and aerating, 113 Hand iron, 128 washer-extractor, 10.9-111 Handling bulk lots, 21 Drycleaning and finishing, 105-129 laundry control list for the crew, 21 Drycleaning list and tags, 106-108 Hard water types, 44 Drycleaning machines operation, 1 14-1 19 Heater coils tumbler-dryer, 66 Drycleaning presses, 119 How laundering and drycleaning affects fibers, steam pressing, 119 31-38 Drycleaning schedules, 105 acrilan, 36 Drying cabinet, 134 cellulose acetate, 35 Drying and extracting, 55-67 cotton and linen fibers, 34 ..fDrying.impregnated clothing, 66 dacron, 35 operating procedures when drying dynel, 36 impfegnated clothing, 66 glass fibers, 36-38 'Ducts and vents, 60-62 nylon, 35 Dynel, 36 orlon, 36 polyester, 38 rayon, 35 wool fibers, 35 E How to operate --a-Piess, 90-94 Emulsification. 140` Equipment care and 'maintenance, 160 Extracting and drying. 55:67 I

identification within The laundry, 21-24_ identification of bulk lots, 22 identi- fication of items in bundles, 23 Fiber identification, 31 use of laundry nets, 23 Fibers and fabrics 30-38 Identifying spots and stains, 136 Finishing cap covers, garrison caps, and ties, 98 Impregnated clothing, 52 Finishing and pressing. 79-98. Impregnated clothing, drying, 66 Fires in shipboard laundry causes and Ink-type laundry marking machines, 24 presention, 29 Instructions for handling individual bundles, Fires, tumbler-dryer. 62-64 18-21 Flatwork ironer. operating, 70-74 laundry list for individual bundles, Flat work ironing, 68-78 18-21 Formulas. ,potting, 143 C. Ironing, flatwork, 68-78 Issue and assembly, 99-104 Issuing laundry, 104 G i.P General deceNantination instructions, 144-146 protective measures, 145 resvonsMihties in decontamination, 144 Laundering and drycleaning effects on fibers, washing procedures and formulas. 145 . 31=38 General description of washer-e traLtors; Laundry control list for the crew, 21

Glass fibers. 36-38 , Laundty list for individual bundles, 18-21

181 8 7 .;-- SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

Laundry marking machines, 24-27 N care and maintenance of laundry marking machines, 26 Nylon, 35 cleaning the nbbonrite marking machine, 27 0 how to clean ink-type laundry marking . machines, 26 ink-type laundry marking machines, 24 Obtaining supplies from the storeroom, 6 lubrication of marking machines, 27 Operating the drying tumbler, 64 replacing parts, 27 dryer finishing of synthekit and ribbon-type laundry marking machines, 26, synthetic-blend clothes/linens, 65 Operating the flatwork ironer, 70:74 Laundry nets, use of, 23 feeding the ironer, 72 Laundry operation records, 12 heating the ironer, 70 Laundry organization and management, 9-29 pressure control, 71 Laundry organization, advanced bases. securing the ironer, 73 156-159' Operating the tumbler-dryer, 159 Laundry personnel Y9 Operating the washer-extractor, 1/59, laundry presses description, 79 unloading washer-extractor, 159 Laundry schedules, 1.3%18 washing formulas and detergents, 159 best type of laundry schedule, 18 Operation of drycleaning machines, 114-119 capacity of laundry equipment, 17 setting steam pressure and water sample laundry schedule, 18 temperature, 116-118 size-and competence of laundry turboclene drycleaning machine crew, 17 model FDC-4, 118 VIC drycleaning machine model 22CO3 Laundry shifts, 13 114-116 Laundry sour/blue. 53 Ogration of the washer- extractor, 42-44 Laundry supervisor, 9-12 care and maintenance, 43 Laundry unit:portable, 156 safety devices, 43 Layouts. press, 80-84 Organization and management, 105-109 Lays, press, 94-98, 119-126 drycleaning list and tags, 106-108 .Lint filters and screens, 60 drycleaning schedules, 105 inspecting and classifying, 108 c prespotting, 108 receiving and identifying, 108 M Orlon, 36 Overcoats, peacoats, and reefe'rs, 127 Magnifying glass, 134 Main spotting hoard, 132 Maintenance:of.requipment,.1 Maintenance of presses, 84-90 how to pad buOks, 85 Peacoats, reefers, and overcoats, 127 .safety features, 85 Pen _marking, 27-29 semiannual maintenance, 90/ Polyester, 38 troubleshooting, 90 Portable laundry equipment, 156-160 weekly maintenance, 86-90 Portable laundry brganization, 156-159 Maintenance, weekly and semiannual, 78 duties of a final sorter, 158 Management and Organization, 105-109 duties of a machine operator, 158 Marking machines. laundry, 24-27 duties of a presortsr, 158 Marking, pen, 27-29 laundry supervisor, 158

182 r

IND1 X

Portable liiiindry unit. 156 Shifts, laundry, 13 Post tumbling,inspection and spotting. 1 14' Ship's service activities administration, 1-8 Precoanng filters, 112 Sick bay linens, processing, 154 Prespotting, 108 Soaps for drycleaning, 11 2 ' Press --how to operate, 90-94 Softeners and anti:stats, 54 Press layouts, 80-84 SQiI types, 44 pant-a-matte model 800-850. 81-84 Solvents, drycleaning, Ill rotomatic unit. 84 Spots and stains removal, 130143. Press lays, 94-98, 1 19 -1 26 Spotting formulas, 143 sack coats, 1 11 -1 16 Spotting methods, 137.141 shirts, 94' chemical action, 140 trouser legs, 122 emulsification, 140 trouser tops, 120-122 solution, 137-140 trousers, 95-98 Spotting in-shipboard laundries, 130 Press maintenance, 84-90 Press padding and covering standards, 87-90 Spotting tools and eqUipment, 131-16 Presses, description of laundry, 79 chaittop and towels. 134 Pressing and finishing, 79-98 cheesecloth and blotters, 134 Processing laundry, steps in, 13 chemicals, 135 Procurement of supplies, 4 drying cabinet. 134 magnify ing glass.-134 main spottin board, 132 soap solution containers, 134 sPatula, 134 spotting bottles and agents, 135 Radiologically contaminated clothing, 146-151 spotting brushes. 132-134 brushing, 146 'Stair groups, basic, 131 met hods of radiological decontamination, Stain remoNal procedures, 141-143 Starching, process, 54 146" removing rad ioative nlatter by washing. Steam-air finisher. 126 1 47-1 5 1 operation of the steam-air finisher, 126 Rayon, 35 Steam chambei, 126 Records in laundry operation, 12 St cam coils, 62 .Reefers,,overcoats, and peacoats, 127 Steam cylinder cats, 74 Removal of spots and stains, 130-143 Steam pressing, 119 Requirements, computing, 4-6 Steps in processing laundry, 13 Responsibilities, supervisory, 2-4 Still opeiation, 113 Ribbon-type laundry marking machines, 26 Storage of supplies fun sen ice activities, 6-8 Rinsing proedure, 53 Suds bath, 52 Rotomatic unit, 84 Suds levels and tem peratiues, 52 Supervisory iesponsibilities, 2-4 . Supplies proem einem, 4

S

Safety precautions, 160 .// Salt water washing, 52 Sanitation and cleanliness, 8 Timer, 59 , Schedules, drycleaning, 105 Tools and equipment, spotting, 131-136 Schedules, laundry, 13-18 Trains g laundry personnel, T2 Sendbacks handling, 103 Troubleshooting, ?8, 90

183 1 8 , SHIP'S SERVICEMAN LAUNDRY HANDBOOK

Tumbler-dryer fires, 62;64 V materials investigated, 63 shipboard equipment, 63 VIC drycleaning machine model 22CO3 114-116 test results. 63 Tumbler-dryer heater coils, 66 Tumbler-dr,yer operation, 159 Tumbler-dryers, 55-62 ducts and vents, 60-62 lint screen and cleaner. 60 Wash water, 44 steam coils, 62 how to soften water, 44 timer, 59 types of hard water, 44 Tumblers, care and maintenance of drying, 65 Washer-extractor,109-111 Tumbling and aerating, 113 Washer-extractots general description, 39-42 Turhoclene drycleaning machine model FDC-4, Washer-extractor operation 42-44, 159 118 Washing, 39-54 'types of soil, 44 Washing formulas and detergents, 46-52, 159 Weekly and semiannual maintenance of flatwork U ironers, 78, Wool fibers, 35 Unloadilig washer-extractor, 159 Wool washing, 52

184 OCCUPATIONAL STANDARDS

The following provides you with a list of minimum occupational standards for Ship's Serviceman Third Class, Laundry man/Dryeleaner. The official source of the occupational standards is the Manual oj nlisted Manpmer and Personnel Qualiju anvils and Occupational Standards, NAVPERS 1 8068 -D. The assignment numbers giv en opposite the occupational standards refer to assignment in the NRCC.

SHIP'S SERVICEMAN THIRD CLASS, LAUNDRYMAN/DRYCLEAN ER

OCCUPATIONAL STANDARDS Covered in 0 Assignment

54 LOGISTICS SUPPORT

54573 Determine equipment requirements for efficient operation of activity peculiar to own specialty

54574 Identify nomenclature, type, a ml characteristics of. A. Supplies common to own specialty B. Materials serviced in performance of own Specialty 1,3,4

64 PERSONNEL SUPPORT

64001Press clothing by hand and machine 3,4

64002 Remove common stains from clothing 2,5

64005 Receive, classify, and mark clothing and maintain appropriate 1,4 logs

64006 Launder clothing and other washable materials o '2,5

64008 Identify types of clot lung.damage, determine causes, and 5 take corrective act ion

6400Q Sa nin/e and deLonta mina te ctbthing and fabrics affected by 5 nuclear, biological, and chemical agu fits

64010 Control laidering process to prevent separation of :bulk lo OCCUPATIONAL STANDARDS Covered in Assignment

64015 Perform drycleaning and deodorizing of clothing and 4 nonwashable materials

94 MECHANICAL MAINTEN\ANCE

94506 Perform minor adjustments and preventivemaintenance 2,3,4,5 on equipment used in own'specialty

O

1,F-J

186